영어天國 ............ 金聖坤  

“ 수십년간 영어에만 매달려도 귀가 트이지 않고 입이 열리지 않지요? 여기 그 비법이 있습니다.” 한국사람이면 누구나 귀가 번쩍 뜨일 이 복음과도 같은 말은 최근 어느 영어학습교재 회사가 내게 이메일로 보내온 광고 카피다.

 수년 전부터 전국을 휩쓸고 있는 영어학습 붐에 편승해 요즘 영어 관련 광고들이 전천후로 몰려오고 있다. 신문을 펼치면 각종 영어학습 교재들의 전면광고가, 그리고 TV를 켜면 온갖 아동영어 교재 CF들이 오직 자기네 제품만이 놀라운 학습비법을 갖고 있노라며 순진한 사람들을 유혹하고 있다.

 오늘날 대한민국의 영어 열기는 단연 세계 최고급(級)이다. 그래서 요즘 옥스퍼드대 출판부를 비롯한 영국 출판사들의 영어학습서에는 한국인들이 등장인물로 나오고 김치까지 언급되어 있어 우리를 기쁘게 한다. 이제는 한국이 외국 출판사들에 큰 수익을 안겨 주는 아시아 최대 영어시장 중 하나가 된 것이다.

 그러다 보니 국내에서도 황금시장을 노리는 각종 영어학원들과 영어교재 출판사들이 생겨났고, ‘영어공부 이렇게 해라’, 또는 ‘절대로 하지 말라’ 식의 제목이 붙은 베스트셀러들이 나타났으며 각종 방법을 동원한 영어학습법들이 창안되었다. 예컨대 우리 식으로 발음해야 한다면서 한글로 영어발음을 적어놓고 읽는 영한혼용법, 또는 발성법을 고쳐야 한다고 고래고래 소리 지르는 고함 학습법 등 온갖 기상천외한 방법들이 유행하더니, 드디어 중국에서 건너온 ‘미친 영어(Crazy English)’까지 생겨났다.

 교육기관의 관심도 대단해 수년 전부터는 초등학교에서도 영어를 가르치기 시작했으며, 대학들은 교양영어를 실용영어로 교체했고, 최근에는 ‘국제영어대학원대학교’라는 영어전문 교육기관이 생기기도 했다. 이런 전국적인 열기 때문에 영어가 모국어인 사람들에게 한국은 돈버는 천국이다. 무자격 원어민도, 또 영어를 잘 못하는 재미교포들도 한국에서는 누구나 돈 잘 버는 영어교사가 될 수 있기 때문이다.

 영어권 국가 어학연수나 영어캠프나 ‘홈 스테이’도 유행처럼 번지고 있으며, 아예 자녀들을 데리고 외국으로 떠나는 엄마들이 많아 미국에는 속칭 ‘한국인 생과부촌’까지 생겼다고 한다. 심지어 영어 폐지론자들조차도 자신들의 자녀만큼은 영어권 국가에 유학 보내는 경우가 많다고 하니, 한국인들이 영어 사교육에 쏟아붓는 돈은 가히 천문학적이라고 할 수 있다.

 그럼에도 우리는 아직도 영어를 잘하지 못한다. 최근 미국에서 귀국한 어느 박사과정 제자에 의하면, 세계 각국에서 온 풀브라이트 연구생들 40여명 가운데 가장 영어를 못하는 사람들이 바로 한국인들이었다고 한다. 못하는 것은 듣기나 말하기뿐 아니라, 읽기와 쓰기도 마찬가지다. 쉬운 수능 영어시험에 만점을 받고 대학에 들어온 학생들이 원서를 읽지 못하고 영작을 하지 못해 지금 대학들은 비상사태를 맞고 있다.

 그들 중 상당수는 그런 영어실력으로 유학을 간다. 미국 교수들은 한국 유학생들에게 세 번 놀란다고 한다. 우선은 원서에 첨부한 TOEFL과 GRE 성적이 너무 높아서 놀라고, 다음으로 막상 만나 보니 영어를 한 마디도 못해서 놀라고, 마지막으로 학위받고 떠나는데도 여전히 영어를 못해서 놀란다는 것이다.

 오늘날 영어는 마치 휴대전화처럼 의사소통과 사교생활, 그리고 정보습득과 문화교류의 기본 도구가 되었다. 그래서 영어를 못하는 것은 마치 휴대전화가 없는 것 만큼이나 우리를 단절시키고 불편하게 만든다. 과연 외국인을 만났을 때나 우리나라를 벗어났을 때, 영어는 너무나도 절실한 생존수단이 된다.

  언어장벽 때문에 외국인들과 직접 교류하지 못하고 통역이 필요한 순간, 우리의 삶은 이미 한 단계 뒤처지고 만다. 사실 그동안 영어가 약해 우리는 얼마나 많은 손해와 불이익을 당해왔던가?

 그런데도 우리는 왜 아직도 영어를 못하는 것일까? 과연 어떻게 해야 영어를 잘 할 수 있을까? 바로 그것이 현재 우리가 당면하고 있는 국가적 고민이자, 풀어야만 하는 어려운 숙제이다.



출처: http://www.cnnenglish.com/cgi-bin/technote/read.cgi?board=EnglishStory&y_number=17

설정

트랙백

댓글

英語에 지름길은 없다 .......... 金聖坤  

 

영어공부에 지름길이나 비법은 없다. 사실 그동안 우리는 정도(正道)를 가려 하지 않고, 성급하게 쉬운 방법과 비결만 찾다가 영어를 못하게 되었는지도 모른다. 과연 학원에서는 진정한 영어실력 배양보다는 시험에서 고득점을 받을 수 있는 요령만 가르쳐 왔고, 각종 영어교재 광고들은 불과 한두 달 만에 영어가 유창해지는 비법을 가르쳐 주겠다며, 영어 때문에 애태우는 사람들을 유혹하고 있다.

그 결과 영어는 한 마디도 못하면서 문법에는 귀신이고 TOEFL과 TOEIC에는 만점을 받는 찍기 전문가들이 양산되었으며, 아무리 애써도 입과 귀가 터지지 않아 결국은 좌절하고 영어를 포기하는 사람들도 생겨났다. 불과 몇 달 만에 영어를 잘하려면 그 기간엔 오직 영어에만 매 달려야 하는데, 누구나 그럴 수 있는 것도 아니고 또 언어능력에는 상당한 개인차가 있기 때문이다.

그럼에도 우리는 여전히 지름길과 결과만을 중요시한다. 요령이 통하지 않는 TEPS 같은 시험보다는 벼락치기 공부로 성적을 올릴 수 있는 시험을 선호하는 이유도 바로 거기에 있다. 어떻게 해서든지 점수만 올리면 되지 않느냐고 말하는 사람도 있다. 그러나 언어공부에 요령이 있을 수 없고, 과정이 생략된 결과가 있을 수 없다. 어린아이들은 오랫동안 부모의 말을 경청하고 흉내내다가 어느 날 조금씩 입을 열고 말을 시작한다.

그러나 그것도 겨우 시작일 뿐, 결코 처음부터 유창한 언어를 구사하는 것은 아니다. 스웨덴에 갔을 때 전 국민이 영어를 모국어처럼 하는 것을 보고 놀란 적이 있다. 택시 기사는 물론 식당 종업원들의 영어도 훌륭했다. 스웨덴에서는 어린이들의 텔레비전 영어 프로들을 더빙하지 않고 모국어 자막과 함께 내보내 어려서부터 아이들을 영어 환경에 ‘노출’시킨다. 문화 정체성 유지가 우려되지 않느 냐는 내 한국인다운 질문에 그들은 “왜 그렇게도 자신이 없느냐”며 씩 웃었다.

한국인의 영웅 히딩크 역시 네덜란드 운동선수 출신임에도 탄탄한 영어실력과 뛰어난 국제감각으로 동서양을 누비는 유명인사가 되었다. 영어는 어린 시절에 원어민 교사에게서 배워야 한다. 우리가 태어난 지방의 억양에서 평생 벗어나지 못하듯이, 한 번 잘못 굳어진 발음과 억양은 고치기 어렵기 때문이다. 그런 의미에서 2007년까지 4000명의 원어민 교사를 초·중·고교에 배치한다는 교육부의 방침은 환영할 만하다.

그러나 학교에서 한국인 교사들에게 영어로 수업하게 하는 것은 별 효과가 없다. 최선의 방법은 문법과 독해는 한국인 교사가, 그리고 회화와 영작은 원어민이 가르치는 것이다. 물론 대학입시에 영어회화가 들어간다면 한국인들은 삽시간에 유창한 영어를 구사하게 될 것이다. 국내에서 성인들이 가장 빨리 영어를 배우는 최상의 방법은 아마도 원어민과 더불어 합숙하는 ‘이머전(immersion) 프로그램’일 것이다.

미국 브리검영대학에서는 한국에 학생 선교사들을 파견하기 위해 한국어만 사용하는 집중 합숙훈련을 시키는데, 놀라운 것은 그 단기과정을 마친 미국학생들이 한국어를 유창하게 구사한다는 것이다. 의정부 교도소 재소자들의 영어실력이 뛰어난 이유도 바로 그런 특별한 환경 때문일 것이다. 영어는 또 영미문화에 대한 이해를 통해 터득하고 배우는 것이 좋다. 그래야 단순한 의사소통을 넘어 심도있는 대화를 할 수 있기 때문이다.

그래서 서울대학교 언어교육원에서는 이번 여름에 ‘미국문화의 이해와 영어학습’ 강좌를 열었다. 우리 유학생들이 현지에서 오래 살아도 여전히 영어를 못한 채 돌아오는 이유 역시, 영미문화를 잘 모르고 또 별 관심이 없어서일 것이다. 서울대학교 입학관리본부장 유영제 교수는 ‘영어를 한국어처럼, 제2외국어를 영어처럼’ 해야 한다고 말한다. 작가 복거일씨의 말대로, 우리의 자녀들에게까지 ‘영어 못하는 서러움’을 물려줄 수는 없기 때문이다.


출처: http://www.cnnenglish.com/cgi-bin/technote/read.cgi?board=EnglishStory&y_number=22

설정

트랙백

댓글

영어를 어떻게하면 잊어버리지 않을까.  

  외국주재 특파원이나 주재원 가족들이 몇년간 외국 근무 후 한국에 돌아와서 아이들의 영어실력에 대해 놀라는 점이 있다. 시간이 지나면서 형제 중 8세가 된 큰 아이는 영어가 잘 남아있는데 6세된 동생은 그렇게 잘하던 영어를 깡그리 잊어 먹는다는 이야기다. 왜 이런 현상이 일어날까.

  미국인인 남편은 아들이 5세가 되면서부터 미국을 배워야 한다며 방학 3개월 동안 미국으로 데려갔다. 만 4세인 아들이 돌아오기만을 학수고대하다가 엄마 앞에 3개월만에 돌아온 아들은 말없이 피식 웃기만 했다. 알고 보니 '엄마'란 한국말을 잊어먹어서 그랬단다. 아들은 친구들이 와도 한국말을 잊어먹어 그들을 피했는데,일주일이 지나자 서서히 한국말이 돌아왔다.

  그렇게 2년이 지나고 만 7세가가 되던 여름방학 후 돌아온 아들은 놀랍게도 한국말을 그대로 하는 것이었다. 이런 현상에 대해 어느날 잘 아는 언어학자와 만나 언어습득과 기억능력이 7세가 고비냐고 물었다. 그런데 그는 아주 중요한 말을 해주었고,다른 언어학자들에게도 같은 대답을 들었다.

  영어는 역시 공부과목이 아니라 의사소통의 언어로서,언어를 길게 기억하는 조건으로 '말하고,듣고,쓰고'의 이 3박자가 맞아야 한다는 것이었다. 즉 아들이 만7세 때는 외국인학교에 다니면서 한글 속셈학원에 등록,한글을 쓰기 시작했기 때문이었다. 말은 잘 해도 한글 쓰는 법을 전혀 배우지 않았기 때문에 한글을 한동안 말하지 않으면 쉽게 잊어버린다는 것이다.

  이제부터 영어를 잊어버리지 않게 하기 위해서는 영어회화만 배울 것이 아니라 배운 것을 글로서,일기로서,메모로서 쓸 수도 있도록 가르치지 않으면 안되겠다. 쓰기가 밑받침되지 않은 영어 실력은 사상누각에 불과하다. 우리가 영어를 수십년 배워도 한번도 영어로 일기를 쓰거나 영어 메모로 의사를 소통하거나 편지를 자주 쓰지 않기 때문에 배운 영어가 내 것이 되지 않고 쉽게 잊어버리는 것이다.

  그러므로 자신이 배운 영어 회화를 외국의 e-메일 친구들에게 전달하고 답장을 읽고,자신의 미래와 상호 관심사에 대해 토론하고,자신이 알고 싶은 상대방의 신상에 대한 것들까지 물어보면서 영어를 글로 써서 의사소통하는 방법과 동시에 말하기를 해야지만 그 영어가 그 아이의 진짜 실력으로 남는다.


설정

트랙백

댓글


명강사들이 말하는 "영어공부방법"  

이들 명강사들이 권하는 영어공부 방법은 공통점이 많다. 이들이 강조하는 영어학습법에 초점을 맞춰 소개한다.

▽이익훈 이익훈어학원 원장〓시간이 없다거나 바쁘다는 것은 절박함을 덜 느낀다는 말과 같다. 직장인들 가운데 시간이 남아돌아 영어공부하는 사람은 없다. 영어공부하는 시간을 잠자는 시간, 밥먹는 시간같이 절대적인 시간으로 생각하라. 최소한 휴대용 녹음기 3개는 고장낼 각오를 하고 덤벼라. 출퇴근길은 물론 점심시간,화장실, 잠자리에서도 휴대녹음기를 끼고 살아야 한다. 억지로라도 영어에 노출되는 시간을 최대한 확보해야 영어청취력을 늘릴 수 있다. 귀로 듣기부터 시작해 받아쓰기를 해보고 말하기를 하는 것이 순서다.

▽이보영 이보영영어아카데미 대표〓영어가 필수라고 생각한다면 망설이지 말고 당장 시작하라. 그 다음은 함께 공부할 사람을 찾아보자. 공부를 방해하는 순간이 하루에도 몇 번씩 있고 깊은 슬럼프도 한번쯤 찾아오기 마련이다. 길고 험난한 영어의 봉우리들을 넘자면 동반자가 있는 것이 좋다. 동료도 좋고 가족도 좋고 전혀 모르는 남이라도 괜찮다. 서로의 관심사에 대해 미리 조사하고 연습한 뒤 서로 만나 영어도 공부하고 정보도 교환하는 시간은 장기전에 매우 유익한 전략이다.

▽이지영 KBS굿모닝팝스 진행자〓‘꼭 된다’는 믿음을 가져야 한다. 그리고 ‘오믈렛을 만들고 싶다면 우선 계란을 깨라’는 영어 속담처럼 도전하는 자세가 중요하다. 단 처음부터 너무 욕심내지 말고 일주일 단위로 혹은 한달 단위로 한가지 교재를 완전히 숙달해 내 것으로 만든 다음 다른 교재로 넘어가는 것이 좋다. 항상 사전이나 전자사전을 갖고 다니면서 영어를 생활화하는 것이 바람직하다.

▽정찬용 ‘영어공부 절대로 하지 마라’ 저자〓모든 언어습득에는 일정시간이 반드시 필요하다. 그런 면에서 직장인들은 대단히 불리하다. 그러나 방법은 있다. 일단 의사소통의 기본전제인 듣기에 충실하기 위해 원어로만 녹음된 테이프를 가지고 ‘영어의 소리’에 통달하는 노력을 한다. 그리고 실제상황에 익숙해지려고 노력해야 한다. 쓰기를 위해서는 일단 업무상 자주 사용되는 표현을 반복적으로 써보면서 익히는 한편 반복적으로 소리내어 읽어보는 방법이 권할 만하다.

▽최완규 네오퀘스트 사장〓출퇴근시간에 소설 등 가벼운 책을 조금씩 꾸준히 읽는다. 한 달에 한 권 정도는 읽을 수 있을 것이다. 또 오디오북도 적극 권장할 만하다. 책 한권을 통째로 읽어주기 때문에 특히 운전하느라 읽기에 제약을 받는 직장인들에게는 이상적인 교재다. 아무리 좋다고 하는 방법이라도 재미가 없으면 안 된다. 자신에게 맞는 방법을 찾아서 계속하는 게 중요하다.


설정

트랙백

댓글

[건강칼럼]짧게 효과적으로 잘 자는 비법은?

[윤창호의 잘자고 잘살기]
머니투데이|윤창호 분당서울대병원 신경과

"짧은 시간을 자더라도 푹 자서 다음날 정상적으로 활동(공부)할 수 있는 방법이 무엇인가요?"

사석에서나 건강 강좌를 통해 듣는 흔한 질문 중 하나다. 잠자는 시간을 아끼고 싶은 사람이 참 많다. 이해한다. 해야 할 일, 하고 싶은 일에 비해 언제나 부족한 건 시간이고, 세상에는 잠자는 시간을 줄여가며 열심히 노력해 성공한 분들의 미담은 넘쳐나기 때문이다.

 
이때마다 참 난감하다. 수면시간을 무작정 줄이는 것이 불가능하다는 것과 수면부족의 폐해를 잘 알기 때문이다. 그렇다고 "그런 방법은 없습니다"라는 뚱한 대답을 할 수도 없는 탓에, '올바른 수면환경과 습관'에 대한 조언으로 답을 대신한다.

잠을 잘 자려면 올바른 수면 환경과 습관이 중요하다. 수면 환경 중 가장 중요한 것은 온도이다. 잠이 들면 체온이 낮아지기 시작한다. 따라서 주변 환경이 너무 더운 것은 숙면을 방해한다.

한 여름 열대야에 잠을 설친 경험이 누구나 있을 것이다. 수면에 적당한 방 온도는 21~24도 정도다. 하지만 잠자리에 처음 들었을 때는 아늑한 느낌을 받을 정도로 잠자리가 따스한 것이 좋다. 요즘처럼 막 추위가 시작할 때, 전기장판이나 보온팩 등을 이용하는 것이 숙면에 도움을 줄 수 있다.

다음 중요한 것이 빛과 소음이다. 주변 빛은 없을수록 좋다. 문명과 동떨어진 오지 사람들이 소위 문명인들과 비교해서는 한참 열악한 잠자리에서 잘 자는 것은 빛과 소음 노출이 없기 때문이란다.

만약 주변 건물에서 들어오는 빛이 강하다면 안막 달린 두꺼운 커튼을 쳐서라도 빛을 차단하는 것이 좋다. 컴퓨터 모니터 밝기의 빛이라도 수면 호르몬이 멜라토닌 분비를 방해하고, 적은 빛과 소음들이 수면 중 잦은 각성을 유발한다. TV를 틀어 놓고 잔 뒤 아침에 왠지 피곤했다면, 바로 빛과 소음 탓이다.

잠자리는 적당히 푹신해서 엉덩이, 등, 머리와 같이 무게가 실리는 곳을 부드럽게 감싸 지지 할 수 있는 것이 좋겠다. 너무 푹신하면 척추 곡선이 휘어 통증이 유발될 수 있으니 주의해야 한다.

잠자기 전 수면을 방해하는 것들은 피하는 것이 좋다. 담배, 카페인 음료, 술이 대표적이다. 담배에 포함된 니코틴은 각성 효과가 있어 뇌수면을 방해한다. 담배를 피는 사람이 오히려 담배를 피지 않고 자면 새벽에 깬다고 하는 것은 담배가 숙면을 돕기 때문이 아니라 니코틴 금단 증상일 뿐이다.

커피 등 카페인 음료 또한 마찬가지다. 카페인을 먹어도 잠자는데 아무 문제가 없는 것은 개인별로 카페인 감수성에 차이가 있기 때문이고, 실제 본인은 잘 잔다고 느껴도 뇌파를 이용해 수면의 질을 측정하면 수면의 나쁜 질을 알 수 있다.

술도 수면에 문제다. 한두잔의 술이 도움이 될지 모르나, 과음은 오히려 수면의질을 나쁘게 한다. 술에 취해서라도 잠을 자야 한다는 불면증 환자들이 있는데, 이건 잠을 자는 게 아니고 말 그대로 술에 뇌가 마취된 상태일 뿐이다.

알코올은 수면의 질을 절대적으로 나쁘게 한다. 잠자기 2~3시간 전 가벼운 걷기, 30~40분 전 따스한 샤워나 스트레칭 등은 체온을 살짝 올리고 몸을 이완시켜 수면에 도움을 준다.

이것만 잘 지키면 7시간 자던 사람이 갑자기 5시간만 자도 생활이 가능할까? 대답은 '아니다'다. 이 방법들은 수면의 질을 높이는 방법이지 수면 시간을 줄이는 데 도움이 되지는 않는다. 우리가 끼니를 거르고 다른 일에 몰두한 경험이 있을 것이다. 배고픔도 느끼지 못했고 일도 잘 된 것 같다.

하지만 늘 대가가 따른다. 다음 식사는 과식하게 되고 몸은 흡수한 것들을 지방으로 저장하려한다. 수면 시간을 줄이려고만 애쓰지 말고, 깨어 있는 시간을 잘 활용하도록 하자.

Source : http://media.daum.net/culture/view.html?cateid=1013&newsid=20111126121105423&p=moneytoday

설정

트랙백

댓글

 

아래는 성문기본영어에 나오는 기본숙어 600입니다. 이렇게 대량의 숙어를 한꺼번에 외우는 최고의 방법은, 하루에 한 번씩 그냥 아무 생각 없이 전체를 읽어 내려가는 것입니다. 그렇게 한 달쯤 아무 생각 없이 읽고 나시면 전체가 거의 무의식적으로 외워집니다. 그렇게 전체를 반복함으로써 무의식적으로 외운 것은 장기기억장치로 내려 가므로 거의 평생을 갈 가능성이 있습니다. 즉, 한 방에 외우려고 욕심 내지 마시고 무념무상으로  그냥 하루에 한 번씩 읽으시기만 하면 됩니다. 이렇게 대규모를 암기할 때는 이런 무의식 암기법이 가장 효율적입니다. 소위 머리가 아니라 몸으로 외우는 것이죠.

 

 


1. abide by (=keep, be faithful to) : 지키다

   An honorable man always abides by his promises.

   (존경할 만한 사람은 항상 자신의 약속을 지킨다.)

 

2. above all (things) (=more than anything else) : 무엇보다도

   Attend to your business above all things.

   (무엇보다도 너의 업무에 힘써라.)

 

3. be absorbed in (=be engrossed in) : ∼에 열중하다

   The children are absorbed in play.

   (그 아이들은 노는데 열중하고 있다.)

 

4. abstain from (=refrain from) : ∼을 삼가다

   We must abstain from speaking ill of others.

   (우리는 남을 헐뜯는 것을 삼가야 한다.)

 

5. according as (=in proportion as)    : ∼에 따라서 [+절]

   according to (=on the authority of) : ∼에 의하면 [+구]

   According to today's paper, there was a big fire in Pusan.

   (오늘 신문에 의하면, 부산에 큰 화재가 있었다.)

 

6. account for (=explain) : 설명하다

   His idleness accounts for his failure. (그의 실패는 그의 게으름 때문이다.)

 

7. be accustomed to (=be used to) : ∼에 익숙하다

   I am not accustomed to making a speech in public.

   (나는 대중 앞에서 연설하는데 익숙하지 못하다.)

 

8. add to (=increase) : 증가시키다

   This adds to our difficulties. (이것은 우리 어려움을 더욱 증가시킨다.)

 

9. adhere to (=stick) : ∼을 고수하다, 들러붙다

   He adheres to the party to the end. (그는 끝까지 그 정당을 지지(고수) 하였다.)

 

10. after all (=in the end, in spite of) : 결국, ∼에도 불구하고

       So you see I was right after all. (결국 내가 옳았다는 걸 너는 알겠지.)

 

11. again and again (=repeatedly) : 반복해서

      He makes the same mistakes again and again. (그는 되풀이해서 같은 실수를 저지른다.)

 

12. agree with+사람 (=be of the same mind, suit) : 동의하다, 적합하다

      The climate here does not agree with me. (이곳의 기후는 내게 적합하지 않다.)

 

13. agree to   +사물 (=consent to) : ∼에 동의하다

       I cannot agree to your proposal.  (나는 너의 제안에 동의할 수 없다.)

 

14. all at once (=suddenly, all of a sudden, on a sudden) : 갑자기

       All at once the sky became dark and it started to pour

       (갑자기 하늘이 어두워지고 비가 쏟아지기 시작했다.)

 

15. all but (=almost) : 거의

       It took him all but ten years to attain his object.

       (그가 그의 목표를 달성하는데 거의 10년이 걸렸다.)

 

16. all the same (=nevertheless) : 그래도, 역시

       He has many faults, but I love him all the same.

       (그가 결점이 많음에도 불구하고 나는 그를 사랑한다.)

 

17. and so on (=and so forth, and what not) : ∼ 등등, 따위

       He asked me my name, my age, my address and so on.

      

18. answer for (=be responsible for)  책임지다

       I cannot answer for his honesty. (나는 그의 정직을 책임질 수 없다.)

 

19. be anxious about (=be uneasy about) : 근심하다

       My mother is anxious about my health. (어머니는 내 건강을 염려하신다.)

 

20. be anxious for (=be eager for) : 갈망하다

       He is anxious for fame. (그는 명성을 갈망한다.)


21. anything but (=never) : 결코 ∼이 아닌

       His English is anything but correct. (그의 영어는 결코 정확하지 않다.)

 

22. apart (or aside) from (=independently of, except for) : ∼은 별도로 하고

       Apart from joking. what do you mean to do?

       (농담은 그만두고, 너는 무얼 할 작정이니?)

 

23. apply for (=ask to be given) : ∼에 지원하다

       I applied for membership in the club.  (나는 그 클럽의 회원에 지원했다.)

 

24. apply to  (=concern, fit) : ∼에 적용되다

       This rule applies to all cases.  (이 규칙은 모든 경우에 적용된다.)

 

25. apply oneself to (=give all one's energy to) : ∼에 전념하다

       He applied himself to the study of English.

       (그는 영어 공부에 전념하였다.)

 

26. apt to (=be likely to, be liable to) : ∼하기 쉬운

       We are apt to be wasteful of time. (우리는 시간을 낭비하기 쉽다.)

 

27. as a matter of fact (=in fact) : 사실

       As a matter of fact I know nothing about the matter.

       (사실, 나는 그 문제에 대해 아무것도 모른다.)

 

28. as a rule (=usually, on the whole) : 통상, 대체로

       They work ten hours a day as a rule.

       (그들은 통상 하루에 10시간을 일한다.)

 

29. as for (=with reference to, speaking of) : ∼에 관하여 말하면

       As for clothing, for instance, she is always in shorts.

       (옷에 관해 말하면, 예를 들어 그녀는 늘 반바지 차림이다.)

 

30. as good as (=practically, no better than) : 사실상, ∼과 같은

       He is as good as dead.  (그는 죽은 거나 마찬가지이다.)

 

31. as it were (=so to speak) : 말하자면

       He is, as it were, a bookworm. (말하자면 그는 책벌레이다.)

 

32. as likely as not (=probably) : 아마

       He will fail as likely as not. (그는 아마 실패할 것 같다.)

 

33. as regards (=as to, concerning, regarding) : ∼에 관하여

       As regards money, I have enough.

       (돈에 관해서라면, 나는 충분히 가지고 있다.)

 

34. as usual (=in the usual way) : 평소와 다름없이

       He was late for school as usual. (그는 평소처럼 학교에 지각했다.)

 

35. as well (=besides, into the bargain) : 게다가, 덤으로

       He gave me food and money as well.

       (그는 내게 음식과 게다가 돈까지 주었다.)

 

36. as yet (=up to now) : 이제껏, 아직까지

       The matter has not been settled yet.

       (그 문제는 여태껏 해결되지 않았다.)

 

37. ask after (=inquire after) : 안부를 묻다

       I asked for my friend in hospital. (나는 병원에 있는 친구의 안부를 물었다.)

 

38. at a loss (=perplexed, uncertain) : 어쩔줄을 몰라서

       I was at a loss what to do. (나는 무얼 해야할지 어쩔줄을 몰랐다.)

 

39. at times (=sometimes, occasionally) : 가끔

       It occurs at times that the traffic is disorganized by fog.

       (안개로 교통 혼란이 가끔 발생한다.)

 

40. at all costs (=all means, certainly) : 어떤 일이 있어도, 꼭

       You must keep your promise at all costs.

        (너는 무슨 일이 있어도 약속을 지켜야 한다.)


41. at all events (=in any case, at any rate) : 어떤 경우라도

       I will start tomorrow at all events.

        (어떤 경우라도 나는 내일 출발한다.)

 

42. at any rates (=in any case, at all events) : 어쨌든

       I will try to help him at any rate. (어쨋든 나는 그를 도우려고 노력할 것이다.)

 

43. at best (=in the most favorable case) : 아무리 잘해야

       The old man cannot live more than a week at best.

        (그 노인은 기껏해야 일주일 이상 살지 못한다.)

 

44. at first (=in the beginning) : 처음에는

       I found the job difficult at first, but soon got used to it.

        (나는 처음에는 그 일이 어려운 것을 알았지만, 곧 익숙해졌다.)

 

45. at first hand  (=directly) : 직접적으로


46. at second hand (=indirectly) : 간접적으로

       I got the news at second hand. (나는 간접적으로 그 소식을 들었다.)

 

47. at hand (=near) : 가까이

       The examination is near at hand. (시험이 가까이 다가왔다.)

 

48. at home (=comfortable) : 편안한

       Please make yourself at home. (편히 하세요.)

 

49. at large (=usually, at length) : 대개, 상세히

       The people at large are against war. (사람들은 대개 전쟁에 반대한다.)

 

50. at last (=in the end, finally) : 드디어

       In spite of many hindrances they have at last succeeded.

        (많은 장애에도 불구하고 그들은 마침내 성공했다.)

 

51. at length (=at last, in detail) : 드디어(文頭), 상세히(文尾)

       We discussed the subject at length.

        (우리는 그 문제에 대해 상세히 토론했다.)

 

52. at least (=not less than, at any late) : 적어도,어쨌든

       It will take at least a week to read this book through.

        (이 책을 다 읽는 데 최소한 1주일은 걸릴 것이다.)

 

53. at liberty (=free) : 자유로운

       Each member will be at liberty to state his own views.

        (각 회원은 자신의 의견을 말해는데 자유롭게 될것이다.)

 

54. at once (=immediately, at the same time) : 즉시, 동시에

       I want you to send this telegraph at once.

        (나는 네가 즉시 이 전보를 보내주기를 원합니다.)

 

55. at once A and B : A이기도 하고 B이기도 한

       Tears of at once joy and sorrow flowed down from her eyes.

        (기쁘기도 하고 슬프기도 한 눈물이 그녀의 눈에서 흘러내렸다.)

 

56. at one's disposal : 누구 마음대로 쓸 수 있는

       My services are at your disposal.

        (당신이 원하는 대로 봉사해드리겠습니다.)

 

57. at one's finger(s') ends : ∼에 정통한

       He has Shakespeare at his fingers' end.

        (그는 셰익스피어에 정통하다.)

 

58. at one's wits'(wit's) end (=not knowing what to say or do) : 어찌할 바를 몰라

       I was at my wits' end what to do about it.   

        (나는 그것에 관해 무엇을 해야할 지 어찌할 바를 몰랐다.)

 

59. at random (=without aim) : 함부로, 닥치는 대로

       He reads books at random.        (그는 책을 닥치는 대로 읽는다.)

 

60. at the mercy of (=wholly in the power of) : ∼에 좌우되어

       The vessel was rolling to and fro at the mercy of the waves.

        (그 배는 파도에 좌우되어 이리저리 흔들리고 있었다.)


61. attend on (=wait on, serve) : 시중들다

       They thought it a great honor to attend on the queen.

        (그들은 여왕의 시중 드는 일을 큰 영광으로 생각했다.)

 

62. attend to (=pay attention to, be attentive to) : ∼에 주의하다

       Parents must attend to the education of their children.

        (부모들은 자녀들의 교육에 주의해야 한다.)

 

63. attribute A to B (=ascribe A to B, impute A to B) : A를 B의 탓으로 돌리다

       He attributed his success to good luck. (그는 자신의 성공을 행운 탓으로 돌렸다.)

 

64. avail oneself of (=take advantage of, use) : 이용하다

       You had better avail yourself of this opportunity.

        (너는 이 기회를 이용 하는 것이 좋다.)

 

65. be badly off (=be poor) : 궁핍하다  (반) be well off

       On account of his failure in business he is worse off now.

        (그의 사업 실패 때문에 지금 그는 더욱 가난하다.)

 

66. be used to +명사, ∼ing (=be accustomed to) : ∼에 익숙하다

       I am used to doing without breakfast.

        (나는 아침 식사를 하지 않고 지내는 것에 익숙하다.)

 

67. bear in mind (=keep in mind, remember, learn by heart) : 명심하다

       It must be borne in mind that success depends on exertions.

        (성공은 노력에 달려있다는 것을 명심해야 한다.)

 

68. become of (=happen to) : ∼이 (어떻게) 되다

       What has become of him? (그는 어떻게 되었는가?)

 

69. before long (=pretty soon, by and by) : 곧

       He will come back before long. (그는 곧 돌아올 것이다.)

 

70. behind time (=late) : 시간에 늦은

       He was behind time for is appointment. (그는 약속 시간에 늦었다.)

 

71. behind the times (=out-of-date, old-fashioned) : 시대에 뒤떨어진

       The old gentleman was behind the times. (그 노인은 시대에 뒤떨어졌다.)

 

72. be bound to (=be certain to, be obliged to) : 틀림없이 ∼하다, ∼하지 않을 수 없다

       Such a person is bound to get on in life. (그런 사람은 틀림없이 출세한다.)

 

73. break in (=enter by force) : 침입하다

       Thieves had broken in during the night. (도둑들이 밤중에 침입하였다.)

 

74. break out (=occur suddenly) : 갑자기 발생하다

       She was born in the year when the war broke out.

        (그녀는 전쟁이 나던 해에 태어났다.)

 

75. bring about (=cause to happen) : 발생시키다, 야기하다

       The accident was brought about by his carelessness.

        (그 사고는 그의 부주의로 일어났다.)

 

76. bring home to (=cause one to realize) : ∼을 절실히 느끼게 하다

       Her death brought home to me the sorrow of life.

        (그녀의 죽음은 내게 인생으 슬픔을 절실히 느끼게 했다.)

 

77. bring up (=educate, rear) : 교육하다, 양육하다

       He was brought up by his uncle. (그는 삼촌에게서 자랐다.)

 

 78. burst into (=begin suddenly) : 갑자기 시작하다

       She burst into tears at the sad news.

        (그녀는 그 슬픈 소식을 듣고 갑자기 눈물을 터뜨렸다.)

 

79. by accident (=by chance, accidentally) : 우연히

       I met him by accident in New York. (나는 뉴욕에서 그를 우연히 만났다.)

 

80. by all means (=at all costs, certainly) : 어떤일이 있어도, 좋고말고요

       We should by all means do our duty.

        (어떤 일이 있어도 우리는 본분을 다하여야 한다.)

 

81. by and by (=soon, before long) : 이윽고, 곧

       By and by the cold winter will be over. (얼마 안 가서 추운 겨울이 끝날 것이다.)

 

82. by degrees (=gradually) : 점차로

       Their friendship by degrees grew into love.  (그들의 우정은 점차로 사랑으로 변하였다.)

 

83. by dint of (=by means of) : ∼에 의하여

       By dint of great effort he succeeded at last.

        (대단한 노력으로 그는 마침내 성공했다.)

 

84. by means of (=with the help of, by dint of) : ∼에 의하여

       We climbed up the cliff by means of a rope. (우리는 밧줄로 그 절벽을 올라갔다.)

 

85. by no means (=far from) : 결코 ∼이 아닌

       He is by no means a coward.  (그는 결코 겁쟁이가 아니다.)

 

86. by the way (=incidentally) : 그런데

       By the way, what is your address? (그런데 너의 주소는 어디니?)

 

87. by way of (=via, as a sort of) : 경유하여, ∼으로서

       I am going to Europe by way of America.

        (나는 미국을 경유하여 유럽에 갈 예정이다.)

 

88. call for (=demand, require) : 요구하다

       This crime calls for severe punishment. (이 범죄는 엄벌이 요구된다.)

 

89. call off (=cancel) : 취소하다

       This game was called off on account of darkness.

        (그 경기는 어둠 때문에 취소되었다.)

 

90. care for (=like, look after) : 좋아하다, 돌보다

       Everybody does not care for music. (모든 사람이 다 음악을 좋아하는 것은 아니다.)

 

91. carry on (=continue, manage) : 계속하다, 경영하다

       She carried on scientific research with her husband.

        (그녀는 남편과 함께 과학 탐구를 계속했다.)

 

92. carry out (=accomplish, execute) : 수행하다

       You must carry out the work for yourself. (너는 혼자 힘으로 그 일을 수행해야 한다.)

 

93. catch sight of (=get a glimpse of) : ∼을 언뜻 보다

       I caught sight of the boy who was trying to hide behind a hedge.

        (나는 울타리 뒤로 숨으려는 그 소년을 언뜻 보았다.)

 

94. catch up with (=overtake, come up with) : ∼을 따라가다

       I ran as fast as possible to catch up with them.

        (나는 그들을 따라잡으려고 가능한 한 빨리 뛰었다.)

 

95. close at hand (=near) : 가까이

       The examination is close at hand. (시험이 다가왔다.)

 

96. come about (=take place, happen) : 일어나다

       Tell me how the accident came about.

        (그 사고가 어떻게 일어났는지 내게 말해 다오.)

 

97. come across (=chance upon, meet or find unexpectedly) : 우연히 만나다

       While cleaning the attic yesterday, I came across an old photograph of my father.

        (어제 다락방을 청소하면서 우연히 아버지의 오랜 사진을 보았다.)

 

98. come by (=obtain, visit) : 획득하다, 방문하다

       Did he come by that money honestly?

        (그가 그 돈을 정직하게 얻었느냐?)

 

99. come in contact with (=come in touch with) : ∼와 접촉하다

       As he is a diplomat, he comes in contact with many people.

        (그는 외교관이어서 많은 사람들과 접촉한다.)

 

100. come to pass (=happen, come about) : 일어나다

       I don't know how the accident came to pass.

        (나는 그 사고가 어떻게 발생했는지 모른다.)

 

 

 


 

설정

트랙백

댓글

 

아래는 성문기본영어에 나오는 기본숙어 600입니다. 이렇게 대량의 숙어를 한꺼번에 외우는 최고의 방법은, 하루에 한 번씩 그냥 아무 생각 없이 전체를 읽어 내려가는 것입니다. 그렇게 한 달쯤 아무 생각 없이 읽고 나시면 전체가 거의 무의식적으로 외워집니다. 그렇게 전체를 반복함으로써 무의식적으로 외운 것은 장기기억장치로 내려 가므로 거의 평생을 갈 가능성이 있습니다. 즉, 한 방에 외우려고 욕심 내지 마시고 무념무상으로  그냥 하루에 한 번씩 읽으시기만 하면 됩니다. 이렇게 대규모를 암기할 때는 이런 무의식 암기법이 가장 효율적입니다. 소위 머리가 아니라 몸으로 외우는 것이죠.

 

 

101. come true (=really happen, become fact) : 실현되다
       Everything he predicted has come true.

        (그가 예언했던 모든 것이 실현되었다.)

 

102. come up to (=equal) : 동등하다, ∼에 이르다

       The yield of the mine did not come up to our expectations.

        (그 광산의 생산량은 우리 기대에 이르지 못한다.)

 

103. come up with (=catch up with, overtake) : ∼에 따라가다

       A man on horseback will quickly come up with a traveller on foot.

        (말을 탄 사람은 걸어가는 여행자를 곧 따라가기 마련이다.)

 

104. compare A to B (=liken A to B) : A를 B에 비유하다

       Books are often compared to friends. (책은 종종 친구에 비유된다.)

 

105. be composed of (=be made up of) : ∼으로 구성되다

       The committee is composed of eleven members.

        (그 위원회는 11명으로 구성되어 있다.)

 

106. be concerned in(or with) (=become occupied with) : ∼과 관계가 있다

       He is said to have been concerned with the crime.

        (그는 그 범죄와 관련이 있다고들 말한다.)

 

107. consist in (=lie in) : 놓여 있다.

       The true wealth does not consist in what we have, but in what we are.

        (진정한 부(富)는 재산이 아니라 사람됨<인격>에 있다.)

 

108. consist of (=be composed of, be made up of) : 구성되다

       Water consists of hydrogen and oxygen.

        (물은 산소와 수소로 구성된다.)

 

109. correspond to (=be similar to) : 비등하다, 일치하다

       The wing of a bird corresponds to the arm of a man.

        (새의 날개는 사람의 팔에 해당한다.)

 

110. correspond with (=exchange letters) : 서신 교환을 하다

       I should like to correspond with her. (나는 그녀와 서신 교환을 하고 싶다.)

 

111. count for much (=be of much importance) : 매우 중요하다

       He counts for much among us. (그는 우리 사이에서 매우 중요하다.)

 

112. count on (=rely on) : ∼을 믿다

       May I count on your coming? (당신이 오리라고 믿어도 될까요?)

 

113. cut a fine figure (=make a fine appearance) : 두각을 나타내다

       He cut a brilliant figure on the stage. (그는 무대에서 두각을 나타냈다.)

 

114. deal in (=do business) : 장사하다

       He deals in rice. (그는 쌀장사를 한다.)

 

115. deal with (=treat) : 다루다, 취급하다

       This book deals with the uses of atomic power.

        (이 책은 원자력의 이용법을 다루고 있다.)

 

116. depend on (=rely on) : 의지하다

       Prices depend upon supply and demand. (가격은 공급과 수요에 의존한다.)

 

117. devote oneself to (=give oneself to) : ∼에 몰두하다

       He devoted himself wholly to psychology. (그는 완전히 심리학에 몰두했다.)

 

118. dispense with (=do without) : ∼없이 지내다

       It's so warm today that I can dispense with an overcoat.

        (오늘은 너무 따뜻해서 외투 없이 지낼 수 있다.)

 

119. dispose of (=throw away, give away, sell) : ∼을 처분하다

       How are you going to dispose of all rubbish?

        (너는 그 모든 쓰레기를 어떻게 처분할 생각이니?)

 

120. distinguish A from B (=distinguish between A and B) : A와 B를 구분하다

       Speech distinguishes man from animals. (언어가 사람과 동물을 구별한다.)


121. distinguish oneself (=make oneself well known) : 이름을 내다

       He distinguished himself by his bravery in the battle.

        (그는 그 전투에서 용맹으로 유명해졌다.)

 

122. do away with (=abolish, get rid of, destroy) : 제거하다, 죽이다

       We should do away with a bad custom. (우리는 나쁜 관습을 없애야 한다.)

 

123. do good (=help or benefit one) : ∼에게 이익이 되다

       This rain will do much good to the crops.

        (이 비는 농작물이 대단히 이로울 것이다.)

 

124. do one's best (=do all one can) : 최선을 다하다

       Whatever you do, you must do your best.

        (너는 무슨 일을 하든지 최선을 다해야 한다.)

 

125. do well to (=had better) : ∼하는 게 좋다

       You would do well to say nothing about it.

        (너는 그것에 대해 아무말도 않는 게 나을 거야.)

 

126. do without (=dispense with, manage without) : 없이 지내다

       We cannot do without water even for a few days.

        (물 없이는 단 며칠도 살 수 없다.)

 

127. drop in (=visit casually) : 우연히 방문하다 [∼ on+사람 / ∼ at+집]

       I wish you drop in on me more often. (당신에 좀더 자주 내게 들려줬으면 합니다.)

 

128. due to +명사 (=owing to) : ∼ 때문에

       His success was due to his will and ability.

        (그의 성공은 그의 의지와 능력 때문이다.)

 

129. be due to +동사 (=be expected to) : ∼할 예정이다

       He is due to arrive in Seoul this evening. (그는 오늘 저녁 서울에 도착할 예정이다.)

 

130. dwell on (=think, speak or write a lot about) : 상술(詳述)하다, 곰곰이 생각하다

       Don't dwell on your past failure, but think of your future.

        (과거의 실패에 대해 곰곰이 생각할 게 아니라, 장래를 생각하라.)

 

131. be eager for (=be anxious for, be zealous for) : ∼을 열망하다

       He is eager for fame as well as wealth. (그는 재산뿐만 아니라 명성도 갈망한다.)

 

132. be engaged in (=be busy with, take part in) : 종사하다

       He is engaged in literary work. (그는 문학 작업에 종사하고 있다.)

 

133. enter into (=begin) : ∼을 시작하다

       They entered into a discussion.  (그들은 토론을 시작했다.)

 

134. be equal to (=have ability for) : ∼을 감당할 능력이 있다

       Though he is old, he is still equal to the task.

        (그는 비록 나이들었지만, 아직도 그 일을 할 능력이 있다.)

 

135. every now and then (=occasionally, from time to time) : 이따금, 가끔

       He comes to see me every now and then. (그는 이따금 나를 보러 온다.)

 

136. exert oneself (=make an effort) : 노력하다

       I hope you will exert yourself in the work.

        (나는 네가 그 일에 노력하기를 바란다.)

 

137. express oneself : 의견을 나타내다

       He is still unable to express himself English.

        (그는 아직도 영어로 자기 의견을 나타내지 못한다.)

 

138. face to face : 대면하여

       We came face to face at a street corner. (우리는 길모퉁이에서 대면하게 되었다.)

 

139. fail in  : ∼에 실패하다

       He failed in the examination. (그는 시험에 실패했다.)

 

140. fall a victim to (=become a victim of) : ∼의 희생이 되다

       He fell a victim to his own ambition. (그는 자신의 야망의 희생물이 되었다.)


141. fall back on (=depend on, have recourse to)  ∼에 의지하다

       In case you fail, you must have something to fall back on.

       (네가 실패할 경우에, 의지할 무언가가 있어야 한다.)

 

142. fall in with (=happen to meet, agree to) : 우연히 만나다, 동의하다

       I fell in with him in New York.  (나는 뉴욕에서 그를 우연히 만났다.)

 

143. fall short of (=be insufficient) : 미달하다

       His results fell short of our expectations.

       (그의 결과는 우리의 기대에 미치지 못했다.)

 

144. fall to (=begin) : 시작하다

       They fell to crying at the news. (그들은 그 소식을 듣고 울기 시작했다.)

 

145. far from (=not at all, never) : 결코 ∼이 아닌

       I am far from blaming you for it. 

        (나는 그것에 대해 너를 결코 비난하는 게 아니야.)

 

146. feel at home (=feel comfortable) : 편히 느끼다

       I cannot feel at home with that man.

        (나는 저 남자와 함께 있으면 마음이 편치 않다.)

 

147. feel for (=sympathize with, grope) : 동정하다, 더듬다

       I feel for you deeply. (나는 너를 깊이 동정하고 있어.)

 

148. feel like ∼ing (=be inclined to [or for]) : ∼하고 싶다

       I feel like taking a walk for a while.

 

149. find fault with (=criticize) : ∼을 비난하다

       He is constantly finding faults with my work.

       (그는 항상 나의 일을 비난한다.)

 

150. first of all (=above all, before anything else)  무엇보다도

       One will be judged by one's appearance first of all.

       (사람은 무엇보다도 외모에 의해 판단된다.)

 

151. be fit for (=be suitable for) : ∼에 적합하다

       This book is fit for the beginners. (이 책은 초보자들에게 적합하다.)

 

152. fix up (=repair, mend) : ∼을 수선하다

       We must fix up our house.

 

153. for ages (=for years, for a long time) : 오랫동안

       I haven't seen you for ages. (오랜만에 뵙겠습니다.)

 

154. for all (=in spite of) :∼에도 불구하고

       For all his wealth, he is unhappy.

 

155. for all I know (=perhaps) : 아마

       He may be dead for all I know. (그는 아마 죽었을지도 모른다.)

 

156. for all the world (=on any account)  어떤 일이 있어도

       I would not do it for all the world.

 

157. for certain (=certainly)  틀림없이

       I shall be there for certain.  (나는 확실히 거기에 갈 거야.)

 

158. for convenience' sake : 편의상

       I did it so for convenience' sake.  (나는 편의상 그것을 그렇게 했다.)

 

159. for ever (=for good) : 영원히

       It is well known that time once past never returns and that

        the moment which is lost is lost for ever.

       (한번 지나간 시간은 결코 돌아오지 않고, 잃어버린 순간은 영원히 잃는다는 것은 잘 알려져 있다.)

 

160. for example(or instance) (=by way of illustration) : 예를 들어

       Many great men have risen from poverty--Lincoln and Edison, for example.

       (많은 위대한 사람들 - 예를 들어 링컨과 에디슨 같은 사람들은 가난을 딛고 성장했다.

 

 

161. for good (and all) (=for ever) : 영원히

 He says he is leaving the country for good.

 (그는 시골을 영원히 떠날 예정이라고 말한다.)

 

162. for lack of (=for want of, for short of) : ∼이 부족하여

 For lack of funds he failed in his enterprise.

        (그는 자금이 부족하여 사업에 실패했다.)

 

163. for one's life (=desperately) : 필사적으로

       He ran away for his life.

 

164. for the life of me (=however hard I try) : 아무리 해도

       For the life of me, I could not remember her name.

        (아무리 해도 나는 그녀의 이름을 기억할 수 없었다.)

 

165. for my part (=as for me, as far as I am concerned) : 나로서는

       I have no objection for my part. (나로서는 반대하지 않는다.)

 

166. for nothing (=in vain, without reason, without payment) : 헛되이, 이유없이, 공짜로

       I got it for nothing. (나는 그것을 공짜로 얻었다.)

 

167. for (this) once (=this once)  한번만(이번만)

       Listen to me for this once. (이번만은 내말을 들어 다오.)

 

168. for oneself (=without other's help) : 혼자 힘으로

       Do everything for yourself.

 

169. for the sake of (=for the benefit of)  ∼을 위하여

       Man does not live for himself alone. He lives for the sake of others

       as well as of himself.

        (인간은 혼자만을 위해 사는게 아니다. 자기자신 뿐만 아니라, 남을 위해서도 산다.)

 

170. for the first time (=before one does anything else) : 처음으로

       I met him then for the first time. (나는 그를 그 때 처음으로 만났다.)

 

171. for the future (=in future) : 이후로는, 장래는

       I am going to be a good boy for the future.

        (나는 이제부터 착한 소년이 될거야.)

 

172. for the most part (=mostly)  대부분, 대개

       The life of man in this world, for the most part, a life of work.

        (이 세상에서 인간의 생활은, 대부분 노동의 생활이다.)

 

173. for the occasion (=occasionally) : 임시로

       He is engaged for the occasion.  (그는 임시로 고용되어 있다.)

 

174. for the present (=for the time being) : 당분간

       I shall stay at this hotel for the present. (나는 당분간 이 호텔에 머무를 것이다.)

 

175. for the time being (=for the present) : 당분간

       For the time being you'll have to share this room with him.

        (당분간 너는 이방을 그와 함께 써야 한다.)

 

176. for the last time (=lastly) : 마지막으로

       I saw him then for the last time.

 

177. for want of (=for lack of) : ∼이 부족하여

       Plants died for want of water. (식물이 수분 부족으로 죽었다.)

 

178. free from (=without) : ∼이 없는

       The streets are free from dust. (그 거리들은 먼지가 없다.)

 

179. from age to age : 대대로

       It has been handed down from age to age.

        (그것은 대대로 후세에 전해져 왔다.)

 

180. from bad to worse (=get worse everyday) : 악화하다

       The state of affairs went from bad to bad.  (일의 사정이 점점더 악화되었다.)


181. from hand to mouth (=keep the wolf from the door) : 그날 벌어 그날 지내다, 겨우 굶주림을 면하다

 He lives from hand to mouth.

        (그는 하루벌어 하루 먹고산다-몹시 가난하다.)

 

182. furnish A with B (=supply(or provide) A with B) : A에게 B를 공급하다

       They furnished the expedition with food.

        (그들은 탐험대에 음식을 공급하였다.)

 

183. gain on (=get closer to, encroach upon) : ∼에 따라미치다, ∼을 침식하다

       In spring the day gains on the night.  (봄에는 낮이 밤보다 길어진다.)

 

184. get along (=make progress, manage)  진척되다, 살아가다

       We cannot get along without money. (우리는 돈없이 살 수 없다.)

 

185. get at (=reach, discover) : 도달하다, 이해하다

       The books are locked up and I cannot get at them.

        (그 책들은 자물쇠가 채워져 있어서 내가 열어볼 수 없었다.)

 

186. get away (=escape, leave) : 도망치다, 떠나다

       One of the prisoners got away.  (죄수들 중 한 명이 도망쳤다.)

 

187. get back (=return, come back) : 돌아오다

       He won't get back until Saturday.

        (그는 토요일까지 돌아오지 않을 것이다.)

 

188. get in one's way (=be in one's(the) way) : ∼의 방해가 되다

       He always getting in my way. (그는 늘 내게 방해가 된다.)

 

189. get off (=descend from) : 내리다

       I am getting off at the next station. (나는 다음 역에서 내릴 것이야.)

 

190. get on (=aboard) : 타다

       They got off the plane at Cairo.  (그들은 카이로에서 비행기를 탔다.)

 

191. get on with (=live in a friendly way with) : 사이좋게 지내다

       It is hard to get on with a suspicious man.

        (의심 많은 사람과 사이좋게 지내기는 힘들다.)

 

192. get over (=recover from, overcome, tide over) : 회복하다,극복하다

       He soon got over his illness. (그는 병에서 곧 회복되었다.)

 

193. get rid of (=eliminate, become free of) : 제거하다

       You must get rid of your bad habit.  (너의 나쁜 습관을 없애야 한다.)

 

194. get the better of (=defeat) : 이기다

       He always gets the better of his opponents.

        (그는 항상 그의 적수들에게 이긴다.)

 

195. get through (=finish) : 끝마치다

       As soon as I get through with my work, I will join you.

        (내 일을 끝마치자마자 너와 합류하겠어.)

 

196. get tired of (=become weary of) : 싫증나다

       I got tired of my monotonous life. (나는 단조로운 생활에 실증이 났다.)

 

197. get to (=reach, arrive at) : 도착하다

       He will get to Pusan tomorrow morning.

 

198. give forth (=send out, emit) : ∼을 발산하다

       The diamond gives forth all colors of the rainbow.

        (다이아몬드는 무지개의 모든 색을 발산한다.)

 

199. give in (=hand in, surrender, collapse) : 제출하다, 굴복하다, 무너지다

       He will not give in except on fair terms.

        (그는 공평한 조건이 아니면 양보하지 않을 것이다.)

 

200. give oneself to (=devote oneself to) : 몰두하다

       He gave himself to the work body and soul.

        (그는 몸과 마음을 다해 그 일에 전념했다.)

 

설정

트랙백

댓글

 

아래는 성문기본영어에 나오는 기본숙어 600입니다. 이렇게 대량의 숙어를 한꺼번에 외우는 최고의 방법은, 하루에 한 번씩 그냥 아무 생각 없이 전체를 읽어 내려가는 것입니다. 그렇게 한 달쯤 아무 생각 없이 읽고 나시면 전체가 거의 무의식적으로 외워집니다. 그렇게 전체를 반복함으로써 무의식적으로 외운 것은 장기기억장치로 내려 가므로 거의 평생을 갈 가능성이 있습니다. 즉, 한 방에 외우려고 욕심 내지 마시고 무념무상으로  그냥 하루에 한 번씩 읽으시기만 하면 됩니다. 이렇게 대규모를 암기할 때는 이런 무의식 암기법이 가장 효율적입니다. 소위 머리가 아니라 몸으로 외우는 것이죠.

 

201. give out (=wear out, distribute)  (힘이)다하다, 배부하다

       The teacher gave out the examination papers.

        (선생님이 시험지를 나눠주셨다.)

 

202. give place to (=be succeeded by) : ∼와 교대하다

       Now that the exam is at hand, play must give place to work.

        (시험이 다가왔기 때문에 놀이는 공부와 교대하여야 한다.)

 

203. give rise to (=cause) : 일으키다

       These words will give rise to suspicion. (이 말은 의심을 일으킬 것이다.)

 

204. give up (=abandon, surrender) : 포기하다, 굴복하다

       You should give up smoking and drinking.

        (당신은 흡연과 음주를 금해야 한다.)

 

205. give way (=break down, retreat) : 무너지다, 물러나다

       The ice gave way and they all fell into the water.

        (얼음이 무너져서 그들은 모두 물 속에 빠졌다.)

 

206. go on (=continue) : 계속하다

       He is gone, but this work goes on.  (그는 갔지만 이 일은 계속된다.)

 

207. go through (=suffer, experience) : (고통을)겪다, 경험하다

       The country has gone through too many wars.

        (그 나라는 너무 많은 전쟁을 겪었다.)

 

208. be good at (↔be poor at) : ∼에 능숙하다

       He is good at tennis.

 

209. be good for nothing : 아무짝에도 소용없다

       He is good for nothing. (그는 쓸모 없는 사람이다.)

 

210. hand down (=bequeath) : 유산으로 남기다

       The story was handed down to posterity. (그 이야기는 후손에게 전해졌다.)

 

211. hand in (=turn in) : 제출하다

       Each student has to hand in a composition once a week.

        (모든 학생은 일주일에 한번 작문을 제출해야 한다.)

 

212. hand in hand (=holding hands) : 손을 마주잡고, 제휴하여

       They walked away hand in hand with each other.

        (그들은 서로 손을 잡고 걸었다.)

 

213. hand over (=give control of) : 넘겨주다, 양도하다

       He handed over all his property to his son.

        (그는 모든 재산을 아들에게 양도했다.)

 

214. happen to (=chance to, have the fortune of) : 우연히 ∼하다

       I happened to be out when he called at my house.

        (그가 내 집을 방문했을 때, 공교롭게도 나는 외출했다)

 

215. have a good opinion of : ∼을 좋게 생각하다

       I have a good opinion of the man. (나는 그 남자를 좋게 생각한다.)

 

216. have a mind to (=feel inclined to) : ∼하고 싶다

       I have a mind to take a short walk along the beach.

        (해변을 따라 잠깐 산책을 하고 싶다.)

 

217. have an ear for : ∼에 대한 감상력이 있다

       She has an ear for music.  (그녀는 음악을 감상할 줄 안다.)

 

218. have an idea of (=know) : ∼을 알다

       I have a rough idea of it. (나는 그것을 대충 알고 있다.)

 

219. have done with (=finish, complete) : ∼을 끝내다

       I will go out when I have done with my homework.

        (내가 숙제를 마치면 외출하겠다.)

 

220. have nothing to do with (=have no dealings with) : ∼과 관계가 없다

       I have nothing to do with the incident.

        ( 나는 그 사건과 관계가 없다.)

221. have on (=wear) : 입고 있다

       He has a blue coat on. ( 그는 푸른색 코트를 입고 있다.)

 

222. have one's own way (=get or do what one wants) : 마음대로 하다

       She had her own way in everything.

        (그녀는 모든 것에 자기 마음대로 한다.)

 

223. have the best of it (=win) : 이기다

       Although Carl put up a good fight, his opponent had the best of it.

        (카알이 비록 선전했지만, 상대가 이겼다.)

 

224. have to do with (=be concerned with) : ∼와 관계가 있다

       We have to do with the facts, not theories.

        (우리는 이론이 아니라, 그 사실과 관계가 있어.)

 

225. hear from (=receive news from) : 소식을 받다

       How often do you hear from your brother in America?

        (당신은 미국에 있는 형으로부터 얼마나 자주 소식을 받습니까?.)

 

226. hear of (=know by hearsay) : ∼에 관해 소문을 듣다

       I have heard of his illness. (나는 그가 아프다는 소문을 들었다.)

 

227. help oneself to (=take without asking or being asked) : 맘껏 들다

       Please help yourself to anything you like.

        (당신이 원하는 것은 아무거나 맘껏 드세요.)

 

228. hit on (=come upon, occur to) : 우연히 만나다, 생각나다

       I have hit upon a good idea.  (나는 우연히 좋은 생각이 떠올랐다.)

 

229. hold good (=remain valid, be effective) : 유효하다

       The rule does not always hold good. (이 규칙은 항상 유효한 것은 아니다.)

 

230. hold on (=wait, grasp, continue) : 기다리다, 붙잡다, 계속하다

       We held on our journey in spite of the storm.

        (우리는 폭풍에도 불구하고 여행을 계속했다.)

 

231. hold out (=offer, resist) : 내밀다, 저항하다

       How long can the enemy hold out ?

        (적이 얼마나 오래 버틸 수 있을까?)

 

232. ill at ease (=uncomfortable) : 불안한

       I am ill at ease about it. (나는 그것에 대해 불안하다.)

 

233. in a degree (=in some degree) : 조금은, 어느 정도

       He is angry in a degree. (그는 다소 화가 나 있다.)

 

234. in a measure (=in a certain degree) : 어느 정도

       Goodness in some measure implies wisdom.

        (선행은 어느 정도 지혜를 포함한다.)

 

235. in a little while (=soon) : 곧

       I will be back in a little while. (나는 곧 돌아오마.)

 

236. in a sense : 어떤 의미에 있어서

       What you say is true in a sense.

        (네가 말하는 것은 어떤 의미로는 사실이다.)

 

237. in the way : 방해가 되는

       The desk is in the way. (그 책상은 방해가 된다.)

 

238. in a word (=briefly, to sum up) : 간단히 말해서

       In a word he lacked will power. (한 마디로, 그는 의지력이 부족했다.)

 

239. in accord with (=agree with) : ∼와 일치하여

       I am glad to find myself in accord with your view.

        (나는 당신의 견해와 같다는 것을 알게 되어 기쁩니다.)

 

240. in accordance with (=according to) : ∼에 따라서

       In accordance with custom, they bowed to their teacher.

        (관례에 따라, 그들은 선생님께 절을 했다.)

 

241. in addition to (=as well as) : ∼뿐만 아니라, 부가하여

       In addition to that sum he still owes me $ 50.

        (그 금액 외에도 그는 내게 아직도 50달러 빚이 있다.)

 

242. in advance (=before) : 미리, 사전에

       Send your luggage in advance. (너의 짐을 미리 보내라.)

 

243. in all (=altogether) : 모두 합해서

       The guests numbered twelve in all.

        (손님들은 모두 합해 12명이었다.)

 

244. in behalf of (=in the interest of) : ∼을 위하여

       He fought in behalf of a good cause.

        (그는 대의 명분을 위해 싸웠다.)

 

245. in case of (=in the event of) : ∼의 경우에

       In case of my not being there, ask her to help you.

        (내가 거기 없을 경우에, 그녀에게 도와 달라고 부탁해라.)

 

246. in charge of (=responsible for) : ∼을 책임지다

       I am in charge of the third-year class. (제가 3학년 담임입니다.)

 

247. in consideration of (=paying thoughtful attention to) :∼을 고려하여

       In consideration of his previous conduct, the boy wasn't punished severely.

        (그의 이전 선행을 고려하여, 심하게 처벌받지는 않았다.)

 

248. in contact with (=in touch with) : ∼와 접촉하다

       Our troops were in contact with the enemy.

        (우리 군대는 적과 접전했다.)

 

249. in course of (=in process of) : ∼하는 과정에

       The ship is now in course of construction.

        (그 배는 지금 건조 중이다.)

 

250. in detail (=at length) : 상세히(文尾) →文頭에서는 “드디어”

       There is no time to explain in detail. (자세히 설명할 시간이 없다.)

 

251. in fact (=really, as a matter of fact) : 사실

       Great Britain is a republic in fact. (대영 제국은 사실상 공화국이다.)

 

252. in favor of (=in support of, in behalf of) : ∼에 찬성하여, ∼을 위하여

       I am in favor of the proposition. (나는 그 제안에 찬성했다.)

 

253. in general (=as a rule, usually) : 대개

       In general he is a satisfactory student. (대체로 그는 괜찮은 학생이다.)

 

254. in honor of (=in celebration of) : ∼에게 경의를 표하여, ∼을 기념하여

       This monument was built in honor of the founder.

        (이 기념비는 설립자를 기념하여 세워졌다.)

 

255. in itself (=in its own nature) : 그 자체로는

       It is harmless in itself. (그것은 그 자체로는 해가 없다.)

 

256. in nine cases out of ten : 십중팔구

       In nine cases out of ten he won't come here.

        (십중팔구 그는 여기 오지 않을 거야.)

 

257. in no time (=very quickly) : 즉시

       Let me know in no time when he comes. (그가 오면 즉시 내게 알려 다오.)

 

258. in one's place (=in place of, instead of) : ∼대신에

       I will attend the meeting in his place. (나는 그 대신에 모임에 참석할 거야.)

 

259. in turn (=in succession) : 차례로

       I will hear you all in turn. (나는 차례로 너희 말을 들을 것이다.)

 

260. in other words (=that is to say, namely) : 즉, 다시말해서

       He became, in other words, a great hero.

        (그는 다시말해서 위대한 영웅이 되었다.)


261. in particular (=especially) : 특히

       I remember one man in particular. (나는 특히 한 사람을 기억한다.)

 

262. in person : 본인 자신이, 몸소

       You had better go and speak to him in person.

        (네가 그에게 몸소 가서 말하는 것이 나을 거야.)

 

263. in place of (=in one's place, instead of) : ∼대신에

       Plant a willow tree in place of this dead pine.

        (이 죽은 소나무 대신에 버드나무를 심어라.)

 

264. in practice (=in fact, actually) : 사실상

       It is not so easy in practice as in theory. (그것은 사실상 이론처럼 그렇게 쉽지는 않다.)

 

265. in praise of  : ∼을 칭찬하여

       Everybody was loud in praise of him. (모두가 그를 큰 소리로 칭찬하였다.)

 

266. in preference to (=prefer to) : ∼보다 우선하여, ∼보다 차라리

       I will choose death in preference to dishonor.

        (나는 불명예보다 차라리 죽음을 선택하겠다.)

 

267. in private (=privately, not in public) : 개인적으로, 내밀히

       I have a word for you in private. (너에게 개인적으로 할 말이 있어.)

 

268. in process of (=under) : ∼하는 과정에

       The bridge is in process of construction. (그 다리는 건설 중에 있다.)

 

269. in proportion as[to] (=relative to) : ∼에 비례하여

       A man will succeed in proportion as he preserves.

        (사람은 인내하는 것에 비례하여 성공한다.)

 

270. in public  : 공개적으로

       It is a good rule to blame in private, and praise in public.

        (개인적으로는 비난하고, 공개적으로 칭찬하는 것은 좋은 관례이다.)

 

271. in pursuit of (=pursuing, seeking) : ∼을 추구하여

       We are all in pursuit of happiness.  (우리 모두는 행복을 추구한다.)

 

272. in reality (=really) : 사실

       He is a king in name, but not in reality.

        (그는 명목상으로만 왕이지, 실제로는 그렇지 않다.)

 

273. in regard to (=with regard to, in respect to) : ∼에 관하여

       You have no choice in regard to this matter. (너는 이 일에 대해서는 선택권이 없다.)

 

274. in respect of (=in regard to) :  ∼에 관하여

       In respect of that there is nothing to be said. (그것에 관해서는 들을 게 전혀 없다.)

 

275. in return for (=as repayment for) : ∼의 보답으로

       He gave us many things in return for our service.

        (그는 우리 봉사의 보답으로 많은 것들을 주었다.)

 

276. in search of (=searching for) : ∼을 찾아서

       We started in search of the lost child. (우리는 잃어버린 아이를 찾아서 출발했다.)

 

277. in short (=to sum up briefly, in a few words) : 간단히 말해서

       In short, he is a man of great ability. (간단히 말해서, 그는 대단히 유능한 사람이다.)

 

278. in sight (=able to be seen) : 보이는  (반) out of sight

       We came in sight of land at dawn. (우리는 새벽에 육지가 보이는 곳에 왔다.)

 

279. in spite of (=notwithstanding, for all) : ∼에도 불구하고

       She started in spite of the heavy rain.  (그는 호우에도 불구하고 출발했다.)

 

280. instead of (=in place of) : ∼대신에

       You should be out instead of sitting in on such a fine day.

        (너는 이렇게 좋은 날씨에 안에 있지 말고 나가야 한다.)


281. in succession (=continually) : 계속하여

       The ghost appeared for three nights in succession.

        (유령이 사흘 밤 동안 계속하여 나타났다.)

 

282. in terms of (=by means of, from the standpoint of) : ∼에 의하여, ∼의 견지에서

       He expressed his idea in terms of action.

        (그는 행동에 의해 자신의 생각을 표현했다.)

 

283. in the cause of (=for the sake of) : ∼을 위하여

       He worked in the cause of world peace.  (그는 세계 평화를 위해 일했다.)

 

284. in the distance  : 멀리서

       A spire was seen in the distance.  (첨탑이 멀리서 보였다.)

 

285. in the event of (=in case of) : ∼할 경우에

       In the event of his not coming, let us start leaving him behind.

        (그가 오지 않을 경우에, 그를 뒤에 남겨 두고 출발하자.)

 

286. in the face of (=in spite of, in the presence of) : ∼에도 불구하고, ∼의 면전에서

       She did so in the face of her mother's refusal. (그녀는 어머니의 거절에도 불구하고 그렇게 했다.)

 

287. in the first place (=first of all) : 우선

       You must read the book in the first place. (너는 우선 그 책을 먼저 일거야 한다.)

 

288. in the long run (=ultimately) : 결국

       Honesty pays in the long run.  (정직함은 결국 이득이 된다.)

 

289. in the presence of (=in front of) : ∼의 면전에서, ∼의 앞에서

       It is rude to yawn in the presence of others.

        (다른 사람들 앞에서 하품하는 것은 실례가 된다.)

 

290. in the teeth of (=nevertheless) : ∼에도 불구하고

       He took his own way in the teeth of my advice.

        (그는 내 충고에도 불구하고 자기 마음대로 했다.)

 

291. in time (=sooner or later, early enough) : 머지않아, 시간에 맞게

       You are sure to succeed in the work in time.

        (너는 언젠가는 그 일에 틀림없이 성공한다.)

 

292. in touch with (=in contact with) : ∼와 접촉하여, ∼에 뒤떨어지지 않다

       We have keep more in touch with world developments.

        (우리는 세상의 발전에 뒤떨어지지 않아야 한다.)

 

293. in truth (=in fact, really) : 정말, 참으로

       Without her, in truth, I should have but little advanced in my work.

        (그녀가 없었다면, 사실, 나는 내 일에 향상이 거의 없었을 것이다.)

 

294. in vain (=without the desired result) : 헛되이

       It was in vain that we protested. (우리가 항의했지만 헛일이었다.)

 

295. in view of (=considering, in the range of vision) : ∼의 견지에서, ∼이 보이는 곳에

       In view of recent development we don't think this step advisable.

        (최근의 발전에 비추어 볼 때, 우리는 이번 조치가 현명하다고 생각지 않는다.)

 

296. in virtue of (=by means of, because of) : ∼의 힘으로, ∼에 의하여

       The Spaniards, in virtue of the first discovery, claimed all America as their own.

        (스페인인들은 최초의 발견을 이유로, 전 아메리카 대륙을 그들 소유라고 주장했다.)

 

297. in want of (=for lack of, in need of) : ∼이 결핍하여, ∼이 필요하여

       Are you in want of anything? (어떤 것이 부족합니까?)

 

298. inquire after (=ask about one's health) : 안부를 묻다

       I inquired after his health. (나는 그의 건강에 대해 안부를 물었다.)

 

299. inquire into (=investigate) : 조사하다

       We must inquired into the merits of the case. (우리는 그 사건의 시비를 조사해야 한다.)

 

300. into the bargain (=besides, as well) : 덤으로, 그 위에

       I have a headache and a cough into the bargain.

        (나는 두통이 있고, 게다가 기침도 난다.)

 

설정

트랙백

댓글

아래는 성문기본영어에 나오는 기본숙어 600입니다. 이렇게 대량의 숙어를 한꺼번에 외우는 최고의 방법은, 하루에 한 번씩 그냥 아무 생각 없이 전체를 읽어 내려가는 것입니다. 그렇게 한 달쯤 아무 생각 없이 읽고 나시면 전체가 거의 무의식적으로 외워집니다. 그렇게 전체를 반복함으로써 무의식적으로 외운 것은 장기기억장치로 내려 가므로 거의 평생을 갈 가능성이 있습니다. 즉, 한 방에 외우려고 욕심 내지 마시고 무념무상으로  그냥 하루에 한 번씩 읽으시기만 하면 됩니다. 이렇게 대규모를 암기할 때는 이런 무의식 암기법이 가장 효율적입니다. 머리가 아니라 몸으로 외우는 것이죠.

 

 

301. judging from (=if we judge from) : ∼으로 판단컨대

       Judging from his appearance, he must be a cheat.

        (그의 외모로 판단컨대, 그는 사기꾼임에 틀림없다.)

 

302. do one justice  : ∼를 공평히 평가하다

       To do him justice, he is a good-natured man.

        (공평하게 판단하면, 그는 선량한 사람이다.)

 

303. keep abreast of(with) (=keep up with) : ∼와 보조를 맞추다

       We must read the papers to keep abreast of the times.

        (우리는 시대의 흐름에 맞추기 위하여 신문을 읽어야 한다.)

 

304. keep company with (=be friendly with) : ∼와 친히 사귀다

       Don't keep company with such a mean fellow.

        (그런 야비한 녀석과 사귀지 말아라.)

 

305. keep one's word (=keep one's promise) : 약속을 지키다

       She promised, and she has kept her word.

       (그녀는 약속을 했으며, 약속을 지켰다.)

 

306. know A from B (=tell[distinguish] A from B) : A와 B를 구별하다

       They are twins and it is difficult to know one from the other.

        (그들은 쌍둥이여서 서로 구별하기가 힘들다.)

 

307. later on (=afterwards) : 후에, 나중에

       I will explain in detail later on. (내가 나중에 자세히 설명하겠어.)

 

308. lay aside (=save for future needs, lay by) : 저축하다

       He is laying aside money for his old age.

       (그는 노후에 대비해 돈을 저축하고 있다.)

 

309. lay down (=give up, make plans) : 버리다, 계획하다

       We laid down a plan for the coming holidays.

        (우리는 다가오는 휴일에 대한 계획을 세웠다.)

 

310. lead to (=go towards, result in) : ∼으로 이르다, ∼을 가져오다

       Such an armament race can only lead to one thing-war.

        (그러한 군비 경쟁은 한가지, 즉 전쟁만을 가져올 뿐이다.)

 

311. learn ∼ by heart (=memorize) : 암기하다

       I am trying to learn it by heart. (나는 그것을 암기하려고 노력하고 있다.)

 

312. learn to (=come to) : ∼하게 되다

       You will learn to do it by and by.  (너는 머지않아 그것을 하게 될 것이다.)

 

313. leave off (=no longer wear, stop) : 입지 않다, 중지하다

       Where did we leave off last time?  (우리가 지난번 어디에서 중지했었니?)

 

314. leave out (=omit, fail to consider) : 생략하다, 잊다

       I leave out the letter 'u' in writing 'honor'. (나는 ‘honor’를 쓰는데 ‘u’자를 생략한다.)

 

315. let alone (=not to mention) : ∼은 말할 것도 없이

       He lacks necessaries, let alone luxuries.
       (그는 사치품은 말할 것도 없고, 필수품도 부족하다.)

 

316. let go (=release) : 해방하다, (쥐고 있던 것을) 놓다

       The judge let the prisoner go free with only a few words of warning.

        (그 판사는 몇 마디의 경고만으로 그 죄수를 석방했다.)
        Let go of my arm! (내 팔 놔!)

 

317. lie in (=consist in) : ∼에 놓여 있다

       The difficulty lies in the choice of men. (어려움은 사람을 선택하는 데에 있다.)

 

318. little (or no) better than (=as good as) : ∼과 거의 비슷한

       He is little better than a beggar.  (그는 거지나 다름없다.)

 

319. little by little (=bit by bit) : 조금씩 조금씩

       He got better little by little every day.  (그는 매일 조금씩 건강이 나아졌다.)

 

320. little short of (=almost) : 거의

       It was little short of a miracle. (그것은 거의 기적이었다.)

 

321. live on (=have as food of diet) : ∼을 먹고살다

       We Koreans live on rice.  (우리 한국인들은 쌀을 주식으로 한다.)

 

322. long for (=yearn) : 갈망하다

       How I long for a sight of my native place !

        (얼마나 내가 고향을 보기를 갈망하는가!)

 

323. look after (=take care of, seek after) : 돌보다, 찾다

       She kindly looked after my children.

        (그녀는 친절하게도 내 아이들을 돌보았다.)

 

324. look back upon (or at,on) (=view in retrospect) : 회상하다

        It is pleasant to look back on our high schools days.

        (우리의 고교 시절을 회상하는 것은 즐거운 일이다.)

 

325. look down on (=despise) : 멸시하다

       She looks down on her husband. (그녀는 남편을 멸시한다.)

 

326. look for (=search for, expect) : 찾다, 기대하다

       What are you looking for?  (너는 무엇을 찾고 있니?)

 

327. look forward to (=anticipate) : 고대하다

       People look forward to more prosperous times.

        (사람들은 지금보다 더 번영된 시대를 고대한다.)

 

328. look into (=investigate) : 조사하다

       We must closely look into the matter. 

        (우리는 그 일을 면밀히 조사해야 한다.)

 

329. look like (=resemble) : ∼처럼 보이다

       He looks just like his mother. (그는 꼭 그의 어머니를 닮았다.)

 

330. look on (=be a spectator, regard) : 방관하다, 간주하다

       He looked on the fire with folded arms.

        (그는 팔짱을 낀 채 화재를 방관했다.)

 

331. look out (=be careful) : 조심하다

       I have warned you, so look out. (내가 경고했으니, 주의해라.)

 

332. look over (=examine, pardon) : 검사하다, 눈감아주다

       I must look over the the examination papers.

        (나는 그 시험지를 검토해야만 한다.)

 

333. look to A for B (=depend upon A for B) : A에게 B를 바라다

       I do not look to you for assistance. (나는 네게 도움을 바라지 않는다.)

 

334. look up to (=respect) : 존경하다

       We all look up to him as an authority.  (우리 모두 그를 권위자로 존경한다.)

 

335. look upon A as B (=regard[consider] A as B) : A를 B로 간주하다

       I do not look on the matter as a calamity.

        (나는 그 일을 불행으로 보지 않는다.)

 

336. lose heart (=become discouraged) : 낙담하다

       Don't lose heart because you cannot solve the problem.

        (네가 그 문제를 풀 수 없다고 낙담하지 말아라.)

 

337. lose no time in ∼ing (=do without any hesitation) : 곧 ∼하다

       I shall lose no time in reading the book.

        (나는 그 책을 곧 읽어 치워야 할 것이다.)

 

338. lose one's temper (=get angry) : 화를 내다

       He entirely lost his temper with then. (그는 그 때 몹시 화를 냈었다.)

 

339. lose oneself in (=become engrossed in, stray) : 몰두하다, 길을 잃다

       He lost himself in the novel. (그는 그 소설에 몰두했다.)

 

340. lose sight of (=miss, cannot be seen) : 놓치다, 안보이다

       I have lost sight of Smith among the crowd.

        (나는 군중 속에서 스미드를 시야에서 놓치고 말았다.)


341. make a fool of (=make an ass of, scoff) : 조롱하다

       He was going to make a fool of me in the presence of the company.

        (그는 동료들이 있는 자리에서 나를 조롱하려고 했다.)

 

342. make no difference to (=be of no importance to) : 상관없다

       Success or failure makes no difference to me. (성공이든 실패든 내게는 상관없다.)

 

343. make a fortune (=earn great wealth) : 돈을 모으다

       He has made a fortune by means of industry. (그는 부지런함으로 돈을 모았다.)

 

344. make a point of ∼ing (=make something one's rule, habit) : ∼을 습관으로 하다

       I make a point of attending such a meeting. (나는 그런 모임에 항상 참석한다.)

 

345. make much account of (=make much of) : ∼을 중시하다

       We make much account of him in our company.
       (우리는 그를 회사에서 중요하게 생각한다.)

 

346. make allowances for (=take into consideration) : ∼을 참작하다

       You had better make allowances for his youth and inexperience.

        (너는 그의 젊음과 경험 미숙을 고려해야 한다.)

 

347. make an effort : 노력하다

       He is making a great effort to learn English.

        (그는 영어를 배우기 위해 열심히 노력하고 있다.)

 

348. make away with (=kill, destroy, get rid of) : 죽이다, 제거하다

        He made away with himself. (그는 자살했다.)

 

349. make believe (=pretend) : ∼체 하다

        He made believe not to hear her. (그는 그녀의 말을 듣지 않는 체했다.)

 

350. make both ends meet (=live within one's income) : 수지(收支)균형을 맞추다

        Most of them cannot make both ends meet these days.

        (그들 대부분은 요즈음 수지균형을 맞추지 못한다.-수입이 적다.)

 

351. make for (=go towards, attack, contribute) :
        ∼으로 향해 나아가다, 공격하다, ∼에 기여하다

       He made for the door and tried to escape. (그는 문으로 가서 달아나려고 했다.)

 

352. make fun of (=scoff, ridicule) : 비웃다, 조롱하다

       High and slow, all made fun of him. (상하 귀천을 막론하고 모두가 그를 놀렸다.)

 

353. make good (=succeed, compensate for, accomplish) : 성공하다, 보상하다, 수행하다

       John is working hard, and I am sure he will make good in that job.

        (존이 열심히 일하고 있어서 나는 그가 그 사업에서 성공하리라 확신한다.)

 

354. make haste (=hasten, hurry up) : 서두르다

       Make as much haste as possible, or you will be late.

        (가능한 한 서둘러라, 그렇지 않으면 늦을 거야.)

 

355. make heads or tail of (=understand, figure out, grasp) : 이해하다

       The message was so badly written that I could not make head or tail of it.

        (그 서신은 너무 서툴러서 내가 그것을 이해할 수 없었다.)

 

356. make light of (=treat as of little importance) : 경시하다

       The father gave his son good advice, but the son made light of it.

        (아버지가 아들에게 좋은 충고를 했지만, 아들은 그것을 경시했다.)

 

357. make much of (=attach importance to) : 중요시하다

        He is still made much of in his country.  (그는 아직도 그 나라에서 중요시되고 있다.)

 

358. make one's way (=proceed, succeed) : 앞으로 나아가다, 성공하다

       They made their way toward the island before daybreak.

        (그들은 동트기 전에 섬을 향해 나아갔다.)

 

359. make oneself at home (=feel comfortable) : 편히 하다

       Make yourself at home, and help yourself to anything you like.

 

360. make out (=make understand, succeed, prepare, pretend) :
        이해하다, 성공하다, 작성하다, ∼체 하다

       I cannot make out what you want to say. (나는 네가 말하고자 하는 것을 이해할 수 없어.)

 

361. make room for (=create space for, accomplish) : ∼에게 자리를 내주다

       I made room for her on the sofa. (나는 그녀에게 소파에 자리를 내주었다.)

 

362. make sure (=ascertain) : 확인하다

       To make sure, he shot another shot at the tiger.

        (확인하기 위해, 그는 호랑이에게 도 한 발을 쏘았다.)

 

363. make the best of (=use well) : ∼을 잘 이용하다

        We had better make the best of our situation.

        (우리는 우리의 상황을 잘 이용해야 한다.)

 

364. make up one's mind (=determine) : 결심하다

       He made up his mind to try it again. (그는 그것을 다시 해보기로 결심했다.)

 

365. make up for (=compensate for, atone for) : 보충하다, 보상하다

        I had to work hard to make up for lost time.

        (나는 낭비한 시간을 보충하기 위해 열심히 공부해야 한다.)

 

366. make use of (=utilize, use) : ∼을 이용하다

        You must make use of this good opportunity. (너는 이 좋은 기회를 이용해야 해.)

 

367. manage to (=contrive to, succeed in) : 가까스로 ∼하다, 이럭저럭 ∼하다

        I managed to keep out of debt. (나는 가까스로 빚을 지지 않고 살았다.)

 

368. matter little (=be of little importance) : 중요하지 않다

         It matters little to me who is elected. (누가 선출되는지는 내게 중요하지 않다.)

 

369. meet with (=come across, meet by chance) : 우연히 만나다

       I met with him in the bus yesterday. (나는 어제 버스에서 그를 우연히 만났다.)

 

370. mistake A for B (=  ) : A를 B로 잘못 보다

       It is foolish to mistake means for ends.

        (수단을 목적으로 잘못 아는 것은 어리석다.)

 

371. more or less (=about, somewhat) : 약, 다소

       All crowns are more or less crowns of thorns.

        (모든 왕관은 다소 가시 면류관이다.-높고 귀한 자리도 고난이 있는 것이다.)

 

372. more often than not (=as often as not, very frequently) : 흔히, 대개

       More often than not, he had to go there in person.

        (빈번히 그는 스스로 거기에 가야만 했다.)

 

373. no better than (=as good as) : ∼과 다름없는

       He is no better than a beggar. (그는 거지나 다름없다.)

 

374. no longer (=not∼any longer) : 이미 ∼이 아닌

       He is gone; he is no longer here with us.

        (그는 갔다, 그는 이미 이곳에 우리와 함께 있지 않다.)

 

375. none the less (=nevertheless) : 그럼에도 불구하고

       I love him none the less for his faults. (나는 그의 결점에도 불구하고 그를 사랑한다.)

 

376. not a few (=quite a few, many) : 적지 않은

       Not a few people made the same mistake. (적지 않은 사람들이 똑같은 실수를 저질렀다.)

 

377. not always (=not necessarily) : 반드시 ∼은 아니다

       The strongest men do not necessarily live the longest.

        (아무리 강한 사람일지라도 가장 오래 사는 것은 아니다.)

 

378. not to mention (=not to speak of, to say nothing of) : ∼은 말할 것도 없이

       He does not know English, not to mention French.

        (그는 불어는 말할 것도 없이, 영어도 모른다.)

 

379. not to speak of (=not to mention, to say nothing of) : ∼은 말할 것도 없이

       She can dance, not to speak of singing.  (그녀는 노래는 물론이고 춤도 출 수 있다.)

 

380. nothing but (=only) : 겨우, ∼뿐

       Write nothing but the address on this side.  (이 쪽 면에 주소만 써라.)

 

381. now and again(then) (=occasionally, from time to time) : 이따금

       I hear from him now and then. (나는 이따금 그로부터 소식을 듣는다.)

 

382. now that (=since) : 이제  ∼이니까

       Now that you are well again, you can travel.
       (너는 이제 다시 건강해졌으니까, 여행할 수 있어.)

 

383. be obliged to (=be compelled to, be bound to, be forced to) : ∼하지 않을 수 없다

       I am obliged to do it against my will.

        (나는 본의 아니게 그것을 하지 않을 수 없다.)

 

384. of consequence (=of importance, of account) : 중요한

       He is a man of consequence in his village. (그는 자기 마을에서 중요한 사람이다.)

 

385. of course  : 물론

       His parents were only laboring people, and of course poor.

        (그의 부모는 노동꾼에 불과했다, 물론 그래서 가난했다.)

 

386. of late (=lately, recently) : 최근에

       I have heard nothing from him of late. (나는 최근에 그로부터 아무 소식도 못 들었다.)

 

387. of necessity (=necessarily) : 필연적으로

       It must of necessity be so.  (그것은 필연적으로 그럴 수밖에 없다.)

 

388. of one's own choice (=by one's own wish[accord]) : 자기가 좋아서

       She married him of her own choice. (그녀는 자기가 좋아서 그와 결혼했다.)

 

389. of service (=helpful) : 도움이 되는

       I shall be happy to be of any service to you. (내가 너에게 어떤 도움이 되면 기쁘겠는데.)

 

390. of use (=useful) : 유용한

       It will be of some use in the future. (그것은 미래에 다소 유용하게 될 것이다.)

 

391. off and on (=irregularly, occasionally) : 간간이, 때때로

       It has been raining off and on. (비가 간간이 오고 있다.)

 

392. off duty (=not engaged in one's regular work) : 비번(非番)의

       He is off(on) duty. (그는 비번(당번)이다.)

 

393. on account of (=because of) : ∼때문에

       On account of his illness, he could not join us.

        (그는 병 때문에 우리와 합류하지 못했다.)

 

394. on and on (=without stopping) : 계속하여

        On and on the tide of progress and freedom flowed.

        (계속해서 진보와 자유의 물결이 밀려들었다.)

 

395. on behalf of (= ) : ∼을 대표하여

        On behalf of the company, I welcome you. (회사를 대표하여 제가 당신을 환영합니다.)

 

396. on duty (=engaged in one's regular work) : 당번(當番)의

        He goes on duty at 8 a.m. and comes off duty at 5 p.m.

        (그는 오전 8시에 당번으로 출근하고, 오후 5시에 비번으로 퇴근한다.)

 

397. on end (=occasionally, upright) : 계속하여, 똑바로

       We stood there for three hours on end.  (우리는 계속하여 3시간 동안 거기에 서 있었다.)

 

398. on foot  : 도보로

        It takes about fifteen minutes on foot. (걸어서 약 15분 걸린다.)

 

399. on good terms with (=be friendly with, on friendly terms with) : ∼와 사이가 좋은

       They are on good terms with each other. (그들은 서로 사이가 좋다.)

 

400. on hand (=in one's possession) : 보유하여 (주) at hand : 바로 가까이

        I have no cash on hand.   (나는 수중에 현금이 없다)

       The great day is off hand. (최후의 심판 날이 바로 가까이 왔다.)

 

 

 

 

설정

트랙백

댓글

 

아래는 성문기본영어에 나오는 기본숙어 600입니다. 이렇게 대량의 숙어를 한꺼번에 외우는 최고의 방법은, 하루에 한 번씩 그냥 아무 생각 없이 전체를 읽어 내려가는 것입니다. 그렇게 한 달쯤 아무 생각 없이 읽고 나시면 전체가 거의 무의식적으로 외워집니다. 그렇게 전체를 반복함으로써 무의식적으로 외운 것은 장기기억장치로 내려 가므로 거의 평생을 갈 가능성이 있습니다. 즉, 한 방에 외우려고 욕심 내지 마시고 무념무상으로  그냥 하루에 한 번씩 읽으시기만 하면 됩니다. 이렇게 대규모를 암기할 때는 이런 무의식 암기법이 가장 효율적입니다. 소위 머리가 아니라 몸으로 외우는 것이죠.

 

 

 

401. on no account (=in no case, for no reason) : 결코 ∼이 아닌

       You must on no account go out in this storm.

        (너는 이런 폭풍 속에 결코 외출해서는 안 된다.)

 

402. on one's way (=on the way) : 도중에

       On my way to school, I met an old friend by chance.

        (학교로 가는 도중에, 나는 우연히 옛 친구를 만났다.)

 

403. on purpose (=purposely, intentionally) : 일부러, 고의로

       He says such a thing on purpose to annoy me.

       (그는 나를 괴롭히려고 고의로 그런 말을 한다.)

 

404. on the brink of (=on the point of) : 막 ∼하려는 차에

       He was on the brink of ruin. (그는 막 파산하려는 차였다.)

 

405. on the contrary (=opposite to, *to the contrary) : 그와는 반대로

       You think me idle, but on the contrary I am very busy.

        (너는 내가 게으르다고 생각하지만, 그 반대로 나는 매우 바쁘다.)

 

406. on the ground of (=by reason of, on account of) : ∼의 이유로

       He resigned on the ground of illness. (그는 병을 이유로 사직했다.)

 

407. on the other hand (=in the other respect) : 또 한편

       He is clever, but on the other hand he makes many mistakes.

        (그는 영리한 반면에 실수를 많이 저지른다.)

 

408. on the point of (=on the verge of) : ∼하는 순간에

       The train was just on the point of starting when I got to the station.

        (내가 역에 도착했을 때, 기차는 막 출발하려는 순간이었다.)

 

409. on the spot (=at the very place) : 그 자리에서, 곧

       The officer was killed on the spot. (그 장교는 현장에서 살해되었다.)

 

410. on the whole (=in general) : 대체로

       My opinion is on the whole the same as yours. (내 의견은 대체로 너의 의견과 같다.)

 

411. on time : 정각에

       Be here tomorrow on time. (내일 정각에 여기 와라.)

 

412. once and again (=over and over again, repeatedly) : 재삼, 여러 번

       I have told you once and again that you must not smoke in this room.

        (나는 너에게 이 방에서 담배 피워서는 안된다고 여러 번 얘기했다.)

 

413. once for all (=finally, decisively) : 이번 한번만, 딱부러지게

       Tell him so once for all. (그에게 딱 부러지게 그렇게 말하세요.)

 

414. one after another (=in turn, in succession) : 차례차례로

       Houses were burnt down one after another. (집들이 차례차례로 불타 버렸다.)

 

415. one after the other (=by turns, in rotation) : 교대로

       They kept watch one after the other. (그들은 교대로 망을 보았다.)

 

416. one and all (=everyone without exception) : 모두 한결같이

       The boys, one and all, followed his example. (그 소년들은 한결같이 그의 본을 따랐다.)

 

417. one by one : 하나씩

       Examine them one by one. (그들을 하나씩 검사해라.)

 

418. only a few (=very few) : 불과 몇

       Only a few of them passed the examination. (그들 중 불과 몇 만이 시험에 합격했다.)

 

419. or so (=very few) : 약, ∼쯤

       He is fifty or so, I should think. (그는 제가 생각하기에 50쯤 되어 보이는데요.)

 

420. other than  : ∼외에는, ∼와는 다른

       I do not wish her other than she is. (나는 현재의 그녀 외에는 원하지 않는다.)

 

421. out of order (=not in working condition) : 고장난

       This watch is somewhat out of order. (이 시계는 약간 고장 났다.)

 

422. out of place (=not in the right place, unsuitable) : 부적당한, 제자리에 놓이지 않은,

       Your conduct is quite out of place. (너의 행동은 매우 부적당하다.)

 

423. out of the question (=impossible) : 불가능한

       Retract was out of question. (후퇴는 불가능했다.)

 

424. out of sight (=unable to be seen) : 안보이는

       The steamer is now out of sight. (그 기선이 지금은 보이지 않는다.)

 

425. out of sorts (=feeling unwell) : 불쾌한

       She is somewhat out of sorts this morning.

        (그녀는 오늘 아침 기분이 좀 좋지 않다.)

 

426. owing to (=on account of, because of) : ∼때문에

       He could not come, owing to his illness. (그는 병 때문에 올 수 없었다.)

 

427. part from + 사람 (=segregate oneself from, bid farewell to) : ∼와 헤어지다

       I am very sorry to part from you. (당신과 헤어지게 되어서 매우 섭섭합니다.)

 

428. part with + 물건 (=give up, sell) : ∼을 내놓다

       He has parted with his house. (그는 자기 집을 내어놓았다.)

 

429. pass for (=be accepted as) : ∼으로 통하다

       He passes for a learned man in his village. (그는 자기 마을에서 학자로 통한다.)

 

430. pass through (=experience, undergo) : 경험하다, 겪다

       I have passed through many troubles. (나는 많은 곤경을 경험했다.)

 

431. pay attention to (=take note of) : ∼에 주의하다

       Please pay attention to what I say. (제가 말하는 것에 주의를 기울여 주세요.)

 

432. persist in (=refuse to make any change in) : 고집하다

       She persisted in going her own way. (그녀는 자기 마음대로 하겠다고 고집했다.)

 

433. pick out (=choose, select) : 고르다

       He picked out the best book. (그는 가장 좋은 책을 골랐다.)

 

434. picture to oneself (=imagine) : 상상하다

       Just picture to yourself the war and its horrors. (전쟁과 그 공포를 상상해 보세요.)

 

435. play a part (=play a role) : 역할을 하다

       Lincoln's stepmother played a great part in his life.

        (링컨의 계모는 그의 일생에 큰 역할을 했다.)

 

436. point out (=indicate, draw attention to) : 지적하다

       He expressly pointed out the mistake. (그는 명백하게 그 잘못을 지적했다.)

 

437. be possessed of (=own, have) : 소유하다

       He is possessed of great wealth. (그는 큰 재산을 가지고 있다.)

 

438. be possessed with (=be controlled by) : ∼에 사로잡혀 있다

       He is possessed with a dangerous idea.  (그는 위험한 생각에 사로잡혀 있다.)

 

439. prevail on (=persuade) : ∼를 설득하다

       I tried to prevail on him to stay. (나는 그가 머물도록 설득하려고 애썼다.)

 

440. prevent ∼from (=keep ∼from) : ∼때문에 못하다

       My mother's illness prevented me from going to school.

        (어머니의 병 때문에 나는 학교에 가지 못했다.)

 

441. pride oneself on (=be proud of, take pride in) : ∼을 자랑하다

       He prides himself on his ability. (그는 자기의 능력을 자랑한다.)

 

442. prior to (=previously, earlier than, antecedent to) : ∼의 이전의

       I called on him prior to my departure. (나는 출발에 앞서 그를 방문했다.)

 

443. provide for (=support, do what is necessary) : 부양하다, 대비하다

       They provide for contingencies. (그들은 불의의 사고에 대비한다.)

 

444. provided (that) (=If) : 만약 ∼하면

       I will pardon him provided that he acknowledges his fault.

        (만약 그가 자기 잘못을 인정한다면 나는 그를 용서하겠다.)

 

445. put into practice (=do exercise, bring in practice) : 실시하다

       It is very difficult to put it into practice. (그것을 실행하는 것은 매우 어렵다.)

 

446. put off (=hold over, postpone) : 연기하다

       Never put off till tomorrow what can be done today. (오늘 할 일을 내일까지 미루지 말아라.)

 

447. put on (=wear) : 입다

       She put on a beautiful coat and looked charming.

        (그녀는 아름다운 코트를 입어서 매력적으로 보였다.)

 

448. put on airs (=give oneself airs) : 잘난 체 하다

       He puts on high airs with his learning. (그는 자기 학식에 대해 매우 잘난체 한다.)

 

449. put out (=extinguish) : 불을 끄다

       Water is used to put the fire out. (물은 불을 끄는데 사용된다.)

 

450. put to use (=use) : 사용하다

       Every moment may be put to some use. (모든 순간은 어느 정도 이용될 수 있다.)

 

451. put up at (=take food and lodging at) : ∼에 숙박하다

       He put up at the hotel on the way. (그는 도중에 그 호텔에 묵었다.)

 

452. put up with (=endure, bear, tolerate, stand) : 참다

       I cannot put up with his insolence any longer. 

       (나는 더 이상 그의 건방진 태도를 참을 수 없다.)

 

453. rain cats and dogs (=rain heavily) : 비가 억수같이 쏟아지다

       It rained cats and dogs yesterday morning.  (어제 아침 비가 억수같이 쏟아졌다.)

 

454. read between the lines (=look for meaning not actually expressed) :

        언외(言外)의 뜻을읽다

        Diplomatic messages have to be read between the lines.

        (외교 문서는 행간의 숨은 뜻을 읽어야 한다.)

 

455. read through (=read from beginning to end) : 통독(通讀)하다

       I read through the book.  (나는 그 책을 통독했다.)

 

456. ready to +동사 (= willing to) : 기꺼이 ∼하는

       I am ready to undertake any work.  (나는 어떤 일이든 맡을 각오가 되어 있다.)

 

457. refer to (=speak of, ascribe to) : 언급하다, ∼의 탓으로 돌리다

       The subject has been referred to in the preface. (그 문제는 서문에 언급되어 있었다.)

 

458. refrain from (=abstain from) : ∼을 삼가다

       You should refrain from judging others hastily.

       (너는 남들을 경솔하게 판단하는 것을 삼가야 한다.)

 

459. regard A as B (=consider[look upon] A as B) : A를 B로 간주하다

       Regard your enemy as your benefactor.  (너의 적을 은인으로 생각하여라.)

 

460. regardless of (=without regard to) : ∼에도 불구하고, ∼에 관심없이

       I shall go regardless of the weather.  (나는 날씨와 상관없이 가겠다.)

 

461. rely on (=depend on, trust) : ∼에 의존하다, 믿다

       You rely too much on others. (너는 너무 다른 사람들에게 의존한다.)

 

462. remind A of B (=put A in mind of B) : A에게 B를 생각나게 하다

       She reminds me of my mother. (그녀를 보면 나는 어머니가 생각난다.)

 

463. resign oneself to (=accept without complaint) : ∼을 체념하여 받아들이다

       He resigned himself to his fate. (그는 자신의 운명에 체념했다.)

 

464. resort to (=go often, make use of for help) : 자주 드나들다, ∼에 의지하다

       People resort to the seaside in summer. (사람들은 여름에 해변에 자주 간다.)

 

465. rest on (=depend on) : ∼에 의존하다, ∼에 달려 있다

       All knowledge rests on experience. (모든 지식은 경험에 달려 있다.)

 

466. result from (=happen from) : 결과로서 ∼이 생기다

       His success resulted from his diligence. (그의 성공은 근면의 결과이다.)

 

467. result in (=bring about) : 결국 ∼이 되다

       His diligence resulted in his success.  (그의 부지런함이 성공을 가져왔다.)

 

468. rid A of B (=remove) : A에게서 B를 제거하다

       A cat will rid the house of the rats.  (고양이는 집에서 쥐를 제거하기 마련이다.)

 

469. get rid of (=abolish, do away with) : ∼을 제거하다

       It took me a month to get rid of cough.  (내가 기침이 낫는데 한 달이 걸렸다.)

 

470. rise in the world (=succeed in life, get on in the world) : 출세하다

       He rose in the world through perseverance.  (그는 인내로 출세했다.)

 

471. give rise to (=lead to) : ∼을 일으키다

       These words will give rise to suspicion. (이런 말들은 의심을 야기시킬 것이다.)

 

472. rob A of B (=deprive, strip) : A에게서 B를 빼앗다

       A pickpocket robbed me of my purse.  (어떤 소매치기가 내 지갑을 빼앗아 갔다.)

 

473. root out (=get rid of completely) : ∼을 근절하다

       We must root out corrupt practices.  (우리는 부정행위를 근절해야 한다.)

 

474. rule out (=exclude) : (규칙에 의해) 제외하다

       The proposal was ruled out.  (그 제안은 제외되었다.)

 

475. run a risk (=take a risk) : 모험하다

       He ran a narrow risk of being hanged.  (그는 교수형을 당할 뻔한 모험을 했다.)

 

476. run across (=meet or find unexpectedly) : 뜻밖에 만나다

       I ran across my old friend of mine on my way to school yesterday.

        (나는 어제 학교 가는 도중 옛 친구 한 사람을 만났다.)

 

477. run after (=hunt) : ∼을 뒤쫓다

       He who runs after two hares will catch neither.

        (두 마리 토끼를 뒤쫓는 사람은 하나도 잡을 수 없는 법이다.)

 

478. run against (=run into) : 부딪치다

       A drunkard ran against a pole.  (한 주정뱅이가 기둥에 부딪쳤다.)

 

479. run into (=collide with, run against) : 충돌하다

       The two cars ran into each other. (그 두 대의 차가 서로 충돌했다.)

 

480. run out of (=exhaust the supply of, run short of) : ∼이 부족하다

       I have run out of my pocket money. (나는 용돈이 떨어졌다.)

 

481. run over (=read through quickly, knock down and pass over) : 훑어보다, (차가) 치다

       He ran over the newspaper.  (그는 신문을 훑어보았다.)

 

482. run short of (=run out of, exhaust the supply of) : ∼이 부족해지다

       They ran short of provisions.  (그들은 식량이 떨어졌다.)

 

483. safe and sound (=safely) : 무사히

       He came back safe and sound.  (그는 무사히 돌아왔다.)

 

484. not to say  : ∼라고 할 정도는 아니지만

       It is warm, not to say hot.  (덥다고 할 정도는 아니지만, 따뜻하다.)

 

485. to say nothing of (=not to mention, not to speak of) : ∼은 말할 것도 없이

       He cannot speak English, to say nothing of German.

        (그는 독일어는 말할 것도 없고, 영어도 할 줄 모른다.)

 

486. search for (or after) (=try to find, look for) : ∼을 찾다

       I am searching for my missing knife. (나는 업어진 칼을 찾는 중이다.)

 

487. second to none (=not surpassed, the best) : 최고의

       He is second to none in learning. (그는 학식에 있어서는 최고다.)

 

488. see into  (=examine) : 조사하다

       Let's see into the cause of the trouble. (그 고장의 원인을 조사해 보자.)

 

489. see off (=accompany until one goes away) : 전송하다

       I have been to the station to see her off.

        (나는 그녀를 전송하기 위해 역에 갔다 왔다.)

 

490. see to (it that) (=take care, make sure) : ∼에 주의하다, ∼하도록하다

       See to it that the work is done before dark.

        (어둡기 전에 그 일을 마치도록 주의해라.)

 

491. seeing that (=considering) : ∼을 고려하건대

       Seeing that he is a foreigner, it is quite natural that he should not know such a matter.

        (그가 외국인이라는 것을 감안할 때, 그런 일을 모른다는 것은 당연하다.)

 

492. send for  : ∼를 부르러 보내다

       I am a carpenter your master sent for. (저는 당신의 주인이 보낸 목수입니다.)

 

493. send forth (=produce, emit) : 내다, 방출하다

       The trees send forth buds in spring. (봄이 되면 나무들은 싹을 틔운다.)

 

494. serve right (=to be one's just punishment) : 당연한 벌이다

       It serves him right to cancel his license. (그는 면허를 취소 당해도 싸다.)

 

495. set about (=start, set in, take steps towards) : 시작하다

       You must set about your work at once. (너는 당장 네 일을 시작해야 한다.)

 

496. set aside (=put on one side for future use) : 제쳐놓다, 저축하다

 

497. set in  (=begin, start) : 시작하다

       Winter has fairly set in. (겨울이 완전히 시작되었다.)

 

498. set out (=set off, begin, leave) : 출발하다, 시작하다, 떠나다

       He set off[out] on foot early the next morning.

        (그는 다음 날 아침 일찍 걸어서 출발했다.)

 

499. set store by (=think much of)  ∼을 중히 여기다

       I set great store by his friendship.  (나는 그의 우정을 소중히 여긴다.)

 

500. set up (=establish, build) : 설립하다

       He managed to set up a factory. (그는 가까스로 공장을 하나 설립했다.)

 

 

 

 

 

설정

트랙백

댓글

아래는 성문기본영어에 나오는 기본숙어 600입니다. 이렇게 대량의 숙어를 한꺼번에 외우는 최고의 방법은, 하루에 한 번씩 그냥 아무 생각 없이 전체를 읽어 내려가는 것입니다. 그렇게 한 달쯤 아무 생각 없이 읽고 나시면 전체가 거의 무의식적으로 외워집니다. 그렇게 전체를 반복함으로써 무의식적으로 외운 것은 장기기억장치로 내려 가므로 거의 평생을 갈 가능성이 있습니다. 즉, 한 방에 외우려고 욕심 내지 마시고 무념무상으로  그냥 하루에 한 번씩 읽으시기만 하면 됩니다. 이렇게 대규모를 암기할 때는 이런 무의식 암기법이 가장 효율적입니다. 소위 머리가 아니라 몸으로 외우는 것이죠.

 


501. settle down (=fix one's home somewhere permanently) : 정착하다
       He settled down in a little cottage. (그는 작은 오두막집에 정착했다.)

 

502. share in (=have a share in) : ∼을 분담하다

       I am glad to share with you in your distress.

        (나는 네 고민을 함께 나누게 되어 기쁘다.)

 

503. short of (=insufficient) : ∼이 부족한

       It is far short of one million. (그것은 백만이 훨씬 부족하다.)

 

504. show off (=make a vain display of) : 자랑하다

       He always shows off his abilities. (그는 늘 자기의 능력을 과시한다.)

 

505. sick of (=tired of) : ∼에 싫증이 난

       She is sick of her monotonous life.  (그녀는 단조로운 생활에 싫증이 났다.)

 

506. side by side (=close together) : 나란히

       They sat side by side with each other. (그들은 서로 나란히 앉았다.)

 

507. sit for (=take an exam for) : 시험을 치르다

       He has become eligible to sit for the examination. (그는 시험을 치를 자격이 되었다.)

 

508. sit up (=not go to bed) : 늦게까지 앉아 있다

       I sat up late into the night to study. (나는 공부하기 위해 밤늦도록 앉아 있었다.)

 

509. so far (=up to now) : 지금까지

       This is the best I have so far seen. (이것은 지금까지 내가 본 것중 가장 좋다.)

 

510. so to speak (=as it were, so to say, as one might say) : 말하자면

       He is, so to speak, a grown-up baby.

        (그는 말하자면, 다 자란 어린애 같은 사람이다.)

 

511. some time or other (=sooner or later) : 조만간

       You must learn it some time or other. (너는 조만간 그것을 배워야 한다.)

 

512. sooner or later (=whether soon or afterwards) : 조만간

       War will break out sooner or later. (머지 않아 전쟁이 일어날 것이다.)

 

513. stand a chance of (=have the possibility) : ∼의 가능성이 있다

       He stands a good chance of winning the fight. (그는 그 싸움에서 이길 가능성이 많다.)

 

514. stand by (=support, side with somebody) : 지지하다, ∼를 편들다

       I will stand by you in this matter.  (이 문제에 대해서 나는 너의 편을 들겠다.)

 

515. stand for (=represent, support, tolerate) : 대표하다, 지지하다, 참다

       The crown stands for royal dignity. (왕관은 왕의 존엄을 상징한다.)

 

516. stand in the way (=be in the way, cause inconvenience) : 방해가 되다

       The desk stands in the way. (그 책상이 방해가 된다.)

 

517. stand out (=be prominent, continue to to resist) : 눈에 띄다, 끝까지 버티다

       The road sign is easy to read: the words stans out well.

        (도로 표지판은 글자가 눈에 잘 띄어서 읽기가 쉽다.)

 

518. steal away (=go away secretly) : 몰래 사라지다

       The prisoner stole away under the cover of night.  (그 죄수는 밤을 틈타 몰래 도망쳤다.)

 

519. step by step :  한 걸음 한 걸음

       Step by step we must gain knowledge. (한 걸음씩 우리는 지식을 얻어야 한다.)

 

520. stick to (=adhere to, continue persistently) : 들어붙다, 고수하다

       If you stick to it, you will succeed. (네가 그 일을 꾸준히 하면, 성공할 것이다.)


521. strive for (=try to) : ∼을 얻으려고 노력하다

       Mistakes are inevitable, but strive for accuracy.
       (실수는 불가피하지만 정확히 하려고 노력해라.)

 

522. be subject to (=be liable to, be open to) : ∼을 받기 쉽다

       Men are subject to temptation.  (인간은 유혹을 받기 쉽다.)

 

523. substitute A for B  : B를 A로 대신하다

       We can substitute margarine for butter. (버터 대신 마가린을 쓸 수 있다.)

 

524. succeed in (=have success in) : 성공하다

       He succeeded in solving the problem.  (그는 그 문제를 푸는데 성공했다.)

 

525. succeed to (=become an heir to) : 계승하다, 상속하다

       He succeeded to a large property left by his father.

        (그는 아버지가 남겨준 많은 재산을 물려받았다.)

 

526. such as (=like) : ∼과 같은

       Poets such as Keates are rare.  (키이츠와 같은 시인들은 드물다.)

 

527. suffer from (=be troubled by) : ∼으로 고생하다

       He is suffering from an incurable disease. (그는 불치병으로 고생하고 있다.)

 

528. sum up (=summarize, give the total of) : 요약하다, 총계를 내다

       In a short sentence it may be summed up as follows.

        (그것은 다음과 같은 문장으로 요약될 수 있다.)

 

529. supply A with B (=furnish(or provide) A with B) : A에게 B를 공급하다

       The cow supplies us with milk.  (암소는 우리에게 우유를 제공해 준다.)

 

530. be supposed to (=be scheduled to, be going to) : ∼할 예정이다

       He is supposed to arrive at five this morning. (그는 오늘 저녁 5시에 도착할 예정이다.)

 

531. be sure of : ∼을 확신하다

       He is sure of success.  (그는 자신의 성공을 확신한다.)

 

532. be sure to : 틀림없이 ∼하다

       He is sure to succeed.  (그는 틀림없이 성공할 것이다.)

 

533. switch on(off) (=turn on(off)) : ∼를 켜다(끄다)

       Be sure to switch on the light when you leave the room.

        (방을 떠날 때는 반드시 불을 꺼라.)

 

534. sympathize with (=feel for) : ∼를 동정하다

       I sympathize with you from the bottom of my heart.
       (나는 마음속으로부터 당신을 동정합니다.)

 

535. take a break  : 잠깐 휴식하다

       I think it's about time we took a break. (이제는 대략 우리가 잠깐 쉴 시간이라고 생각한다.)

 

536. take a fancy (=be fond of, take a liking) : ∼을 좋아하다

       I have taken a fancy to that picture. ( 나는 저 그림이 마음에 들었다.)

 

537. take account of (=allow for, take into consideration) : ∼을 고려하다

       You need not take much account of it.  (너는 그것을 고려할 필요가 없다.)

 

538. take advantage of (=utilize it) : 이용하다

       You must not take advantage of her simplicity. (너는 그녀의 순진함을 이용해서는 안된다)

 

539. take advice (=follow advice) : 충고를 받아들이다

       He took my advice as to what he should do.

        (그는 무엇을 해야할지에 대해 내 충고를 받아들였다.)

 

540. take after (=resemble) : ∼를 닮다

       He takes after his father. (그는 그의 아버지를 닮았다.)


541. take by surprise (=surprise) : 놀라게하다, 기습을 하다

       They took the enemy by surprise. (그들은 적을 불시에 기습했다.)

 

542. take care of (=look after, care for) : 돌보다

       She took care of the children.  (그녀는 그 아이들을 돌보았다.)

 

543. take charge of (=take responsibility for) : ∼의 책임을 지다

       She took charge of my children.  (그녀는 내 아이들을 맡았다.)

 

544. take A for B (=mistake a person for someone else) : A를 B로 잘못보다

       I took him for a madman.  (나는 그를 미친 사람으로 잘못 보았다.)

 

545. take it for granted that (=accept as true without investigation) :
        ∼을 당연한 것으로 여기다

        I took it for granted that you would consent.

        (나는 네가 동의할 것을 당연한 것으로 여겼다.)

 

546. take ∼ into account (=take into consideration) : ∼을 고려하다

       We must take his inexperience into account.

        (우리는 그의 경험 미숙을 고려해야 한다.)

 

547. take leave of (=part from) : ∼와 작별하다

       I took leave of them at the door and took a taxi.

        (나는 문간에서 그들과 작별하고 택시를 탔다.)

 

548. take notice of (=notice) : ∼을 주목하다

       He passed by me without taking notice of me. (그는 나를 보지도 않고 지나갔다.)

 

549. take off (=leave the ground and rise into the air) : 이륙하다

       The plane took off from Kimpo airport. (그 비행기는 김포 공항을 이륙했다.)

 

550. take one's time (=not to hurry) : 서두르지 않다

       He took his time and made a careful inquiry.

        (그는 서두르지 않고, 조심스럽게 질문했다.)

 

551. take part in (=participate in) : ∼에 참가하다

       He took part in the movement.  (그는 그 운동에 참가했다.)

 

552. take place (=happen) : 발생하다

       Our athletic meet took place yesterday.  (우리의 운동회가 어제 개최되었다.)

 

553. take pride in (=pride oneself on) : ∼를 자랑하다

       He takes prides in his wealth.  (그는 그의 부유함을 자랑한다.)

 

554. take the place of (=replace, be substituted for) : ∼을 대신하다

       Electricity is taking the place of gas.  (전기가 가스를 대체하고 있다.)

 

555. take to (=indulge in) : ∼에 빠지다

       He has since taken to drinking.  (그는 그 때부터 음주에 빠져들었다.)

 

556. take turns (=do something in turn, alternate) : 번갈아 하다

       We took turns at sleeping and watching. (우리는 교대로 잠자고 경계서고 했다.)

 

557. tell A from B (=distinguish A from B) : A와 B를 구별하다

       You must tell the real from the false.  (너는 진실과 허위를 구별해야 한다.)

 

558. tell on (=have a marked effect on) : ∼에 영향을 미치다

       The strain has begun to tell on his health.  (긴장이 그의 건강에 영향을 미치기 시작했다.)

 

559. ten to one (=very probably) : 십중팔구, 아마

       Ten to one he will succeed.  (십중팔구 그는 성공할 것이다.)

 

560. tend to (=be inclined to) : ∼하는 경향이 있다

       Excessive drinking tends to produce a disease of the liver.

        (과도한 음주는 간장병을 일으키는 경향이 있다.)

 

561. thank to (=owing to) : ∼덕분에

       Thanks to science, we are now free from many evils that afflicted our fathers.

        (과학 덕분에, 우리는 이제 조상들을 괴롭혔던 많은 악으로부터 자유로워졌다.)

 

562. that is (to say) (=in other words, namely) : 즉

       He came home three hours later, that is to say, about eleven o'clock.

 

563. the moment (=as soon as, when) : ∼하자마자

       She burst into tears the moment she heard the news.

 

564. think highly of (=make much of, treat highly) : ∼을 높이 평가하다

       I think highly of his scholarship.  (나는 그의 학식을 높이 평가한다.)

 

565. think little of (=think, nothing of, make no account of) : ∼을 경시하다

       He thought little of his illness and worked himself to death.

        (그는 그의 병을 경시했고, 일을 하다가 죽었다.)

 

566. think over (=consider carefully before deciding) : 곰곰이 생각하다

       I will think it over before making a decision.
       (나는 결정을 내리기 전에 그것을 곰곰이 생각할 것이다.)

 

567. through thick and thin (=through good times and bad) : 좋을 때나 나쁠 때나

       He stood by me through thick and thin. (그는 좋을 때나 나쁠 때나 내 편에 섰다.)

 

568. tide over (=get over, overcome) : 극복하다

       I hope I shall be able to tide over this difficulty.
       (내가 이 어려움을 극복할 수 있기를 바란다.)

 

569. be tired of (=be bored, be sick of) : 싫증이 나다

       I shall be never be tired of your company.  (나는 너와의 교제에 싫증나지 않을 것이다.)

 

570. be tired from (or with) (=become tired) : 피곤해지다

       I'm quite tired from my work. (나는 내 일이 매우 피곤하다.)

 

571. to no purpose (=to no end, in vain) : 헛되이

       I laboured to no purpose.  (나는 헛되이 노동을 했다.)

 

572. to say nothing of (=not to mention) : ∼은 말할 것도 없이

       He can speak French, to say nothing of English.

 

573. to the purpose (=relevant, to the point) : 적절한, 요령 있는

       His speech was short and to the purpose.  (그의 연설은 짧고, 적절했다.)

 

574. to the contrary  : 그와는 달리

       I have no proof to the contrary.  (나는 그 반대의 증거가 없다.)

 

575. to the effect that (=meaning that) : ∼이라는 취지로

       This letter is to the effect that he will arrive tomorrow.

        (이 편지는 그가 내일 도착하겠다는 취지로 되어 있다.)

 

576. to no end (=to no purpose, in vain) : 헛되이

       He tried to obtain it, but to no end. (그는 그것을 얻으려고 애썼지만 헛일이었다.)

 

577. to the point (=relevant, to the purpose) : 적절한, 요령 있는

       He cited many instances, but none exactly to the point.

        (그는 많은 예를 인용했으나, 하나도 들어맞지 않았다.)

 

578. be true to (=faithful to) : ∼에 충실한

       True to this word, he gave me the book. (이 약속에 충실하게, 그는 내게 그 책을 주었다.)

 

579. true of (=apply to) : ∼에 적용되는

       This rule is true of all cases.  (이 규칙은 모든 경우에 적용된다.)

 

580. try on (=test before buying) : 시험해 보다, 입어 보다

       He tried on half a dozen suits before deciding on it.  
       (그는 그것으로 결정하기 전에 6벌의 옷을 입어봤다.)


581. turn a deaf ear to : ∼을 듣지 않다

       He turned a deaf ear to my advice.  (그는 나의 충고를 들으려 하지 않았다.)

 

582. turn down (=reject) : 거절하다

       She turned down his offer.  (그녀는 그의 제의를 거절했다.)

 

583. turn in (=hand in) : 제출하다

       He may turn in a shocking report. (그는 충격적인 보고서를 제출할 지 모른다.)

 

584. turn off (=stop the flow) : 끄다  (반) turn on (=allow the flow) : 켜다

       She turned off(on) the electric light.  (그녀는 전등을 켰다(껐다).)

 

585. turn out (=prove) : 입증되다

       The report turned out false. (그 보고는 거짓임이 입증되었다.)

 

586. turn ∼ to account (=utilize, make use of) : ∼을 이용하다

       We should turn everything to account. (우리는 무엇이든지 활용해야 한다.)

 

587. turn up (=appear, show up) : 나타나다

       He promised to come but he hasn't turn up yet.

        (그가 오겠다고 약속했지만 아직 나타나지 않았다.)

 

588. upon my words (=without fail) : 맹세코

       I will do so upon my words. (나는 맹세코 그렇게 하겠다.)

 

589. wait for (=await) : 기다리다

       Time and tide wait(s) for no man. (세월은 사람을 기다리지 않는다.)

 

590. wait on (=serve, attend) : 시중들다

       She waited on her husband hand and foot. (그녀는 자기 남편을 극진히 시중들었다.)

 

591. watch out (=guard) : 감시하다, 돌보다

       She watched out the flock of goats. (그녀는 염소 때를 감시했다.)

 

592. wear out (=become useless, become exhausted) : 닳아버리다, 지쳐버리다

       Love will wear out of itself.   (사랑은 저절로 지쳐버린다.-시간이 흐르면 감정이 식어진다)

 

593. weary of (=tired of, sick of) : ∼에 싫증이 난

       She was weary of he monotonous life. (그녀는 단조로운 생활에 싫증을 느낀다.)

 

594. well off (=rich, well-to-do) : 유복한

       He is better off than before. (그는 전보다 더 잘 산다.)

 

595. with the view of ∼ing (=for the purpose of) : ∼할 목적으로

       He went to Seoul with the view of visiting the exhibition.

        (그는 그 전시회를 볼 목적으로 서울로 갔다.)

 

596. with all (=for all, in spite of) : ∼에도 불구하고

       With all his riches, he is not contented. (그는 부유함에도 불구하고 만족하지 않는다.)

 

597. with regard to (=concerning, regarding, as to, as regards) : ∼에 관하여

       With regard to date and place, I agree with you.

        (날짜와 장소에 관해서, 나는 너와 의견이 같다.)

 

598. without fail (=for certain) : 틀림없이

       I will call on you tomorrow without fail. (나는 내일 틀림없이 너를 방문하겠다.)

 

599. worse than useless : 백해무익한

       To worship lifeless idols is worse than useless.
        (생명 없는 우상을 숭배하는 것은 백해 무익하다.)

 

600. zealous for (=anxious for, eager for) : ∼을 열망하는

       People are zealous for liberty and peace.  (사람들은 자유와 평화를 열망한다.)


 

설정

트랙백

댓글

아래 360개의 어구는 영작문이나 영어회화에서 아주 빈번히 쓰이는 기본적이고 필수적인 표현들입니다. 슬슬 가볍게 읽으면서 외워 놓으시면 바로 바로 도움이 될 겁니다.
만약 중학생 이하라면 다음 처럼 해보세요. 반드시 예문과 함께 외우세요.^^
 

중학생이 외우는 방법: 처음엔 100개씩 나눠서 첫 100개를 하루에 한 번씩 그냥 읽어 나갑니다. 외우려고 하지 말고 부담없이 그냥 읽기만 하세요. 처음엔 일단 표현들과 익숙해져야 합니다. 외우려고 하면 금방 지칩니다. 그냥 친구처럼 자꾸 친숙해지세요. 그러면 저절로 어느 정도는 암기가 됩니다. 70% 정도 암기 되었다 싶으면 그 다음 100개를 또 그런 식으로 외우기 시작합니다. 그 다음 100개도 마찬가집니다. 나머지 60개도 그런 식으로 외웁니다. 이렇게 360개를 다 돌면, 다음에는 200개와 160개로 나눠서 또 그런 식으로 암기합니다. 이 때는 외우려고 욕심을 좀 내도 좋아요. 이렇게 해서 90% 정도 암기가 되면, 마지막에는 360개 전체를 동시에 읽어 나갑니다. 이 때는 외울 욕심을 가져도 좋고, 잘 외워지지 않는 것을 집중적으로 외워도 좋아요. 이런 식으로 하면 360개 전체를 어렵지 않게 외울 수 있을 겁니다. 여기 360개의 표현만 다 외워도 여러분의 영어는 날개는 달게 됩니다. 영어가 여러분의 평생 친구가 되어줄 것입니다. 아자 아자 화이팅^^
------------------------------

 

 

001. get up : (잠자리에서) 일어나다.

I get up at six every morning.
(나는 매일 아침 6시에 기상한다.)


002. woke up : 잠에서 깨어나다
He woke up in the middle of the night feeling cold.

(그는 한밤중에 추워서 잠에서 깼다.)

 

003. in time : 시간에 맞게, 시간 내에

We somehow got to the airport in time.

(우리는 좌우지간 공항에 시간에 맞게 도착했다.)


004. on time : 정각에

The train arrived at Seoul station on time.
(기차는 정각에 서울역에 도착했다.)

 

005. be made of : ∼으로 만들어지다. (물리적 변화)

The bridge is made of stone.
(그 다리는 석재로 만들어졌다.)


006. be made from : ∼으로 만들어지다. (화학적 변화)
Wine is made from grapes.

(포도주는 포도로 만들어 진다.)

 

007. be tired of : ∼에 싫증이 나다 (심리적 피로)

 Are you tired of reading?
(독서에 싫증이 나니?)


008. be tired from : ~로 피곤하다 (신체적 피로)
He was very tired from the travel.

(그는 여행으로 매우 피곤했다.)


009. at that time : 그 당시에는
They were happy at that time.

010. at the same time : 동시에
The two boys answered "yes" at the same time.

011. be busy with : ~로 붐비다, -로 바쁘다.
The street was busy with many cars.
He was busy with his homework.

012. be careful of : ∼을 조심하다.
Be careful of your health.

013. be different from : ∼와는 다르다. (=differ from)
English is different from Korean.

014. be from : ∼출신이다.
The gentleman is from New York.

015. be full of : ∼으로 가득 차다. (= be filled with)
The basket is full of pretty flowers.

016. be going to + 동사 : ∼하고자 한다. ∼하려고 한다.
I am going to write a letter to my uncle.

017. be good/nice to : ∼에게 친절히 대하다.
Be good(nice) to other people.

018. be over : 끝나다.
School was over at three.

019. be up : 떠오르다. 끝나다.
Time is up. / The sun is up.

020. by bus : 버스로(=in a bus)

by train(=in a train) : 기차로

by subway : 지하철로

by taxi : 택시로

by bicycle : 자전거로

on horseback : 말을 타고

on foot : 도보로

I went to my aunt's by bus.

021. by the way : 말이 나온 김에, 그런데. (화제를 바꿀 때 쓰임)
By the way, who is the man over there?

022. catch a cold : 감기에 걸리다.
Close the window, or you will catch a cold.
(창문을 닫으세요, 그렇지 않으면 감기에 걸릴 겁니다.)


023. have a cold : 감기에 걸려있다.
I’m afraid I have a cold. (감기에 걸린 것 같아요.)

024. come up to : ∼에게 다가오다.
An old man came up to me.

025. worry about : ∼에 대하여 걱정하다.
Don't worry about it.

026. do one's best : 최선을 다하다.
Do your best.

027. each other : 서로 (두 사람일 때)
one another : 서로 (주로 세 사람일 때)
The two boys always help each other.

028. after school : 방과후에
What do you do after school?

029. again and again : 몇 번이고, 되풀이하여 (=repeatedly)
Read this sentence again and again.

030. fall off : (나무 등에서) 떨어지다.
Monkeys sometimes fall off trees.

031. get away from : ∼에서 떠나다.
They all got away there.

032. get off : (큰 차에서) 내리다.
get on : (큰 차에) 타다.

Please get off at the next bus stop.

 

033. get in : (택시 같은 작은 차에) 타다

get out : (택시 같은 작은 차에서) 내리다


034. get together : 함께 모이다.
All the family get together in the evening.

035. give a big hand : 박수 갈채를 보내다.
Let's give him a big hand.

036. give up : 포기하다. 단념하다. (=abandon)
Don't give up your hope.

037. go on a picnic :소풍가다. (=go for a picnic)
My family will go on a picnic tomorrow.

038. go to sea : 선원이 되다.
Columbus went to sea at fourteen.

039. go to work : 일하러 가다.
He goes to work early in the morning.

040. have a good ear : ∼을 잘 이해하다.
She has a good ear for music.

041. have a good time : 즐거운 시간을 보내다.
They had a good time at the party.

042. have fun : 재미있게 놀다.
Did you have fun at the party?

043. have to + 동사 : ∼해야 한다. (must)
You have to start early.

044. help∼ with... : ∼에게 ...을 돕다.
My brother helps me with English.

045. How about ∼ ? : ∼은 어떠세요?
I like music. How about you?

 

046. What do you say to +명사, 동명사 : ~은 어떠세요?, ~하시겠어요?
What do you say to going to a movie?


047. How are you? : 안녕하십니까? (안부를 물음)
How do you do? : 처음 뵙겠습니다. (소개 받았을 때의 인사)

048. in good health : 건강이 좋은
The old men are in good health

049. in a hurry : 서둘러, 허둥지둥 (=in haste)
He crossed the street in a hurry.

050. laugh at : ∼을 비웃다. ∼을 듣고 웃다.
They all laughed at my idea.

They all laughed at a joke.

051. leave for : ∼을 향하여 떠나다. *leave : ~을 떠나다
I'm going to leave for Pohang today.

052. Let's say good-bye. : 이제 헤어집시다.

053. listen to : ∼을 경청하다.
You must listen to your teacher.

054. look for : ∼을 찾다.
What are you looking for?

055. look into : ∼을 들여다 보다, 조사하다
They looked into the store.

056. look like : ∼을 닮다. (resemble) ∼ 할 듯하다.
Su-mi looks like her mother. / It looks like rain.

057. look to : ∼쪽을 보다.
He looked to the left.

058. lots of : 많은(= many, much)
Lots of roses were in the garden.

059. make the bed : 잠자리를 정리하다.
Tom, get up and make the bed.

(톰, 일어나서 침대 정리해.)

060. not A but B : A가 아니고 B다.
This dictionary is not mine but yours.

061. on one's way back home : 집에 돌아가는 도중에
On my way back home I met an old friend of mine.

062. on the other side of : ∼의 건너편에
He saw the bus on the other side of the street.

063. One minute, please. :
(잠깐 기다리세요, 잠깐 실례합니다.)

064. over there : 저쪽에
Who is the lady over there?

065. pick up : (도중에서) 차에 태우다. (물건을) 집어들다.
He picked up a stone. / I'll pick you up there at three.

066. run a business : 사업을 경영하다.
His father runs a small business.

067. stay in bed : 자리에 누워 있다.
I stayed in bed all day.

068. take∼ to : ∼를 ...로 데려 가다.
will you take me to the supermarket?

067. wait for : ∼을 기다리다.
She is waiting for a bus now.

068. what about ~? : ∼은 어떤가? (=how about ~?)
What about you, Dad?

069. what's the matter? : 무슨 일이 생겼습니까? 웬일입니까?
(=What’s the problem? What happened?)


070. You are welcome. :
[별 말씀을. 천만에. (상대방이 고맙다는 말에 대한 응답)]

071. after a while : 잠시 후에
He came back after a while.

072. all one's life : 한 평생
She helped the poor all her life.

073. all over the world : 전세계적으로
The musician became famous all over the world.

074. agree with someone : (어떤 사람에게) 동의하다. /
agree to something : (어떤 일에) 동의하다.
I cannot agree with you on that point.

075. all the way : 도중 내내
They walked to the village all the way.

076. along with : ∼와 더불어
He carried camera with him along with food.

077. not ∼ any longer : 더 이상 ∼아니다. (=no longer)
I cannot stay here any longer.

078. as a matter of fact : 실은, 실제로는 (=in fact, in reality)
As a matter of fact, Seoul is one of the biggest cities in the world.

079. as soon as : ∼하자마자
As soon as a squirrel saw me, it ran away.

080. A as well as B : B뿐만 아니라 A도
The boy speaks German as well as English.

081. as... as ∼ : ∼만큼 ...하다.
He is as strong as his elder brother.

082. be able to + 동사 : ∼을 할 수 있다. (can)
My brother will be able to swim soon.

083. be absent from : ∼에 결석하다.
Jack is absent from school today.

084. at first : 처음에는, 최초로
At first she didn't see me.

085. at first sight : 첫눈에
The king fell in love with at first sight.

086. at last : 마침내, 드디어
At last we got at the top of mountain.

087. at once : 즉시 (immediately)
Come out at once.

088. at play : 놀고 있는
The children at play are my cousins.

089. be afraid of : ∼을 두려워하다.
Everybody is afraid of tigers.

090. be covered with : ∼으로 덮이다.
The mountain is covered with snow.

091. be famous for : ∼으로 유명하다.
Cheju-do is famous for its Halla Mountain.

092. be filled with : ∼으로 가득 차다.
The glass is filled with milk.

093. be full of : ∼으로 가득 차다.
The glass is full of milk.

 

094. be glad to + 동사 : 기꺼이 ∼하다.
I will be glad to help you.

095. be in trouble : 곤경에 빠지다.
He was in trouble then.

096. be interested in : ∼에 흥미가 있다.
Are you interested in history?

097. be late for : ∼에 지각하다.
I was late for school yesterday.

098. be pleased with : ∼에 만족하다.
She was pleased with her new dress.

099. be proud of : ∼을 자랑스러워 하다. (=take pride in, pride oneself on)
They are proud of their school.

100. be ready for : ∼의 준비가 되어 있다.
We must be ready for any change in weather

101. be ready to + 원형 동사 : ∼할 준비가 되다.
Are you ready to start?

102. a lot of : 많은 (=many, much, lot of, plenty of)
She has a lot of books.

103. ask for : ∼을 요구하다, 청구하다 (=inquire, request)
He asked for a glass of water.


104. before long : 머지 않아
Your sister will be back before long.

105. begin with : ∼부터 시작하다.
Let' begin with a cup of coffee.

106. by chance : 우연히
I met her by chance.

107. by oneself : 홀로 (= alone)
She went to Pusan by herself.

108. I'll call you up again. (=I’ll call you back.)
(다시 전화 할께.)

109. call for : ∼을 필요로 하다.
Mountain climbing calls for a strong body.

110. care for : ∼을 돌보다. ∼을 좋아하다.
She cares for the sick.
(그 여자는 병자를 돌본다.) /
I don't care for coffee.
(나는 커피를 좋아하지 않는다.)

111. carry out : ∼을 실행하다.
You must carry out your first plan.
(너의 처음 계획을 실행해야 한다.)

112. close to : ∼에 가까이
Don't put up your tents close to the water.
(천막을 물에 가까이 치지 말아라.)

113. compare A with B : A를 B와 비교하다.

compare A to B : A를 B에 비유하다.
Compare this book with that one.
(이 책을 저 책과 비교하여라.)

Life is compared to a voyage.

(인생은 항해에 비유된다.)

114. die of : ∼ 때문에 죽다.(병, 노령 등으로)
Many children died of hunger.
(많은 어린이들이 굶주림 때문에 죽었다.)

 

115. die from : ∼때문에 죽다.(상처 등으로)
Some of them died from wounds.
(그들 중 약 한 명은 부상으로 죽었다.)


116. enjoy oneself : 즐기다, 재미있게 지내다.
We enjoyed ourselves at the picnic.
(우리는 소풍에서 즐겼다. 재미있게 놀았다.)

117. every five minutes : 매 5분마다
He will be here every few minutes.
(그는 2, 3.분마다 여기에 올 것이다.)

118. fall asleep : 잠이 들다.
The baby will fall asleep soon.
(그 갓난아기는 곧 잠들 것이다.)

119. fall down : 넘어지다.
Be careful not to fall down.
(넘어지지 않도록 주의하여라.)

120. fall in love with : ∼와 사랑에 빠지다.
The farmer fell in love with her.
(그 농부는 그녀에게 반했다./빠졌다.)

121. for a long time : 오랫동안
They have worked hard for a long time.
(그들은 오랫동안 열심히 일해 왔다.)

122. for a moment : 잠시 동안 (= for a while)
Wait here for a moment.
(잠시 동안 여기에서 기다려라.)

123. for example : 예를 들면
For example, a whale is not fish.
(예를 들면, 고래는 물고기가 아니다.)

124. for the first time : (처음으로)
I visited Kyungju for the first time.
(나는 처음으로 경주에 갔다.)

125. for joy : 기뻐서
She jumped for (with) joy.
(그 여자는 기뻐서 깡충깡충 뛰었다.)

126. for one's life : 필사적으로
He ran for his life.
(그는 필사적으로 달렸다.)

127. get back : 되찾다.
The old man got back his sight.
(그 노인은 시력을 되찾았다.)

128. get into : ∼ 속으로 들어가다.
How did you get into the beautiful flower?
(당신은 어떻게 그 아름다운 꽃 속으로 들어갔습니까?)

129. get ready for : ∼의 준비를 하다.
My sister gets ready for the trip.
(나의 누나는 여행 준비를 한다.)

130. get to : ∼에 도착하다.
You will get to the village in an hour.
(너는 한 시간 딴에 그 마을에 도착할 것이다.)

131. go for a ride : 타러 가다 : 드라이브하러 가다
Let's go for a ride along the Han River.
(한강가로 드라이브하러 가자.)

132. go on +...ing : 계속 ∼하다.
She went on singing late into the night.
(그 여자는 밤늦도록 계속 노래를 불렀다.)

133. grow up : 성장하다.
If you grow up, you will understand it.
(네가 성장하면 그것을 이해할 것이다.)

134. had better + 원형 동사 : ∼하는 것이 좋다.
You had better wait here.
(너는 여기에서 기다리는 것이 좋다.)

135. hang up : (벽 등에) 걸어 놓다, 전화를 끊다.
You must not hang up the raincoat on the wall.
(우비를 벽에 걸어서는 안 된다.)
Don’t hang up, please. (전화 끊지 마세요.)


136. hold the line : 전화를 끊지 않다.
Hold the line, please.
(전화 끊지 마세요.)


137. hear of : ∼의 소식을 듣다.
Have you ever heard of him?
(너는 그의 소식을 들은 적이 있느냐?)

 

138. hear about : ∼에 대하여 듣다.
Have you heard about Hamlet?
(너는 햄릿에 관하여 들은 적이 있느냐?)

139. in fact : 사실은, 사실상.
In fact he is very wise.
(사실은 그는 매우 현명하다.)

140. in front of : ∼의 앞에.
There is a pond in front of the house.
(집 앞에는 연못이 있다.)

141. in memory of : ∼을 기념하여
The marathon began in memory of the soldier.
(마라톤은 그 병사를 기념하여 시작되었다. )

142. in short : 한마디로 해서, 요컨대 (=in a word, to make a long story short)
In short, our bodies talk, too.
(요약하면 우리의 신체 역시 말을 하는 것이다.)

143. in some ways : 몇 가지 점에서
They are different in some ways.
(그들은 몇 가지 점에서 다르다.)

144. in the middle of : ∼의 한가운데에 (=in the midst of)
He is standing in the middle of the ground.
(그는 운동장 한가운데에 서 있다.)

145. keep a diary : 일기를 쓰다.
Tom keeps a diary every day.
(탐은 매일 일기를 쓴다.)

146. keep on +...Ing : 계속 ∼하다.
They kept on running.
(그들은 계속하여 달렸다.)

147. Danger! Keep out :
위험 ! 들어가지 마시오.

148. lie down : 드러눕다.
Let's lie down on the grass.
(풀밭에 드러눕자, )

149. look down on : ∼을 깔보다.(↔look up to 존경하다)
You must not look down on the poor.
(가난한 사람들을 깔보아서는 안 된다.)

150. make a speech : 연설하다.
He made a speech at the meeting.
(그는 그 모임에서 연설을 했다.)

151. make a plan : 계획을 세우다.
We made a plan to help him.
(우리들은 그를 도와 줄 계획을 세웠다. )

152. make friends with : ~와 친구가 되다.
She made friends with everybody.
(그는 누구와도 친하게 지냈다. )

153. make up one's mind : 결심하다. (= decide)
He made up his mind to study harder.
(그는 더 열심히 공부할 결심을 하였다.)

154. make A of B : A를 B로 만들다.
We make desks of wood.
(우리는 목재로 책상을 만든다.)

155. no longer : 더 이상-않다.
You are no longer a little boy.
(너는 더 이상 어린아이가 아니다.)
(= You are not a little boy any longer.)

156. not only A but (also) B : A뿐 아니 라 B도
She is not only pretty but also clever.
(그 여자는 예쁠 뿐 아니라 똑똑하다.)

157. of course : 물론
Of course, time is more than money.
(물론 시간은 금전 이상의 것이다.)

158. on foot : 걸어서, 도보로
I went there on foot.
(나는 도보로 거기에 갔다.)

159. all around : 도처에
There were many flowers all around.

160. all day : 온종일
She is busy all day.

 

161. on vacation : 휴가 중에
My father went to Japan on vacation.
(아버지는 휴가 중에 일본에 가셨다.)

162. once upon a time : 옛날 옛적에
Once upon a time there lived a wise old man in the wood
(옛날에 그 숲 속에 한 현명한 노인이 살고 있었다.)

163. one by one : 하나씩
He dropped stones one by one into the box.
(그는 상자 속에 돌멩이를 하나씩 떨어뜨렸다.)

164. pass through : 통과하다.
The train passed through the tunnel.
(그 열차는 터널을 통과하였다.)

165. pull out : (마개 따위를) 뽑다.
He wasn't ready to pull out his sword.
(그는 그의 칼을 빼낼 준비가 되어 있지 않았다.)

166. put on : 입다, (모자 등을) 쓰다.
Don't put on your cap in the room.
(실내에서는 모자를 쓰지 말아라.)

167. put out : (불을) 끄다.
The man put out the fire with water.
(피 사람은 물로 불을 껐다.)

168. put up : (천막 등을) 치다.
We put up a tent in the mountain.
(우리들은 산 속에 천막을 쳤다.)

169. run for : 출마하다.
Who will run for president ?
(누가 대통령으로 출마할 것인가?)

170. run out of : ∼이 다 떨어지다, 다 써버리다.
We have almost run out of food.
(식품이 거의 바닥이 났다.)

171. run over : (차가) 치다.
A car ran over a dog.
(자동차가 개를 치었다.)

172. see off : ∼을 전송하다.
I went to the station to see her off.
(나는 그녀를 전송하기 위하여 정거장으로 갔다.)

173. shake hands : 악수하다.
Let us shake hands and be friends.
(악수하고 사이 좋게 지내자.)

174. size up : 판단하다.
He can size up a scene quickly.
(그는 상황을 빨리 판단할 수 있다.)

175. stand for : ∼을 나타내다, 상징하다. (=symbolize)
The fifty stars on an American flag stand for the fifty states.
(미국 국기의 50개의 별은 50 개의 주를 나타낸다.)

176. take a bath : 목욕하다.
She went out to take a bath.
(그녀는 목욕을 하기 위하여 나갔다.)

177. take a look at : ∼을 힐끗 바라보다.
My teacher took a look at her and went out.
(선생님은 그녀를 힐끗 바라보고 밖으로 나가셨다.)

178. take a picture : 사진을 찍다.
Let us take a picture here.
(여기에서 사진을 찍자.)

179. take a rest : 휴식을 취하다.
We stopped to take a rest under the big tree.
(우리는 그 큰 나무 밑에서 잠시 쉬기 위하여 걸음을 멈추었다.)

180. take care of : ∼을 돌보다.
Your ant will take care of the birds.
(너의 숙모 님이 새들을 돌보아 줄 것이다.)

181. take off : 벗다. (↔ put on)
Take off shoes in the room.
(실내에서는 신을 벗어라.)

182. take out : 꺼내다.
Take out your books.
(책을 꺼내라.)

183 take part in : ∼에 참가하다.
Almost all countries took part in the Seoul Olympic Games.
(거의 모든 나라들이 서울 올림픽 경기에 참가하였다.)

184. the day before yesterday : 그저께

the day after tomorrow : 모레
I met John the day before yesterday.
(나는 그저께 잔을 만났다.)

185. too ∼ to... : 너무 ...하여 ∼할 수 없다.
It is too hot to walk
(날씨가 너무 더워서 걸을 수 없다.)

186. turn off : (라디오, 전등 따위를) 끄다.
Why don't you turn the radio off?
(라디오 좀 끄지 그래?)

187. turn on : (라디오 따위를) 켜다.
Turn the TV on.
(텔레비전을 켜라.)

188. be used up : 다 소모되다.
Oil will be used up before long.
(오일은 머지 않아 다 소모될 것이다.)

189. What's wrong?  (=What’s the matter?)
(무엇이 잘못 됐나요?)

190. would like to + 동사원형 : ∼하고 싶다.
I would like to go to Cheju-do.
(나는 제주도에 가고 싶은데요.)

191. write to : ∼에게 편지를 쓰다.
Did you write to your father?
(아버지에게 편지를 썼니?)

192. add up to : 합계 ∼이 되다.
The figures add up to 620.
(그 수는 합계 620이 된다.)

193. according to : ∼에 의하면
According to our tour guide, it is one of the oldest temples in Korea.
(우리들의 여행 안내인에 의하면 그것은 가장 오래 된 사찰 중의 하나다.)

194. after all : 결국
After all, we can't have everything.
(결국 우리들은 모든 것을 다 가질 수는 없다.)

195. ahead of : ∼의 앞에
The car ahead of me is black.
(나의 앞에 있는 자동차는 검은 색이다.)

196. all the year round : 일 년 내내
It is warm almost all the year round.
(거의 일 년 내내 날씨가 따뜻하다.)

197. a number of: 많은. (= many)
There are a number of small parks in Seoul.
(서울에는 많은 소공원들이 있다.)

198. as long as : ∼하는 한, ∼하는 동안은 (= while)
Nature protects us as long as we protect her.
(우리가 자연을 보호하는 한 자연은 우리를 보호한다.)

199. all in tears : 온통 눈물을 흘리며
She was telling the story all in tears.
(그 여자는 온통 눈물을 흘리며 그 이야기를 하고 있다.)

200. all at once : 갑자기, 별안간에 (= suddenly), 일제히
A nuclear explosion can destroy the world all at once.
(핵폭발은 세계를 모두 일제히 파괴시킬 수 있다.)


 

설정

트랙백

댓글

아래 360개의 어구는 영작문이나 영어회화에서 아주 빈번히 쓰이는 기본적이고 필수적인 표현들입니다. 슬슬 가볍게 읽으면서 외워 놓으시면 바로 바로 도움이 될 겁니다.
만약 중학생 이하라면 다음 처럼 해보세요. 반드시 예문과 함께 외우세요.^^
 

중학생이 외우는 방법: 처음엔 100개씩 나눠서 첫 100개를 하루에 한 번씩 그냥 읽어 나갑니다. 외우려고 하지 말고 부담없이 그냥 읽기만 하세요. 처음엔 일단 표현들과 익숙해져야 합니다. 외우려고 하면 금방 지칩니다. 그냥 친구처럼 자꾸 친숙해지세요. 그러면 저절로 어느 정도는 암기가 됩니다. 70% 정도 암기 되었다 싶으면 그 다음 100개를 또 그런 식으로 외우기 시작합니다. 그 다음 100개도 마찬가집니다. 나머지 60개도 그런 식으로 외웁니다. 이렇게 360개를 다 돌면, 다음에는 200개와 160개로 나눠서 또 그런 식으로 암기합니다. 이 때는 외우려고 욕심을 좀 내도 좋아요. 이렇게 해서 90% 정도 암기가 되면, 마지막에는 360개 전체를 동시에 읽어 나갑니다. 이 때는 외울 욕심을 가져도 좋고, 잘 외워지지 않는 것을 집중적으로 외워도 좋아요. 이런 식으로 하면 360개 전체를 어렵지 않게 외울 수 있을 겁니다. 여기 360개의 표현만 다 외워도 여러분의 영어는 날개는 달게 됩니다. 영어가 여러분의 평생 친구가 되어줄 것입니다. 아자 아자 화이팅^^
------------------------------

 

201. and so on : 기타 등등
He bought coffee, sugar and so on. (그 여자는 커피, 설탕 등을 샀다.)

202. as if; as though : 마치 ~처럼
He spends money as if (또는 as though) he were a rich man.
(그는 마치 부자인 것처럼 돈을 쓴다.)

203. a sheet of : 한 장의
Give me a sheet of paper. (한 장의 종이를 달라.)

204. at the age of : ~의 나이에
She died at the age of 101. (그 여자는 101세에 죽었다.)

205. at a time : 한 때에
Do one thing at a time. (한 때에는 한 가지 일을 해라.)

206. at the rate of : ~의 비율로
The World population is increasing at the rate of about eighty million a year. (세계 인구는 1년에 약 8,000만의 비율로 증가하고 있다.)

207. at dawn : 새벽에
He went fishing at dawn. (그는 새벽에 낚시질하러 갔다.)

208. at least : 적어도
At least three students know the answer. (적어도 세 명의 학생들이 그 해답을 알고 있다. )

209. eat up : 먹어치우다.
The mice ate up all the corn. (쥐가 곡식을 모두 먹어치웠다.)

210. as we11 : 역시
He can speak Russian as well. (그는 러시아말도 역시 할 줄 안다.)

211. back and forth : 앞뒤로, 이리저리
The boys passed the ball back and forth. (소년들이 공을 앞뒤로 패스했다.)

212. because of : ~ 때문에
Because of heavy rain we put off our picnic. (폭우 때문에 우리는 야유회를 연기했다.)

213. be fond of : ~을 좋아하다.
She was fond of swimming. (그 여자는 수영하기를 좋아했다.)

214. be busy+-ing : ~하느라고 바쁘다.
The students are busy taking tests. (학생들은 시험 치느라고 바쁘다.)

215. break into : ~에 침입하다.
A thief broke into the house last night. (어제밤 도둑이 그 집에 침입하였다.)

216. break out : (화재, 전쟁 등이) 일어나다, 돌발하다.
The Korean War broke out in 1950. (한국 전쟁은 1950년에 일어났다.)

217. can afford to + 동사원형 : ~할 여유가 있다.
She can afford to buy a car. (그 여자는 자동차를 살 여유가 있다.)

218. can not help + ~ing : ~하지 않을 수 없다.
She could not help worrying about the matter. (그 여자는 그 일에 대하여 걱정하지 않을 수 없었다.)

219. be called to : ~에 초대되다.
We're called to his house for dinner. (우리들은 그의 집으로 만찬에 초대되었다.)

220. cannot ... too + 형용사(또는 부사) : 아무리 ~해도 지나치지 않다.
You cannot be too diligent. (너는 아무리 부지런하여도 지나치다 할 수 없다.)

221. check with : ~에 자세히 알아보다.
I checked with the hospital to find out the visit time. (나는 면회 시간을 알기 위하여 병원 측에 자세히 알아보았다.)

222. compare A to B : A를 B에 비유하다.
They compared the boy to a sheep. (그들은 그 소년을 양에 비유했다.)

223. come to a stop : 정지하다.
All traffic comes to a stop. (모든 교통은 정지된다.)

224. come to + 동사원형 : ~하게 되다.
You will come to understand the meaning. (너는 그 의미를 이해하게 될 것이다.)

225. count up to : ~까지 세다.
They could count up to twelve. (그들은 12까지 셀 수 있었다.)

226. come true : 실현되다.
His dream came true. (그의 꿈이 실현되었다.)

227. come upon an idea : 생각이 떠오르다.
Suddenly she came u~on an idea. (갑자기 그 여자는 한 생각이 떠올랐다.)

228. depend on : ~에 의지하다, ~에 달려 있다.
Don't depend on others. (남에게 의지하지 말아라.)

229. die from : ~때문에 죽다.
Some of them died from wounds. (그들 중 약 한 명은 부상으로 죽었다.)

230. earn one's living : 생계를 유지하다.
To earn his living, he did all kinds of work. (생계를 유지하기 위하여 그는 온갖 종류의 일을 하였다.)

231. be engaged to : ~와 약혼 중이다.
I am engaged to her. (나는 그녀와 약혼 중이다.)

232. except for : ~을 제외하고
This book is very interesting except for some mistakes. (이 책은 약간의 틀린 데를 제외하고는 매우 재미있다.)

233. be free to + 동사원형 : 마음대로 ~해도 좋다.
You are free to choose anything you like. (당신이 좋아하는 것은 무엇이나 마음대로 골라도 좋습니다.)

234. be freed from : ~로부터 해방되다.
When was Korea freed from Japan ? (한국은 언제 일본으로부터 해방되었는가?)

235. figure out : 계산해 내다, 생각해 내다.
Computers figure out our pay for us. (컴퓨터는 우리 대신에 봉급을 계산해 낸다.)

236. frankly speaking : 솔직히 말한다면
Frankly speaking, what he said is right. (솔직하게 말하자면 그가 한 말은 옳다.)

237. first of all : 무엇보다 먼저
First of all, let's eat something. (무엇보다 먼저 무엇 좀 먹읍시다.)

238. for oneself : 자신의 힘으로
You have to learn English for yourself (너는 자신의 힘으로 영어를 배워야 한다.)

239. for one things... for another : 첫째로는... 둘째로는
For one thing I don't like math; for another it is too difficult. (첫째로는 나는 수학을 싫어하거니와, 둘째로는 수학이 너무 어렵다.)

240. for this purpose : 이 목적을 위하여
I bought a typewriter for this purpose. (나는 이 목적을 위하여 타자기를 샀다.)

241. get well : (병이) 낫다.
She will get well soon. (그는 곧 병이 나을 것이다.)

242. get married : 결혼하다.
She will get married to him soon. (그녀는 곧 그와 결혼할 것이다.)

243. get down on one's knees : 무릎을 꿇다.
Get down on your knees. (무릎을 꿇어라.)

244. on board : 승선하다.
It's time to get on board. (승선할 시간이 됐다.)

245. get on : 타다. get off : 내리다.
Get on the bus 721 and get off at the third bus stop. (721번 버스를 타고 셋째 번 버스 정류소에서 내리세요.)

246. get dressed : 옷을 차려 입다.
She got dressed quickly. (그 여자는 빨리 옷을 차려 입었다.)

247. get rid of : ~을 제거하다, ~을 없애다.
Are you going to get rid of the TV sets? (TV를 제거할 작정입니까?)

248. give in : 양보하다.
You don't like my idea, but I will not give in. (너는 내 생각을 좋아하지 않지만 나는 양보하지 않겠다.)

249. give a shot : 주사를 놓다.
The nurse gave me a shot. (간호원이 나에게 주사를 놓았다.)

250. give birth to : (아기를) 낳다.
Mrs. Adams gave birth to a baby. (애덤스씨 부인은 아기를 낳았다.)

251. generally speaking : 일반적으로 말한다면
He is, generally speaking, a very kind man. (일반적으로 말한다면 기는 매우 친절만 사람이다.)

252. graduate from : ~를 졸업하다.
They will graduate from this middle school. (그들은 이 중학교를 졸업할 것이다.)

253. guard against : ~로부터 지키다.
He guarded the building against thieves. (그는 도둑으로부터 그 빌딩을 지켰다.)

254. head for : ~로 향하여 가다.
Where are you heading for : 어디를 향하여 가고 있습니까?)

255. hold ~by the arm : 팔을 잡다.
He held the boy by the arm. (그는 소년의 팔을 잡았다.)

256. help oneself : (음식을) 마음대로 들다.
Please be seated and help yourself. (어서 앉아서 음식 좀 드세요.)

257. hit ~ on the shoulder : 어깨를 맞히다.
A snowball hit him on the shoulder. (눈덩이가 그의 어깨를 맞혔다.)

258. Here we are. (다 왔다.)

259. Here we are at the station. (자, 정거장에 다 왔다.)

260. have + 목적어 + stolen : ~을 도난 당하다.
The man had his hat stolen. (그 남자는 모자를 도난 당했다.)
I will have my hair cut tomorrow. (내일 이발해야겠다.)

261. have got to 동사 : ~을 해야 한다. (= have to)
I've got to start earlier. (나는 더 일찍 떠나지 않으면 안 된다.)

262. have something to do with : ~와 관계가 있다.
His disease has something to do with this accident. (그의 병은 이 사건과 관계가 있다.)

263. have nothing to do with : ~와는 아무 관계가 없다.
His success has nothing to do with good luck. (그의 성공은 행운과는 아무런 관계가 없다.)

264. in a11 : 모두, 도합
This hotel has thirty rooms in all. (이 호텔은 도합 30개의 방이 있다.)

265. in need : 곤경 속에 빠져
When I was in need, he helped me. (내가 곤궁에 빠져 있을 때, 그가 나를 도와주었다.)

266. in the future : 장차, 미래에
She will become a great pianist in the future. (그 여자는 장차 훌륭한 피아니스트가 될 것이다.)

267. in a hurry : 서둘러, 급히
He was in a hurry to go home. (그는 서둘러 집으로 갔다.)

268. in common : 공통적인
He and i have nothing in common. (그와 나에게는 공통되는 점 이 하나도 없다.)

269. in vain : 헛되게
She tried to save the boy, but in vain. (그녀는 그 소년을 구출하려고 했으나 헛된 일이었다.)

270. in danger : 위태로운
Freedom is in danger when some people abuse their freedom. (몇몇 사람들이 자유를 남용할 때 자유는 위태로워진다.)

271. in lane : 줄을 서서
You have to wait in line at the station. (정거장에서는 줄을 서서 기다려야 한다.)

272 in this way : 이런 방식으로
I'm going to help you in this way. (나는 이런 방식으로 너를 돕고자 한다.)

273. instead of : 대신에
In stead of playing soccer, I went swimming. (축구하는 대신에 나는 수영하러 갔다.)

274. in order to + 동사원형 : ~하기 위하여
I studied very hard in order to pass the exam. (나는 시험에 합격하기 위하여 매우 열심히 공부했다.)

275. in search of : ~을 찾아서, ~을 추구하여
The birds flew in search of food. (새들은 먹이를 찾아서 날아갔다.)

276. in the beginning : 처음에는
In the beginning, nobody knew he was mad. (처음에는 아무도 그가 미쳤다는 사실을 몰랐다.)

277. in great astonishment : 대단히 놀라서
He listened to my story in great astonishment. (그는 대단히 놀라며 내 이야기를 들었다.)

278. in the course of : ~의 과정에서
In the course of industrial development people often hurt nature. (산업 발달의 과정에서 사람들은 자연을 해친다.)

279. in other words : 바꿔 말하면
In other words, he is a little foolish. (바꿔 말하면 그는 조금 어리석다.)

280. in some ways : 어떤 점에서는
In some ways she is friendly. (그녀는 어떤 점에 있어서는 친절하다.)

281. in less then a minute : 순식간에
In less than a minute, he grew into a giant. (순식간에 그는 거인으로 변하였다.)

282. if necessary : 필요하다면
 I'll go with you if necessary. (필요하다면 너와 함께 가겠다.)

283. I bet ~ : 틀림없이 ~라고 생각한다.
I bet it will rain tonight. (오늘밤은 틀림없이 비가 올 것이라고 생각한다.)

284. I am certain that ~ : 나는 ~라고 확신한다.
I am certain that he will arrive soon. (나는 그가 곧 도착할 거라고 확신한다.)

285. It seems that ~ : ~처럼 보이다, ~한 듯하다.
It seems that they are happy. (그들은 행복한 것처럼 보인다.)

286. just as : ~대로 꼭 같이, ~와 꼭 마찬가지로
Do just as I do. (내가 행하는 게로 꼭 같이 행하여라.)

287. jump over : 뛰어넘다.
The horse jumped over the fence. (말이 울타리를 뛰어 넘었다.)

288. keep on + ~ing : 계속 ~하다.
The boy kept on running. (그 소년은 계속 달렸다.)

289. keep A from ~ing : A로 하여금 ~하지 못하게 하다.
A bad cold kept him from going out. (독감이 그로 하여금 외출을 못하게 했다, 독감 때문에 그는 외출을 못하였다.)

290. line up : 한 줄로 서다, 정돈하다.
We must line up to buy the ticket. [입장권을 사려면 줄을 서야 한다. (=stand in a line)]

291. later on : 나중에
You will find it true later on. (너는 나중에 그것이 사실이라는 것을 알게 될 거야.)

292. lie awake : 뜬눈으로 날을 새다.
The noise made me lie awake that night. (그 날 밤 그 소리 때문에 나는 뜬눈으로 채웠다.)

293. look ~ in the eyes : ~의 눈을 들여다보다.
He looked her in the eyes. (그는 그녀의 눈을 들여다보았다.)

294. look over : 훑어보다.
Will you look over my paper? (나의 논문을 훑어보아 주시겠습니까?)

295. make a fire : 불을 피우다.
We had to make a fire in the woods. (우리들은 숲 속에서 불을 피워야만 했다.)

296. make a telephone call : 전화를 걸다.
Mr. Brown makes a telephone call to his Korean friend. (브라운 씨는 그의 한국인 친구에게 전화를 건다.)

297. make an appointment with : ~와 약속을 하다.
I make an appointment with Tom at five. (나는 다섯 시에 탐과 만날 약속을 했다.)

298. Make yourself at home. (편히 앉으세요.)

299. make sure : 확인하다.
Make sure you have enough gas before a long trip. (원거리 여행 전에 충분한 휘발유를 넣었는가 확인하여라.)

300. be made of : ~으로 만들어지다. (물리적 변화)
The bridge is made of stone. (그 다리는 석재로 만들어졌다.)

301. be made up of : ~으로 구성되다.
The baseball team is made up of nine boys. (야구팀은 9명의 소년으로 구성되어 있다.)

302. now that : ~한 이상, ~하니까.(= since)
Now  that she has got well, she can go with us. (몸이 나은 이상 그녀도 우리와 함께 갈 수 있다.)

303. neither A nor B : A도 아니고 B도 아니다. (양자 부정)
I can neither skate nor ski. (나는 스케이트도 못 타고 스키도 못 탄다.)

304. never have to + 동사원형 : 조금도 ~하지 않아도 좋다.
You never have to worry about it. (너는 그것에 대해 조금도 걱정하지 않아도 좋다.)

305. nothing but : ~외에는 아무 것도, 다만
We saw nothing but white clouds in the sky. (하늘엔 다만 횐 구름만이 보였다.)

306. ~ or so : ~정도
I'1l wait for an hour or so. (나는 한 시간 정도 기다리겠다.)

307. ~ or more : ~이상
We ate ten or more apples. (우리들은 사과를 10개 이상 먹었다.)

308. ~ 의문사 + on earth : 도대체
What on earth is the matter? (도대체 무슨 일이냐?)

309. on the other hand : 한편, 그와 반대로
I like math. On the other hand, In-suk likes English. (나는 수학을 좋아한다. 그와 반대로 (한편) 인숙이는 영어를 좋아한다.)

310. of itself : 저 절로
The door opened of itself. (문이 저절로 열렸다.)

311. one after another : 하나씩 차례로
He read one letter after another carefully. (그는 한 자씩 차례로 주의 깊게 읽었다.)

312. other than : ~을 제외하고. (= except)
Other than Seoul, Pusan is the largest city in Korea. (서울을 제외하고 부산은 한국에서 가장 큰 도시이다.)

313. owe A to B : A는 B의 덕분이다.
I owe my success to my mother. (나의 성공은 어머니의 덕택이다.)

314. play a trick on : ~에게 장난질 치다.
No one could play a trick on him. (아무도 그에게 장난질 치지 못했다.)

315. pay off : (빛을) 갚아 버리다.
He will pay off his debt this year. (그는 올해에는 빛을 갚아 버릴 것이다.)

316. pay attention to : ~에 주의를 기울이다.
Please pay attention to what I say. (내가 하는 말에 주의를 기울여 주세요.)

317. be patient with : ~에게 너그럽다.
He is patient with others. (그는 남에게 너그럽다.)

318. playa joke on : ~를 놀리다.
Don't play a joke on him. (그를 놀리지 말아라.)

319. plenty of : 많은
There are plenty of things in this shopping center. (이 쇼핑 센터에는 많은 물건들이 있다.)

320. point of view : 관점
You can understand it from another Point of view. (너는 또 하나의 다른 관점에서 그것을 이해할 수 있다.)

321. put ~on : ~을 조롱하다.
You always try to put me on. (너는 늘 나를 조롱하려고 들어.)

322. put away : 치우다.
Put away this chair. (이 의자를 치워라.)

323. run out of : 다 떨어지다, ~을 다 써 버리다.
The car ran out of gas. (그 자동차는 휘발유가 다 떨어졌다.)

324. run into : ~와 충돌하다, ~와 우연히 만나다.
A mouse ran into a lion. (생쥐 가 사자와 충돌하였다.)

325. remind A of B : A에게 B를 회상하게 하다.
The man reminded me of my dead father. (그 사람은 나에게 나의 돌아가신 아버지를 회상하게 했다.)

326. right now : 지금 당장
Go and see right now. (지금 당장 가 보아라.)

327. so that ...can : ~할 수 있도록
Get up early so that you can see the sun rise. (해가 뜨는 것을 볼 수 있도록 일찍 일어나거라.)

328. so that ... may : ~하기 위하여
Study hard so that you may succeed. (성공하기 위하여 열심히 공부하여라.)

329. so... that... : 매우 ...이기 때문에 ~하다.
I'm so tired that I can not study tonight. (나는 매우 피곤하기 때문에 오늘밤은 공부할 수 없다.)

330. such... that... : 매우 ...이므로 ~하다.
He is such a good boy that everybody likes him. (그는 매우 선량한 소년이기 때문'에 누구나 그를 좋아한다.)

331. such as : ~와 같은
We saw several animals such as bears, lions and elephants. (우리들은 곰, 사자, 코끼리와 같은 동물들을 보았다.)

332. set out : (배가) 출범하다.
We set out on the twelfth. (우리들은 12일에 출범하였다.)

333. set up : (벽 등에) 걸다.
Please set up the paintings against the wall. (그 그림들을 벽에 걸어 주세요.)

334. be supposed to + 동사 원형 : ~하기로 되어 있다.
I am supposed to meet him at six. (나는 6시에 그를 만나기로 되어 있다.)

335. some day : 언젠가는
Some day I will help you. (언젠가는 내가 너를 도와주겠다.)

336. slow down : 속도를 늦추다.
I slow down when the light is yellow. (황색 신호등이 켜지면 속도를 늦춘다.)

337. show up : 나타나다.
We invited him to the party, but he did not show up. (우리는 그를 파티에 초대했으나 나타나지 않았다.)

338. speak well of : ~을 자랑하다.
Do not speak well of yourself. (네 자신의 자랑을 하지 말아라.)

339. side by side : 옆으로 나란히
The soldiers are marching side by side. (병사들이 옆으로 나란히 행진하고 있다.)

340. shut out : 문을 닫아 못 들어오게 하다.
He asked me to shut them out. (그는 나에게 문을 닫아 그들이 못 들어오도록 해 달라고 요청했다.)

341 show around : 안내하다.
In-ho wants to show me around. (인호는 나를 안내하고 싶어한다.)

342 so far : 지금까지
I have gotten one letter from him so far. (나는 지금까지 그로부터 편지 한 통을 받았다.)

343. take a swim : 수영을 하다.
Let' stake a swim. (수영을 하자.)

344. take off : (비행기가) 이륙하다.
The plane took off an hour ago. (비행기가 한 시간 전에 이륙했다.)

345. take back : 되찾아오다.
She went out to take back her dress. (그녀는 드레스를 되찾아오기 위하여 나갔다.)

346. take it easy :푹 쉬다.
I advise you to take it easy for three days at home. (3일 동안 집에서 푹 쉬기를 충고합니다.)

347. thanks to : ~의 덕택으로
Thanks to her, I like growing flowers very much. (그녀의 덕택으로 나는 꽃 재배하기를 대단히 좋아한다.)

348. be thankful to : ~에게 감사하다.
They were thankful to God for the new land. (그들은 새 땅을 준 데 대해서 하나님에게 감사했다.)

349. throw up : 토하다. (= vomit)
He threw up a couple of times. (그는 두 번 토했다.)

350. to one's surprise : 놀랍게도
To my surprise, the box was empty. (놀랍게도 그 상자는 비어 있었다.)

351. upside down : 거꾸로
The planes were printed upside down. (비행기들이 거꾸로 인쇄되었다.)

352. upon + ~ing : ~하자마자
Upon getting out, he went to the park. (그는 나가자마자 공원으로 갔다.)

353. used to + 동사원형 : ~하곤 했다, 이전에는 ~했었다.
He used to be a brave soldier. (그는 이전에는 용감한 군인이었다.) - 지금은 아님.

354. It's up to you. : (그것은 너에게 달려 있다.)

355. with interest : 흥미 있게
He listened to her story with interest. (그는 그녀의 이야기를 흥미 있게 들었다.)

356. write down : 기록하다, 적어 두다.
Please write down these words. (이 낱말들을 적어 두어라.)

357. be well-known for : 잘 알려져 있다.
Hawaii is well-known for its hula dances. (하와이는 훌라 댄스로 잘 알려져 있다.)

358. go on with : ~을 계속하다.
He went on with his work. (그는 그의 일을 계속했다.)

359. work out : (문제를) 풀다, 연구해 내다.
Scientists are working out problems. (과학자들이 문제를 풀고 있다.)

360. You have the wrong number. : (전화 번호가 잘못 걸려 왔습니다.)

 

설정

트랙백

댓글

The Korean Peninsula was inhabited from the Lower Paleolithic about 400,000-500,000 years ago. Archeological evidence indicates that the presence of modern humans in northeast Asia dates to 39,000 years ago.[1] The earliest known Korean pottery dates to around 8000 BC, and the Neolithic period began before 6000 BC, followed by the Bronze Age around 800 BC,[2][3] and the Iron Age begins around 400 BC. Korea is considered to be one of the oldest countries in the world.[2]

In the legend, the Gojoseon (Old Joseon) kingdom was founded in northern Korea and Manchuria by 2333 BC.[4][5] The Gija Joseon was founded in 12th century BC, whose existence became a controversy today.[6] The Jin state forms in southern Korea in the 3rd century BC. Gojoseon was invaded by Han dynasty in the 2nd century BC which resulted in the fall of Gojoseon later led to successor warring states, Proto–Three Kingdoms period spans the later Iron Age. Since 1st century, Goguryeo, Baekje, and Silla grew to control the peninsula and Manchuria as the Three Kingdoms (57 BC – 668 AD) until the unification by Silla in 676. In 698, Dae Jo-yeong established Kingdom of Balhae, which led to the North South States Period (698–926).

In the late 9th century, Silla was divided into the Later Three Kingdoms (892–936), which ended with the unification of the Goryeo Dynasty. During the Goryeo period, laws were codified, a civil service system was introduced, and Buddhism flourished.

In 1392, general Yi Seong-gye established the Joseon Dynasty (1392–1910) after a coup. King Sejong the Great (1418–1450) implemented numerous administrative, social, and economical reforms, established royal authority in the early years of the dynasty, and promulgated Hangul, the Korean alphabet.

In 18th century, Korea was faced with internal strife, power struggles, international pressure, and rebellions at home, and the Joseon Dynasty declined rapidly in the late 19th century. In 1897, Korean Empire (1897–1910) succeeded Joseon Dynasty. However, Imperial Japan forced the Korean Empire to sign the Eulsa Treaty and in 1910 annexed the Korean Empire.[7]

Korean resistance was manifested in the widespread nonviolent March 1st Movement of 1919 during the occupation. Thereafter the greater resistance movements, coordinated by the Provisional Government of the Republic of Korea in exile, was largely active in neighboring Manchuria, China and Siberia.

After the liberation in 1945, the partition of Korea created the modern two states of North and South Korea. In 1948, new governments were established, the nominally Capitalist South Korea ("Republic of Korea") and Communist North Korea ("Democratic People's Republic of Korea") divided at the 38th parallel. The unresolved tensions of the division surfaced in the Korean War of 1950, when North Korea invaded South Korea.

Contents

 [hide

[edit] Prehistory

Korean earthenware jar with comb pattern. 4000 BC, Amsa-dong, Seoul. British Museum.

No Homo erectus has been found in the Korean Peninsula.[8] However, tool-making artifacts from the Palaeolithic period have been found in present-day North Hamgyong, South P'yongan, Gyeonggi, and north and south Chungcheong Provinces of Korea.,[9] which dates the Paleolithic Age to half a million years ago.[3] However, the predominant view is that the Korean people of today are not the ethnic descendants of these Paleolithic inhabitants.[10]

[edit] Jeulmun Pottery Period

The earliest known Korean pottery dates back to around 8000 BC or before, and evidence of Mesolithic Pit-Comb Ware culture or Yungimun Pottery is found throughout the peninsula. An example of a Yungimun-era site is in Jeju-do. Jeulmun or Comb-pattern Pottery is found after 7000 BC, and pottery with comb-patterns over the whole vessel is found concentrated at sites in west-central Korea when a number of settlements such as Amsa-dong existed. Jeulmun pottery bears basic design and form similarities to that of the Russian Maritime Province, Mongolia, and the Amur and Sungari river basins of Manchuria and the Jōmon culture in Japan.[11][12]

[edit] Mumun Pottery Period

Archaeological evidence demonstrates that agricultural societies and the earliest forms of social-political complexity emerged in the Mumun Pottery Period (c. 1500–300 BC).[13]

People in southern Korea adopted intensive dry-field and paddy-field agriculture with a multitude of crops in the Early Mumun Period (1500–850 BC). The first societies led by big-men or chiefs emerged in the Middle Mumun (850–550 BC), and the first ostentatious elite burials can be traced to the Late Mumun (c. 550–300 BC). Bronze production began in the Middle Mumun and became increasingly important in Mumun ceremonial and political society after 700 BC. The Mumun is the first time that villages rose, became large, and then fell: some important examples include Songguk-ri, Daepyeong, and Igeum-dong. The increasing presence of long-distance trade, an increase in local conflicts, and the introduction of bronze and iron metallurgy are trends denoting the end of the Mumun around 300 BC.[13]

[edit] Gojoseon

Korea in 108 BC.
Korean stone dagger and stone arrowhead, 7th–6th century BC

Gojoseon was the first Korean kingdom. The founding legend of Gojoseon, which is recorded in the Samguk Yusa (1281) and other Korean medieval books,[14] states that the country was established in 2333 BC by Dangun, said to be descended from the heavens.[15] However, no evidence has been found that supports whatever facts may lie beneath this myth.[16]

The first kingdom of Gojoseon in the historical records is Gija Joseon, which was founded in 12th century BC by Chinese Shang dynasty descendants named Gija and ended in 195 BC. The relative records can be found in Records of the Grand Historian in 91 BC, Book of Han in AD 111, Book of the Later Han in 5th century and Records of Three Kingdoms in 3rd century.

The historical existence of Gojoseon kingdom probably arose around the 8th century BC in Liaoning.[17] By about the 4th century BC, the kingdoms of Gojoseon had developed to the point where their existence was known even in China,[18] and around 400 BC moved its capital to Pyongyang, the capital of modern North Korea.[19][20]

In 194 BC, King Jun fled to Jin state after a coup by Wiman. Later the Han Dynasty defeated the Wiman Joseon and set up Four Commanderies of Han in 108 BC, and Jin later evolved into the Samhan confederacies.[21]

Many smaller states sprang from the former territory of Gojoseon such as Buyeo, Okjeo, Dongye. Goguryeo and Baekje. The Three Kingdoms refer to Goguryeo, Baekje, and Silla, although Buyeo and the Gaya confederacy existed into 5th and 6th centuries respectively.

[edit] Metallurgy

The Bronze Age is often held to have begun around 900-800 BC in Korea.[3] Bronze daggers, mirrors, and weaponry have been found, as well as evidence of walled-town polities. Rice, red beans, soybeans and millet were cultivated, and rectangular pit-houses and increasingly larger dolmen burial sites are found throughout the peninsula.[22] Contemporaneous records suggest that Gojoseon transitioned from a feudal federation of walled cities into a centralised kingdom at least before the 4th century BC.[23]

It is believed that by the 3rd century BC, iron culture was developing and the warring states of China pushed refugees eastward and south. Around this time, a state called Jin arose in the southern part of the Korean peninsula. Very little is known about Jin, but it established relations with Han China and exported artifacts to the Yayoi of Japan.[24]

[edit] Proto–Three Kingdoms

Proto–Three Kingdoms, c. 1 CE.
Gold buckle of the Proto–Three Kingdoms period

The Proto–Three Kingdoms period, sometimes called the Several States Period (열국시대)[25] , is the time before the rise of the Three Kingdoms of Korea, which included Goguryeo, Silla, and Baekje, and occurred after the fall of Gojoseon. This time period consisted of numerous states that sprang up from the former territories of Gojoseon. Among these states, the largest and most influential were Dongbuyeo and Bukbuyeo.

[edit] Buyeo and other Northern states

After the fall of Gojoseon, Buyeo arose in today's North Korea and southern Manchuria, from about the 2nd century BC to 494. Its remnants were absorbed by Goguryeo in 494, and both Goguryeo and Baekje, two of the Three Kingdoms of Korea, considered themselves its successor.[26]

Although records are sparse and contradictory, it is thought that in 86 BC, Dongbuyeo (East Buyeo) branched out, after which the original Buyeo is sometimes referred to as Bukbuyeo (North Buyeo). Jolbon Buyeo was the predecessor to Goguryeo, and in 538, Baekje renamed itself Nambuyeo (South Buyeo).[27]

Okjeo was a tribal state that was located in the northern Korean Peninsula, and was established after the fall of Gojoseon. Okjeo had been a part of Gojoseon before its fall. It never became a fully developed kingdom due to the intervention of its neighboring kingdoms. Okjeo became a tributary of Goguryeo, and was eventually annexed into Goguryeo by Gwanggaeto Taewang in the 5th century.[28]

Dongye was another small kingdom that was situated in the northern Korean Peninsula. Dongye bordered Okjeo, and the two kingdoms faced the same fate of becoming tributaries of the growing empire of Goguryeo. Dongye was also a former part of Gojoseon before its fall.[29]

[edit] Samhan

Samhan (삼한, 三韓) refers to the three confederacies of Mahan, Jinhan, and Byeonhan. The Samhan were located in the southern region of the Korean Peninsula.[30] The Han countries were strictly governed by law, with religion playing an important role. Mahan was the largest, consisting of 54 states, and assumed political, economic, and cultural dominance. Byeonhan and Jinhan both consisted of 12 states, bringing a total of 78 states within the Samhan. The Samhan were eventually conquered by Baekje, Silla, and Gaya in the 4th century.[31]

[edit] Three Kingdoms Era

An example of a Goguryeo tomb mural.

[edit] Goguryeo

Goguryeo at its height, in 476 CE.

Goguryeo was founded in 37 BC by Jumong (posthumous name Dongmyeongseong).[32] Later, King Taejo centralized the government. Goguryeo was also the first Korean kingdom to adopt Buddhism as the state religion in 372, under King Sosurim's reign.[33][34]

Goguryeo reached its zenith in the 5th century, when reign of the King Gwanggaeto and his son, King Jangsu expanded into almost all of Manchuria and part of inner Mongolia, and took the Seoul region from Baekje. Gwanggaeto and Jangsu subdued Baekje and Silla during their times.[34]

Goguryeo later fought and defeated massive Chinese invasions in the Goguryeo-Sui War of 598 – 614, contributing to Sui's fall, and continued to repel the Tang dynasty under several important generals including Yeon Gaesomun and Yang Manchun (see Goguryeo–Tang Wars).[35][36]

However, numerous wars with China exhausted Goguryeo and it fell into a weak state. After internal power struggles, it was conquered by an allied Silla-Tang forces in 668.[37]

[edit] Baekje

Baekje's foundation by King Onjo in 18 BC[38] as stated in the Samguk Sagi, followed those of its neighbors and rivals, Goguryeo and Silla.

The Sanguo Zhi mentions Baekje as a member of the Mahan confederacy in the Han River basin (near present-day Seoul). It expanded into the southwest (Chungcheong and Jeolla provinces) of the peninsula and became a significant political and military power. In the process, Baekje came into fierce confrontation with Goguryeo and the Chinese commanderies in the vicinity of its territorial ambitions.

At its peak in the 4th century, it had absorbed all of the Mahan states and subjugated most of the western Korean peninsula (including the modern provinces of Gyeonggi, Chungcheong, and Jeolla, as well as part of Hwanghae and Gangwon) to a centralized government. Baekje acquired Chinese culture and technology through contacts with the Southern Dynasties during the expansion of its territory.[39]

Baekje played a fundamental role in transmitting cultural developments, such as Chinese characters, Buddhism, iron-making, advanced pottery, and ceremonial burial into ancient Japan.[40] Other aspects of culture were also transmitted when the Baekje court retreated to Japan after Baekje was conquered. Baekje was defeated by a coalition of Silla and Tang Dynasty forces in 660.[41]

[edit] Silla

Down-sized replica of the famous 80 meter tall pagoda at Hwangnyongsa Temple which was destroyed by the Mongols.

According to legend, the kingdom Silla began with the unification of six chiefdoms of the Jinhan confederacy by Bak Hyeokgeose in 57 BC, in the southeastern area of Korea. Its territory included the present-day port city of Busan, and Silla later emerged as a sea power responsible for destroying Japanese pirates, especially during the Unified Silla period.[42]

Silla artifacts, including unique gold metalwork, show influence from the northern nomadic steppes, with less Chinese influence than are shown by Goguryeo and Baekje.[43] Silla expanded rapidly by occupying the Han River basin and uniting the city states.

By the 2nd century, Silla existed as a large state, occupying and influencing nearby city states. Silla began to gain power when it annexed Gaya confederacy in 562. Silla often faced pressure from Baekje and Japan, and at various times allied and warred with Baekje and Goguryeo.

In 660, King Muyeol of Silla ordered his armies to attack Baekje. General Kim Yu-shin, aided by Tang forces, conquered Baekje. In 661, Silla and Tang moved on Goguryeo but were repelled. King Munmu, son of Muyeol and nephew of General Kim launched another campaign in 667 and Goguryeo fell in the following year.[44]

[edit] Gaya

Gaya was a confederacy of chiefdoms in the Nakdong River valley of southern Korea, growing out of the Byeonhan confederacy of the Samhan period. Gaya's plains were rich in iron, so export of iron tools to other countries was possible and agriculture flourished. In early centuries, Confederacy led by Geumgwan Gaya in Gimhae region. However, its leading power was changed by Daegaya in Goryeong region after the 5th century.

Constantly engaged in war with the three kingdoms surrounding it, Gaya was not developed to form a unified state, and ultimately absorbed into Silla in 562.[45]

[edit] North and South States

The term North-South States refers to Unified Silla and Balhae, during the time when Silla controlled the Korean peninsula while Balhae expanded into Manchuria. During this time, culture and technology significantly advanced, especially in Unified Silla.

[edit] Unified Silla (Later Silla)

After the unification wars, the Tang Dynasty established territories in the former Goguryeo, and began to administer and establish communities in Baekje. Silla attacked the Chinese in Baekje and northern Korea in 671, China then invaded Silla in 674 but Silla defeated the Chinese army in the north. Silla drove the Tang forces out of the peninsula by 676 to achieve unification of most of the Three Kingdoms.[46]

Unified Silla was a time when Korean arts flourished dramatically and Buddhism became a large part of Silla culture. Buddhist monasteries such as the temple Bulguksa are examples of advanced Korean architecture and Buddhist influence. State-sponsored art and architecture from this period include Hwangnyongsa Temple, Bunhwangsa Temple, and the World Heritage Site Seokguram Grotto.[47]

Silla began to experience political troubles in 780. This severely weakened Silla and soon thereafter, descendants of the former Baekje established Hubaekje. In the north, rebels revived Goguryeo, beginning the Later Three Kingdoms period.

Unified Silla lasted for 267 years until, under King Gyeongsun, it was defeated by Goryeo in 935.[48]

[edit] Balhae

Balhae stele at the National Museum of Korea.

Balhae was founded only thirty years after Goguryeo had fallen. It was founded in the northern part of former lands of Goguryeo by Dae Joyeong, a former Goguryeo general.[49] Balhae controlled the northern areas of the Korean Peninsula, much of Manchuria (though it didn't occupy Liaodong peninsula for much of history), and expanded into present-day Russian Maritime Province. Balhae styled itself as Goguryeo's successor state. It also adapted the culture of Tang Dynasty, such as the government structure and geopolitical system.[50]

In a time of relative peace and stability in the region, Balhae flourished, especially during the long reign of the third Emperor Mun (r. 737–793) and King Seon. However, Balhae was severely weakened by the 10th century, and the Khitan Liao Dynasty conquered Balhae in 926.[50]

No historical records from Balhae have survived, and the Liao left no histories of Balhae. Goryeo absorbed some Balhae territory and received Balhae refugees, including the crown prince and the royal family, but compiled no known histories of Balhae either. The Samguk Sagi ("History of the Three Kingdoms"), for instance, includes passages on Balhae, but does not include a dynastic history of Balhae. The 18th century Joseon dynasty historian Yu Deukgong advocated the proper study of Balhae as part of Korean history, and coined the term "North and South States Period" to refer to this era.[50]

[edit] Later Three Kingdoms

The Later Three Kingdoms (892 – 936 CE) consisted of Silla, Hubaekje ("Later Baekje"), and Taebong (also known as Hugoguryeo, "Later Goguryeo").[51] The latter two, established as Unified Silla declined in power, were viewed as heirs to the earlier Three Kingdoms of Korea.

Taebong (Later Goguryeo) was originally led by Gung Ye, a Buddhist monk who founded Later Goguryeo. The unpopular Gung Ye was deposed by Wang Geon (877–943) in 918. Wang Geon was popular with his people, and he decided to unite the entire peninsula under one government. He attacked Later Baekje in 934 and received the surrender of Silla in the following year. In 936, Goryeo conquered Hubaekje.[52]

[edit] Goryeo

Celadon Incense Burner from the Korean Goryeo Dynasty (918–1392), with kingfisher color glaze.

Goryeo was founded in 918 AD and by 936, replaced Silla as the ruling dynasty of Korea. "Goryeo" was named as Wang Geon deemed the nation as a successor of Goguryeo.[53] The dynasty lasted until 1392, and it is the source of the English name "Korea."[54][55]

During this period laws were codified, and a civil service system was introduced. Buddhism flourished, and spread throughout the peninsula. The development of celadon pottery flourished in the 12th and 13th century.[56] The publication of Tripitaka Koreana onto 80,000 wooden blocks[57] and the invention of movable-metal-type printing press attest to Goryeo's cultural achievements.

In 1231 the Mongols began its campaigns against Korea and after 25 years of struggle, the royal family relented by signing a treaty with the Mongols. For the following 80 years Goryeo survived, but became a vassal of the Mongol-ruled Yuan Dynasty in China.[58]

In the 1350s, the Yuan Dynasty declined rapidly due to internal struggles. King Gongmin was free at last to reform a Goryeo government.[59] Gongmin had various problems that needed to be dealt with, which included the removal of pro-Mongol aristocrats and military officials, the question of land holding, and quelling the growing animosity between the Buddhists and Confucian scholars.[60]

The Goryeo dynasty would last until 1392. Taejo of Joseon, who was the founder and the first king of the Joseon Dynasty of Korea, would easily take power in a coup and establish the Joseon Dynasty.[61]

[edit] Joseon

The Gyeongbokgung Palace
One of the earliest photographs depicting yangban Koreans, taken in 1863.

[edit] Political history

In 1392, the general Yi Seong-gye established the Joseon Dynasty (1392–1910) named in honor of the ancient kingdom Gojoseon[62] and its idealistic Confucianism-based politics.[63]

King Taejo moved the capital to Hanyang (modern-day Seoul) and built Gyeongbokgung palace. In 1394 he adopted Neo-Confucianism as the country's official religion, and pursued the creation of a strong bureaucratic state. The following monarchs, King Taejong and King Sejong the Great, implemented numerous administrative, social, and economical reforms and established royal authority in the early years of the dynasty.[64]

Internal conflicts within the royal court, civil unrest and other political struggles plagued the nation in the years that followed, worsened by the Japanese invasion of Korea between 1592 and 1598. Toyotomi Hideyoshi ordered the forces and tried to invade the Asian continent through Korea, but was eventually repelled by righteous armies, Admiral Yi Sun-sin and assistance from Ming China. This war also saw the rise of the career of Admiral Yi Sun-sin with the "turtle ship".[65]

As Joseon was striving to rebuild itself after the war, it once again suffered from the invasions by the Manchu in the 1620s and 1630s. Different views regarding foreign policy divided the royal court, and ascensions to the throne during that period were decided after much political conflict and struggle.[66]

A long period of peace followed during the years of King Yeongjo and King Jeongjo, who led a new renaissance of the Joseon dynasty, with fundamental reforms to ease the political tension between the Confucian scholars, who mainly held high positions.[67][68]

However, corruption in government and social unrest prevailed in the years thereafter, causing numerous civil uprisings and revolts. The government made sweeping reforms in the late 19th century, but adhered to a strict isolationist policy, earning Joseon the nickname "Hermit Kingdom". The policy had been established primarily for protection against Western imperialism, but before long Joseon was forced to open trade, beginning an era leading into Japanese colonial rule.[69]

[edit] Culture and society

Joseon's culture was based on the philosophy of Neo-Confucianism, which emphasizes morality, righteousness, and practical ethics. Wide interest in scholarly study resulted in the establishment of private academies and educational institutions. Many documents were written about history, geography, medicine, and Confucian principles. The arts flourished in painting, calligraphy, music, dance, and ceramics.[70]

The most notable cultural event of this era is the promulgation of the Korean alphabet Hangul by King Sejong the Great in 1446.[71] This period also saw various other cultural, scientific and technological advances.[72]

During Joseon, a social hierarchy system existed that greatly affected Korea's social development. The king and the royal family were atop the hereditary system, with the next tier being a class of civil or military officials and land owners known as yangban, who worked for the government and lived off the efforts of tenant farmers and slaves.

A middle class, jungin, were technical specialists such as scribes, medical officers, technicians in science-related fields, artists and musicians. Commoners, i.e. peasants, constituted the largest class in Joseon. They had obligations to pay taxes, provide labor, and serve in the military. By paying land taxes to the state, they were allowed to cultivate land and farm. The lowest class included tenant farmers, slaves, entertainers, craftsmen, prostitutes, laborers, shamans, vagabonds, outcasts, soldiers and criminals. Although slave status was hereditary, they were sold at officially set prices, and the mistreatment of slaves was strictly forbidden.[73]

This yangban focused system started to change in the late 17th century as many political, economic and social changes came into place. By the 19th century, new commercial groups emerged, and the active social mobility caused the yangban class to expand, resulting in the weakening of the old class system. The Joseon government ordered the freedom of official slaves in 1801. The class system of Joseon was completely banned in 1894.[74]

[edit] Foreign invasions

Korean Embassy to Japan, 1655, attributed to Kano Toun Yasunobu. British Museum.

Joseon dealt with a pair of Japanese invasions from 1592 to 1598 (Imjin War or the Seven Years war). Prior to the war, Korea sent two ambassadors to scout for any signs of Japan's intentions of invading Korea. However, they came back with 2 different reports, and while the politicians split into sides and fought, no proactive measures were taken.

This conflict brought prominence to Admiral Yi Sun-sin as he repelled the Japanese forces with his invention, and innovative use of the turtle ship, a massive, yet swift, ramming/cannon ship fitted with iron spikes and, according to some sources, an iron-plated deck[75][76][77]). The use of the hwacha was also highly effective in repelling the Japanese invaders from the land.

Subsequently, Korea was invaded by the Manchus in 1627 (see the First Manchu invasion of Korea) and again in 1636 (see the Second Manchu invasion of Korea), after which the Joseon dynasty recognized the suzerainty of the Qing Empire.

During the 19th century, Joseon Korea tried to control foreign influence by closing the borders to all nations but China. In 1853 the USS South America, an American gunboat, visited Busan for 10 days and had amiable contact with local Korean officials. Several Americans who were shipwrecked on Korea in 1855 and 1865 were also treated well and sent to China for repatriation. The Joseon court which ruled Korea was well aware of the foreign invasions and treaties involving Qing China, as well as the First and Second Opium Wars, and followed a cautious policy of slow exchange with the West.

In 1866, reacting to greater numbers of Korean converts, the Korean court clamped down on the illicit French missionaries, massacring French Catholic missionaries and Korean converts alike. That same year France invaded and occupied portions of Ganghwa Island in the fall of 1866. The Korean army lost heavily, but the French abandoned the island.

The General Sherman, a British-owned armed merchant marine sidewheel schooner, attempted to open Korea to trade in 1866. After an initial miscommunication, the ship sailed upriver and became stranded near Pyongyang. After being ordered to leave by Korean officials, the American crewmen killed four Korean inhabitants, kidnapped a military officer and engaged in sporadic fighting that continued for four days. After two efforts to destroy the ship failed, the USS General Sherman was finally set aflame by Korean fireships laden with explosives.

In response, the United States confronted Korea militarily in 1871, killing 243 Koreans then withdrawing, this incident is called the Sinmiyangyo in Korea. Five years later, the reclusive Korea signed a trade treaty with Japan, and in 1882 signed a treaty with the United States, ending several centuries of isolationism.

In 1885, United Kingdom occupied Geomun Island until 1887.

By 1876, a rapidly modernizing Japan forced Korea to open its ports and successfully challenged the Qing Empire in the Sino-Japanese War (1894–1895). In 1895, the Japanese were involved in the murder of Empress Myeongseong,[78] who had sought Russian help, and the Russians were forced to retreat from Korea. (Though they came back at the beginning of the 20th century.)

[edit] Korean Empire

Mugo, drum dance depicted in the picture titled "Gojong Imin Jinyeon Dobyeong" (Painting screen folder illustrating the feast for Korean Emperor Gojong in Imin year (1902) alt text
Drum dance at a feast for Korean Emperor Gojong (1902)

As a result of the Sino-Japanese War (1894–1895), the 1895 Maguan Treaty (Treaty of Shimonoseki) was concluded between China and Japan. According to Article I of this treaty, which stipulated the abolision of traditional relationships with China, Joseon became an independent state and was freed from political influences of China.

In 1897, Joseon was renamed the Korean Empire, and King Gojong became Emperor Gojong. The imperial government aimed to become a strong and independent nation by implementing domestic reforms; strengthening military forces, developing commerce and industry, and surveying land ownership. Organizations like the Independence Club also rallied to assert the rights of the Joseon people, but clashed with the government which proclaimed absolute monarchy and power.[79]

Russian influence was strong in the Empire until being defeated by Japan in the Russo-Japanese War (1904–1905). Korea effectively became a protectorate of Japan on 17 November 1905, the 1905 Protectorate Treaty having been promulgated without Emperor Gojong's required seal.[80][81]

Following the signing of the treaty, many intellectuals and scholars set up various organizations and associations, embarking on patriotic movements for independence. In 1909, independence fighter An Jung-geun assassinated Itō Hirobumi, the Resident-General of Korea, for Ito Hirobumi's role of intruding on the internal affairs of Korean politics,[82][83] This prompted the Japanese to ban all political organisations and proceed with plans for annexation.

[edit] Japanese rule

In 1910 Japan effectively annexed Korea by the Japan–Korea Annexation Treaty. While the legality of the treaty is still asserted by Japan, it is generally not accepted in Korea because it was not signed by the Emperor of Korea as required and violated international convention on external pressures regarding treaties.[84][85] Korea was controlled by Japan under a Governor-General of Korea until Japan's unconditional surrender to the Allied Forces, on 15 August 1945, with de jure sovereignty deemed to have passed from Joseon Dynasty to the Provisional Government of the Republic of Korea.[82]

After the annexation, Japan set out to repress all Korean tradition and culture, develop and implement reforms for their benefit.[82] European-styled transport and communication networks were established across the nation in order to extract the resources and labor of the Korean people; these networks were almost all destroyed later during the Korean War. The banking system was consolidated and the Korean currency abolished. The Japanese removed the Joseon hierarchy, destroyed the palace of Gyeongbokgung and replaced it with office buildings.[86]

After Emperor Gojong died in January 1919, with a rumor of poisoning, independence rallies against Japanese invaders took place nationwide on 1 March 1919 (the March 1st Movement). This movement was suppressed by force and about 7,000 were killed by Japanese soldiers and police.[87] An estimated 2 million people took part in peaceful, pro-liberation rallies although Japanese records claim less than half million.[88] This movement was partly inspired by United States president Woodrow Wilson's speech of 1919, declaring support for right of self determination and an end to colonial rule for Europeans.[88] No comment was made by Wilson on Korean independence, perhaps as a pro-Japan faction in the USA sought trade inroads into China through the Korean peninsula.

The Provisional Government of the Republic of Korea was established in Shanghai, China, in an aftermath of March 1 Movement, which coordinated the Liberation effort and resistance against Japanese control. Some of the achievements of the Provisional Government include the Battle of Chingshanli of 1920 and the ambush of Japanese Military Leadership in China in 1932. The Provisional Government is considered to be the de jure government of the Korean people between the period 1919 to 1948, and its legitimacy is enshrined in the preamble to the constitution of the South Korea.[89]

Continued anti-Japanese uprisings, such as the nationwide uprising of students in November 1929, led to the strengthening of military rule in 1931. After the outbreaks of the Sino-Japanese War in 1937 and World War II Japan attempted to exterminate Korea as a nation. The continuance of Korean culture itself began to be illegal. Worship at Japanese Shinto shrines was made compulsory. The school curriculum was radically modified to eliminate teaching in the Korean language and history within Korea.[82] The Korean language was banned and Koreans were forced to adopt Japanese names,[90] and newspapers were prohibited from publishing in Korean. Numerous Korean cultural artifacts were destroyed or taken to Japan.[91] According to an investigation by the South Korean government, 75,311 cultural assets were taken from Korea.[91][92]

Some Koreans left the Korean peninsula to Manchuria and Primorsky Krai. Koreans in Manchuria formed resistance groups known as Dongnipgun (Liberation Army) which would travel in and out of the Korean-Chinese boundary, fighting guerrilla warfare with the Japanese forces. These guerilla armies would come together in 1940s as Korean Liberation Army and the Liberation Army took part in allied action in China and parts of South East Asia. Tens of thousands of Koreans also joined the Peoples Liberation Army and the National Revolutionary Army.

During World War II, Koreans were forced to support the Japanese war effort. Tens of thousands of men[93] were conscripted into Japan's military. Around 200,000 girls and women, mostly from Korea and China, were conscripted into sexual slavery, with the euphemism "comfort women". Previous Korean "comfort women" are still protesting against the Japanese Government for compensation of their sufferings.[94][95][96]

[edit] The division of Korea

Liberation of Korea
American soldiers climbing a sea wall in Incheon during a decisive moment in the timeline of the Korean War.

The unconditional surrender of Japan, combined with fundamental shifts in global politics and ideology, led to the division of Korea into two occupation zones effectively starting on September 8, 1945, with the United States administering the southern half of the peninsula and the Soviet Union taking over the area north of the 38th parallel. The Provisional Government was ignored, mainly due to American misconception that it was too communist-aligned.[97] This division was meant to be temporary and was first intended to return a unified Korea back to its people until the United States, United Kingdom, Soviet Union, and Republic of China could arrange a trusteeship administration.

At the Cairo Conference on November 22, 1943, it was agreed that Korea would be free: "in due course Korea shall become free and independent”;[98] at a later meeting in Yalta in February 1945, it was agreed to establish a four-power trusteeship over Korea.[99] On August 9, 1945, Soviet tanks entered northern Korea from Siberia, meeting little to no resistance. Japan surrendered to the Allied Forces on August 15, 1945.

In December 1945, a conference convened in Moscow to discuss the future of Korea.[100] A 5-year trusteeship was discussed, and a joint Soviet-American commission was established. The commission met intermittently in Seoul but deadlocked over the issue of establishing a national government. In September 1947, with no solution in sight, the United States submitted the Korean question to the UN General Assembly.

Initial hopes for a unified, independent Korea quickly evaporated as the politics of the Cold War and opposition to the trusteeship plan from Korean anti-communists resulted in the 1948 establishment of two separate nations with diametrically opposed political, economic, and social systems. On June 25, 1950, the Security Council of the United Nations recognised the Republic of Korea as the sole legal government of Korea.[101] In June 1950 the Korean War broke out when North Korea breached the 38th parallel line to invade the South, ending any hope of a peaceful reunification for the time being. After the war a Geneva conference failed to adopt a declaration for a unified Korea. Beginning with Syngman Rhee, a series of oppressive autocratic governments took power in South Korea, initially with American support and influence. The country eventually transitioned to become a market-oriented democracy in the 1980s, largely due to popular demand for reform. Due to the Soviet occupation of North Korea, post-independence North Korea established a communist government, with ties to the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics and China.

See History of North Korea and History of South Korea for the post-war period.


설정

트랙백

댓글


아래는 영작문과 회화에 필수적인 동사와 전치사의 결합입니다. 이런 것들을 잘 암기하고 있으면 정확하고 교양있는 영어를 사용할 수 있겠습니다. 여러 번 반복해서 몸으로 익혀 놓으면 두고두고 여러분을 흐뭇하게 해줄 것입니다.


[동사 + 전치사] 총정리 제1부

 

 

account for

He accounted for such problems.

accuse SO of ST

He accused her of stealing the money.

adapt to

They adapted to the new culture.

add SO/ST to SO/ST

She added milk to the grocery list.

add to

Translation problems added to the confusion.

adjust to

They adjusted to their new environment.

admit ST to SO

She admitted her real age to everybody.

admit to

She admitted to cheating on the test.

agree on

We agreed on the price.

agree to

He agreed to the new conditions.

agree with

I agree with you.

apologize to SO for ST

I apologized to her for being rude.

appeal to SO for ST

The nation appealed to the UN for assistance.

approve of

The parents approved of the marriage.

argue with SO about SO/ST

Timmy argued with his father about his curfew.

argue with SO over ST

The customer argued with the salesman over the store's return policy.

arrange for SO (to do something)

They arranged for an interpreter to be present.

arrest SO for ST

The police arrested the man for stealing the car.

arrive at (a place)

They arrived at home.

ask for

She asked for help.

 

base on

The company bases salary on experience.

be absent from (a place)

He was absent from class.

be accustomed to

I am not accustomed to such behavior.

be acquainted with

He is acquainted with many celebrities.

be addicted to ST

He is addicted to heroin.

be afraid of

I am afraid of spiders.

be angry at SO for ST

I am angry at him for what he said.

be angry with SO for ST

I am angry with him for what he said.

be annoyed at SO for ST

He is annoyed at her for spending so much money.

be annoyed with SO for ST

He is annoyed with her for spending so much money.

be anxious about ST

I am anxious about the presentation.

be associated with

He is associated with the company.

be aware of

You are not aware of all the problems.

be blessed with

He is blessed with great musical talent.

be bored by

They were bored to death by his long speech.

be bored with

The interviewers were bored with the repetitive comments.

be capable of ST

He is capable of much more.

be cluttered with ST

The room is cluttered with boxes.

be committed to

I am committed to improving my language skills.

be composed of

The meteorite is composed mostly of iron.

be concerned about

I am concerned about his smoking.

be connected to

The DVD player is connected to the TV.

be connected with

They are connected with the project.

be content with

He is content with the results.

be convinced of ST

We are convinced of her innocence.

be coordinated with ST

Testing centers coordinated with the schools to set testing dates.

be crowded in (a building or room)

It is crowded in the auditorium.

be crowded with (people)

The auditorium is crowded with people.

be dedicated to

She is dedicated to improving her grammar skills.

be devoted to

He is devoted to his wife.

be disappointed in

She is disappointed in her son's improvement.

be disappointed with

She is disappointed with her son for not improving.

be discouraged by

He was discouraged by the high costs.

be discouraged from (doing something)

They were discouraged from participating.

be discriminated against

He discriminates against people who are different.

be divorced from SO

Mary is divorced from John.

be done with ST

He is done with the work.

be dressed in

She was dressed in red.

be encouraged with

The staff was encouraged with a profit-sharing program.

be engaged in ST

He was engaged in that research for more than ten years.

be engaged to SO

John was engaged to Mary for six months.

be envious of

I am envious of you for having the opportunity to travel.

be equipped with ST

The expedition is equipped with the latest gear.

be excited about

I am excited about the opportunities.

be exposed to

The workers were exposed to dangerous chemicals.

be faced with

He was faced with many difficult decisions.

be faithful to

They are faithful to their company.

be familiar with

I am familiar with that program.

be famous for

He is famous for climbing Mt. Everest.

be filled with

The boxes are filled with clothes and books.

be finished with

I am finished with my studies.

be fond of

She is fond of her nieces and nephews.

be friendly to SO

He is friendly to new coworkers.

be friendly with SO

He is friendly with new coworkers.

be frightened by

She is frightened by the coyotes calling at night.

be frightened of

The kids are frightened of ghosts.

be furnished with ST

The house is furnished with designer furniture.

be grateful to SO for ST

I am grateful to you for your assistance.

be guilty of ST

He is guilty of the crime.

be happy about ST

I am not happy about the results.

be innocent of ST

He is innocent of the crimes.

be interested in

I am interested in astronomy.

be involved in ST

He is involved in the program.

be involved with

He is involved with many charities.

be jealous of

John is jealous of Mary's close friendship with Tom.

be known for ST

He is known for his humor.

be limited to

The speeches are limited to fifteen minutes each.

be made from ST

The statue is made from old car parts.

be made of (material)

The statue is made of metal.

be married to

She is married to a famous politician.

be opposed to

I am opposed to increasing tuition prices.

be patient with SO

He is patient with his students.

be pleased with

I am pleased with the results.

be polite to SO

She is polite to the visitors.

be prepared for

He is prepared for such questions at the conference.

be protected from

The cave paintings are protected from vandalism.

be proud of

He is proud of his son.

be related to

She is related to the famous artist.

be relevant to

That is not relevant to this conversation.

be remembered for ST

He is remembered for his bravery.

be responsible for

She is responsible for the new policies.

be satisfied with

The teacher is satisfied with the test results.

be scared of

She is scared of snakes.

be terrified of

She is terrified of roaches.

be thankful for

We are thankful for their help.

be tired from (doing something)

He is so tired from jogging.

be tired of (doing something)

He is tired of answering the same questions over and over.

be worried about

I am worried about her.

beg for

They begged for the answer to the riddle.

begin with

Every sentence begins with a capital letter.

believe in

He believes in ghosts.

belong to

I don't belong to that organization.

benefit from

He benefits from the government assistance programs.

blame SO for ST

He blamed his employees for his mistakes.

blame ST on SO

He blamed the company's failure on his employees.

boast about

She boasted about her new Mercedes.

borrow ST from SO

He borrowed money from me.


설정

트랙백

댓글


아래는 영작문과 회화에 필수적인 동사와 전치사의 결합입니다. 이런 것들을 잘 암기하고 있으면 정확하고 교양있는 영어를 사용할 수 있겠습니다. 여러 번 반복해서 몸으로 익혀 놓으면 두고두고 여러분을 흐뭇하게 해줄 것입니다.


[동사 + 전치사] 총정리 제2부


 

care about

He cares about what his children watch on TV.

care for

He doesn't care for fish.

catch up with

He caught up with her before she got into the elevator.

cater to

The hotel doesn't cater to tour groups.

charge SO for ST

The restaurant didn't charge me for breaking the glass.

charge SO with ST

The police charged him with drunk driving.

choose between SO/ST and SO/ST

The winner got to choose between a vacation to Tahiti and a new car.

chose ST from ST

The magician chose a lady from the audience to help him with the trick.

collide with

The car collided with a truck.

come from

He comes from Florida.

comment on

She wouldn't comment on the accusations.

communicate with SO

Many people use email to communicate with friends and family abroad.

compare SO/ST to SO/ST

The analyst compared the company's current profits to last year's.

compare SO/ST with SO/ST

He shouldn't compare his younger son with his older son.

compete with

He loves to compete with others.

complain about

They complained about the quality of the hotel.

compliment SO on ST

He complimented her on her new dress.

concentrate on

He needs to concentrate on his work.

concern SO with ST

You shouldn't concern her with our problems.

confess to

He confessed to the crimes.

confuse SO/ST with SO/ST

She confused him with Tom Cruise.

congratulate SO on ST

She congratulated him on his victory.

consent to ST

The parents consented to the request.

consist of

The test consists of 100 multiple choice questions.

contribute to ST

I contributed to the World Wildlife Fund.

convict SO of ST

They convicted him of murder.

cope with

Can he cope with the large amount of work.

correspond with SO

I correspond with them by email.

count on

He counts on their support.

cover with

She covered her sleeping son with the blanket.

crash into

He crashed into the tree.

cure SO of ST

The doctors cured her of the disease.

 

deal with

He has to deal with many problems.

decide against

He decided against taking the job in New York.

decide between SO/ST and SO/ST

I couldn't decide between the chicken dinner and the sushi.

decide on

He decide on taking the job in Los Angeles.

dedicate ST to SO

He dedicated the song to his girlfriend.

demand ST from SO

He demanded help from his coworkers.

depend on

The cost of the carpet depends on the quality of the weaving.

derive ST from ST

He derives a great deal of pleasure from his work.

deter SO from ST

Nothing could deter her from becoming a policewoman.

devote ST to SO

He devoted the song to his wife.

differ from

Your results differ little from mine.

disagree with

He disagrees with me.

disapprove of

Her parents disapprove of her job choice.

discourage SO from ST

He discouraged his son from quitting school.

discuss ST with SO

I discussed the situation with them.

distinguish between SO/ST and SO/ST

The expert couldn't distinguish between the real painting and the forgery.

distinguish SO/ST from SO/ST

The expert couldn't distinguish the real painting from the forgery.

distract SO from ST

The loud music distracted her from her work.

dream about

I dream about traveling around the world.

dream of

I dream of a day when poverty no longer exists.

dress SO in ST

She dresses her twins in the same clothes.

drink to

They drank to his new job.

 

elaborate on ST

He elaborated on his earlier comments.

emerge from ST

The dragon emerged from its lair.

escape from (a place)

They escaped from jail.

exchange SO/ST for SO/ST

They exchanged dollars for yen.

exclude SO from ST

He excluded them from the meeting.

excuse SO for ST

She excused them for being late.

expel SO from (a place)

The leader was expelled from the country.

experiment on

They experimented on various ways of preventing the disease.

explain ST to SO

The teacher explained the project to the students.

 

feel about

He felt bad about what he said.

feel like

I feel like seeing a movie.

fight about

They fought about who had to do the dishes.

fight against

Martin Luther King fought against racism and oppression.

fight for

He fought for improved working conditions.

fight with

He fought with his parents throughout his teen years.

forget about

She forgot about the meeting.

forgive SO for ST

She forgave him for the terrible things he said.

 

gamble on

I wouldn't gamble on that happening.

gawk at

They just gawked at me as though they didn't understand a thing.

gaze at

She gazed at the sight in wonder.

get back from (a place)

He got back from work at 6 o'clock.

get married to SO

John got married to Mary.

get rid of

He got rid of his old clothes.

get through with

I'm never going to get through with this work.

get tired of

He got tired of the complaining.

get used to

He needs to get used to the new working conditions.

give ST to SO

He gave the book to me.

glare at

She glared at him in disbelief.

gloat at

He gloated at their failure.

grieve for

The nation is grieving for those who died in the accident.

gripe at SO

She always gripes at her husband.

grumble at SO about ST

The old man always grumbles at his wife about their children never visiting.

 

happen to

What happened to him?

harp on

She is constantly harping on her husband's bad eating habits.

hear about

I have never heard about that policy before.

hear from SO

Have you heard from your son recently?

hear of

Have you ever heard of the Anasazi people?

help SO with ST

He helped me with my homework.

hide ST from SO

He hid his bad report card from his parents.

hinder SO/ST from ST

Rebels are hindering aid workers from accessing the area.

hinge on

Success hinges on his participation in the project.

hope for

The company hopes for better sales in the coming quarter.

 

insist on

He insists on driving even though he is having vision problems.

insure against

The investment does not insure against loss of income.

interfere in ST

The couple's parents should not interfere in their relationship.

interfere with ST

Don't interfere with the natural balance of nature.

introduce SO/ST to SO/ST

I introduced him to his girlfriend.

invest in

We invested in that company.

invite SO to

I invited her to the party.

involve SO/ST in ST

We involved them in the decision making.

 

jabber about

He was jabbering about problems at work.

joke about

We love to sit around and joke about old times.

joke with SO about SO/ST

He was joking with me about the mistake I made.

jot down ST

She jotted down notes as he spoke.

 

keep on (doing something)

She kept on talking

keep SO/ST from (doing something)

I kept her from making the same mistake.

keep ST for SO

He wants to keep the toy for his daughter.

know about

He knows a lot about that subject.

 

laugh about

She laughed about what the children had done.

laugh at

We always laugh at his jokes.

learn about

I need to learn more about that topic.

lend ST to SO

I lent my dictionary to her.

listen for

The mechanic said I should listen for any squeaking sounds.

listen to

He loves to listen to his MP3 player on the subway.

long for

I long for a week on the beach in Hawaii.

look at

Look at this old picture of my grandmother.

look forward to

I look forward to meeting her parents.

 

meet with SO

We will meet with the organizers next week.

mistake SO/ST for SO/ST

I mistook him for his twin brother.

 

nod at

He nodded at the others.

nod to

He nodded to them.

 

object to

Do you object to my smoking?

operate on

The surgeon operated on the conjoined twins.

 

participate in ST

We participated in the survey.

pay for

He paid for our meal last night.

persist in

The disease persists in rural farms throughout the region.

plan on

We plan on attending the wedding.

praise SO for ST

He praises his son for his good grades.

pray for

The villagers prayed for rain.

prefer SO/ST to SO/ST

We prefer salmon to other kinds of fish.

prepare for

We are preparing for a long winter.

present SO with ST

He will present her with the award for best journalist.

prevent SO/ST from (doing something)

The campaign is designed to prevent young people from drinking.

prohibit SO from (doing something)

The school prohibits students from smoking.

provide for

It is difficult for them to provide for their families.

provide SO with ST

The school provides students with textbooks.

provide SO/ST for SO

The company will provide food and drinks for all.

punish SO for ST

He was punished for his crimes.


설정

트랙백

댓글


아래는 영작문과 회화에 필수적인 동사와 전치사의 결합입니다. 이런 것들을 잘 암기하고 있으면 정확하고 교양있는 영어를 사용할 수 있겠습니다. 여러 번 반복해서 몸으로 익혀 놓으면 두고두고 여러분을 흐뭇하게 해줄 것입니다.

[동사 + 전치사] 총정리 제3부





 

quarrel with SO about ST

They quarreled with the waiter about the mistakes on the bill.

quarrel with SO over ST

He quarreled with her over her political beliefs.

 

react to

He reacted to the news negatively.

recover from ST

He is recovering from his illness.

refer to ST

He was referring to the chart on page 24.

relate to

She is not related to their family.

rely on

We rely on the latest information to make such decisions.

remind SO of SO/ST

He reminds me of my grandfather.

reply to

We replied immediately to the letter.

rescue SO from SO/ST

He rescued the puppy from the icy lake.

resign from ST

He resigned from the company.

respond to

We responded to the request for help.

result in ST

His outburst result in his being fired.

retire from ST

He retired from the company after 40 years of faithful service.

 

save SO from ST

They are working to save mountain gorillas from extinction.

search for

The are searching for signs of life on Mars.

sentence SO to ST

The court sentenced him to 20 years in jail.

separate SO/ST from SO/ST

He separated Billy from the others children.

share ST with SO

She shared her secret with the others.

shout at

The old man shouted at the kids

show ST to SO

He showed the pictures to his friends.

smile at SO

I smiled at the newcomers.

speak to SO about SO/ST

The director spoke to the employees about the changes.

specialize in ST

He specializes in technical translation.

spend (money/time) on

They spent too much money on their new car.

stand for

NASA stands for National Aeronautics and Space Administration.

stare at

Why are they staring at me?

stem from

The corruption charges stem from allegations of bribery.

stop SO from (doing something)

The environmental group stopped them from building the new hotel.

subject SO to ST

They subject the students to unrealistic standards.

subscribe to

He subscribed to that magazine.

substitute SO/ST for SO/ST

You can substitute beef for pork if you don't eat pork.

subtract ST from ST

He subtracted the expenses from the profits.

succeed at ST

He will succeed at anything he does.

succeed in (doing something)

He succeeded in finishing the marathon.

suffer from

She suffers from a rare genetic disorder.

suspect SO of ST

The police suspect them of smuggling drugs over the border.

 

take advantage of

He took advantage of his connections at the company.

take care of

He takes care of his pets.

talk about

They talked about the recent problems.

talk to

I need to talk to you for a few minutes.

tell SO about ST

He told them about what happened.

thank SO for ST

We thanked them for their hospitality.

think about

He thought about what she had said.

think of

They need to think of ways to reduce costs.

toast to

Let's toast to a long marriage.

translate ST into (a language)

He translated the instructions into Japanese.

trust SO with ST

He trusted the new employee with the combination to the safe.

turn to

They turned to page 123.

 

use ST for ST

They use wood for fuel.

 

vote against

She voted against the new proposal.

vote for

He voted for the most popular candidate.

 

wait for

I waited for them at the restaurant.

warn about

They warned me about pickpockets in the train station.

waste (money/time) on

They wasted money on another new car.

wish for

The child wished for a new bicycle before he blew out the candles on his cake.

work for

I have worked for them for 20 years.

work on

They worked on the proposal for two weeks.

worry about

She worries about her children.

write about

He wrote a book about his life.

write to SO

You need to write to your parents more often.

 

yap about

He always yaps about the good old days.

yearn for

He yearns for more adventure in his life.

 

 


설정

트랙백

댓글

범위를 정하기 애매하고 포괄적인 장소는 전치사 at 으로

 

at the wedding 결혼식에() * in the wedding hall 결혼식장 안에서

at the door 문간에()

at the exit 출구에()

at the entrance 입구에()

at the airport 공항에()

at the restaurant 식당에() * in the restaurant 식당 건물 안에()

at the graduation ceremony 졸업식에()

at the conference 회의에()
* in the conference hall
회의장 내에서 * in the conference 그 회의에 참석 중인

at the meeting 회의에() * in the meeting 회의 중에, 회의에 참석 중인

at the party 파티에()

at the dance 댄스파티에()

at the concert 음악회에()

at the college 그 대학에() * in college 대학 재학 중인, 대학 시절에

at home 집에() * in the house 집 건물 안에(서)

at the exhibition 전시회에()

at work 직장에()

at a dinner 만찬에()

at the market 시장에()

at the desk 책상에() * on the desk 책상 위에

He is sitting at the desk. (그는 책상에 앉아 있다.)

He is sitting on the desk. (그는 책상 위에 앉아 있다.)

at the table 식탁에 * on the table 식탁 위에 * at table 식사 중에

He is sitting at the table. (그는 식탁에 앉아 있다.)

He is sitting on the table. (그는 식탁 위에 앉아 있다.)

at a gas station
주유소에서
* in a gas station (x) : 주유소는 항상 건물 밖에 개방되어 있으므로 in을 쓸 수 없다.

설정

트랙백

댓글

아래는 영작문, 영어회화, 및 영문독해에 매우 자주 출현하는 핵심 동사구들입니다. 1~2일에 한 번 정도씩 읽으시면 2~3개월 내로 다 암기할 수 있을 것이고, 만약 그렇게만 된다면 여러분들은 적어도 영어 동사구에 관한한 고수대열에 확실히 들어서게 될 것입니다. 이것을 발판으로 여러분의 영어가 한 단계 뛰어오르는 것은 물론이고 앞으로의 영어공부에서 지속적인 탄력과 확실한 자신감을 가질 수 있을 것입니다. 게다가 예문을 함께 외우시면 여기 있는 동사구들의 암기에도 큰 도움이 될 뿐 아니라 여러분의 영어실력 전체에 날개를 다는 셈이 될 것입니다. 특히 이런 표현들은 구어체 영어의 뼈대를 이루고 있으므로 영어말하기와 듣기에 더할나위 없이 큰 발전을 가져올 것입니다. 소위 원어민다운 부드러운 영어의 구사에 굉장한 도움이 될 것입니다.

 

* 아래 동사구들 중에서 '+'표시가 붙은 것은, 맨 뒤에 오는 단어가 전치사이며 뒤에 목적어가 온다는 표시입니다. '*'표시가 붙은 것은 동사 자체가 타동사이며 그 뒤에 목적어가 온다는 의미이고, '*', '+'표시가 둘 다 붙은 것은 목적어가 중간에 혹은 맨 뒤에 올 수도 있다는 의미입니다.


*
전체배열 : A~Z까지 각 철자별로 구성되어 있습니다.

 

 

act up

behave or function improperly

I think I need to take my car to the mechanic because it's acting up again.

add * up +

calculate a sum

I added up the receipts and it totaled $135.46.

add up to +

equal an amount

The total expenses added up to $325.00. 

add up

make sense

Her story doesn't add up. I think she is lying.

ask * out +

invite on a date

I can't believe that Joe finally asked me out on a date!

ask * over +

invite to one's home

Why don't we ask the Johnsons over for dinner?

 

back down

stop defending your opinion in a debate

Jane never backs down. She always wins arguments.

back out

not keep (a promise, agreement, deal)

Sam backed out at the last second.

back out of +

not keep (a promise, agreement, deal)

Sam backed out of the agreement at the last second.

back * up +

give support

You need examples to back up your opinion. 

back up

move backwards, reverse

Could you back up a little so I can open this drawer.

bawl * out 

criticize, reprimand (inf.)

She bawled him out for arriving late.

bear down on +

bite

The soldier had to bear down on the leather strap while the doctor removed a bullet from the soldier's arm.

bear down on +

take strong measures against

The U.S.A. is bearing down on drug traffickers.

bear on +

have to do with

This information may bear on this case.

bear up

withstand

I didn't think he would bear up so well in that situation.

bear up under +

withstand

How did he bear up under such extreme pressure.

bear with +

be patient

Please bear with me while I fill out the paperwork.

blow in

visit unexpectedly (inf.)

My cousin blew in unexpectedly with his entire family.

blow over

pass without creating a problem

All this negative publicity will blow over in a couple of weeks.

blow * up +

make explode;destroy using explosives

The terrorists blew the bridge up.

blow up

explode

The bomb blew up before they could defuse it.

blow up

suddenly become very angry

When Joan heard the news, she blew up and rushed out of the room.

break * down +

analyze in detail

We need to break this problem down in order to solve.

break down

stop working properly

The truck broke down in the desert.

break down

become mentally ill

She broke down after her husband died.

break * in +

wear or use something new until it is comfortable

I need to break these shoes in before I go hiking.

break in

interrupt

While we were discussing the situation, Terri broke in to give her opinion.

break in

enter a place unlawfully

The burglar broke in between midnight and 3 AM.

break in on +

interrupt (a conversation)

Jane broke in on the conversation and told us to get back to work.

break into +

enter a house unlawfully

The burglar broke into the house between midnight and 3 AM.

break into +

interrupt (a conversation)

Jane broke into the conversation and told us what she knew.

break * off +

end something

Sally broke her engagement to John off.

break out

appear violently

Violent protests broke out in response to the military coup.

break out +

use something extravagant for celebration

He broke out the champagne to celebrate his promotion.

break out  of +

escape

The murderer broke out of the prison.

break * up +

break into pieces

I broke the cracker up into pieces and put it in the soup.

break * up +

disperse (a crowd), stop (a fight)

The police broke the demonstration up before it got out of control.

break up

end a relationship

Sam and Diane broke up again. What a rocky relationship.

bring * about +

cause to happen

Democracy brought about great change in the lives of the people.

bring * along +

bring with

When we go to the forest, bring your wildlife guide along.

bring * around

change someone's mind, convince someone

She doesn't want to go, but we'll eventually bring her around.

bring * away

learn or gain (from an experience)

My trip across the Sahara was difficult, but I brought a new appreciation for life away from the experience.

bring * off +

succeed at something difficult or unexpected

You robbed the bank! I can't believe you brought that off.

bring * on +

cause something

I can't believe she got so angry. What brought that on?

bring * out +

highlight, stress

Your new shirt brings out the color of your eyes.

bring * over +

bring to someone's house

When you visit me, why don't you bring over your son.

bring * to

revive consciousness

We used smelling salts to bring her to after she fainted.

bring * up +

mention

I didn't want to bring up the fact that she was unemployed.

bring * up +

raise ( a child)

Sam was brought up in South Carolina.

brush * off +

ignore something or someone (inf.)

Mary brushed her ex-boyfriend off at the party.

burn * down +

destroy by setting fire to

The children burned the house down while playing with matches.

burn down

burn until completely gone (building)

Two buildings burnt down in the fire.

burn up

be hot

I am burning up in here - open the window.

burn up 

consume by fire

The papers were burned up in the fire.

burn * up +

destroy by fire

He burnt up the files.

buy * out +

buy the shares of a company or the shares the other person owns of a business

Pacific Inc. was bought out by a company from Oregon. 

buy * up +

purchase the entire supply of something

We bought up all the beer in the store

 

call for +

require (as in a recipe)

This recipe calls for milk, not water.

call * off +

cancel something

They called the picnic off because of the rain.

call * off +

order to stop (an invasion, guard dogs)

He called off the dogs when he saw it was his neighbor.

call on +

visit

Mark called on Naomi while he was in town.

call on +

invite someone to speak in a meeting or a classroom

Professor Tanzer called on Tim to answer the question. 

call * up +

telephone

I called Sam up to see if he wanted to go to the movies.

calm * down +

make someone relax

You can calm the baby down by rocking her gently.

care for +

nurse someone or something

He cared for the bird until its wing healed.

care for +

like someone or something

I don't care for sour cream on my potato.

carry on +

continue (a conversation, a game)

Please, carry on. I didn't mean to interrupt you.

carry on about +

continue in an annoying way 

He kept carrying on about how much money he makes.

carry on with +

continue

I want you to carry on with the project while I am out of town.

carry * out +

complete and/or accomplish something

The secret agent carried out his orders exactly as planned. 

carry * over +

continue on a subsequent day, page, etc.

The meeting carried over into lunch time.

catch on

slowly start to understand (inf.)

He caught on after a few minutes.

catch up

make up for lost time

I will never catch up. I am too behind in my work.

catch up with +

speed up to be at the same place as a person or thing in front of you

I had to run to catch up with the others.

catch up on +

become up-to-date

I need to catch up on world events. I haven't seen the news in ages.

check back

return to see if everything is OK

We will check back tomorrow to make sure the project is finished.

check by +

go to a place to see if everything is OK

We need to check by the office to see if the documents are ready.

check for +

try to find

They checked for termites before they bought the house.

check in

enter a hospital, hotel etc.

They need to check in before noon.

check into +

enter a hospital, hotel etc.

They checked into the hotel at 11:00 AM.

check into +

investigate, look for (often through a service)

We are checking into discount flights to London.

check * off +

make a mark next to (an item on a list)

Check each name off the list.

check on +

make sure something is OK

Let's check on the baby again before we go to sleep.

check * out +

investigate, take a look at

He checked out the new restaurant down the street.

check out

leave a hotel, hospital

It's already eleven. We need to check out.

check out of +

leave a hotel, hospital

We checked out of the hotel before ten.

check * over +

closely examine the condition of something

He checked over the old car to see if it was worth buying.

check up on +

investigate someone or something

The police are checking up on the bomb threats.

check * through

send luggage through (to a destination)

Your luggage will be checked through to Paris.

check with +

ask a person for confirmation

He needs to check with his parents before he goes.

cheer * up

make someone feel cheerful

The party really cheered me up.

cheer up

become cheerful

Cheer up. Everything will be all right.

chew * up +

chew into small pieces

The dog chewed up my shoe.

chop * down +

fell/cut ( a tree)

The lumberjack chopped the tree down.

chop * up +

chop/cut into small bits

He chopped the meat up into little pieces.

clean * up +

tidy

Susan cleaned the mess up before she left.

clear out

leave ( inf.)

Everybody clear out! We're closed.

clear * up +

tidy

Susan cleared up the mess before she left.

close * down +

close a place permanently

The corner market closed down because they didn't have many customers.

close down

close permanently

The bar was closed down because they served alcohol to minors.

close in on +

approach and threaten

The rebels were closing in on the capital, so the government called in the army.

close * up +

close temporarily

They are closing the ski resort up for the summer.

close up

close temporarily

The ski resort is closing up for the summer.

come about

occur / happen

How did you idea for the book come about.

come across +

discover by accident

They came across some lost Mayan ruins in the jungle.

come across +

initially seem or have the appearance

He comes across as rather rude, but he isn't.

come along

accompany someone

If you want, you can come along.

come along with +

accompany

Sam came along with us to the beach.

come along

progress

How's the research paper coming along.

come along with +

progress

How are you coming along with the research paper.

come away

leave a place with a particular feeling or impression

I came away from the meeting feeling like the presentation was a success.

come back

return

What time are you coming back?

come by + 

get, receive

How did you come by that new Mercedes?

come by

visit a person at their house

I'll come by later this afternoon.

come down with +

become sick with

He came down with the flu.

come into +

inherit

He came into a large sum of money when his aunt died.

come off +

fall off, break off

The handle came off the suitcase when I picked it up.

come out

appear

I didn't see the car at first. It came out of nowhere.

come out

reveal you are homosexual

Sam finally came out last month.

come out

turn out, end up

The pictures came out great.

come out with +

produce and distribute a product

Microsoft is coming out with a new video game system next month.

come over

visit someone at their house

Why don't you come over after work for dinner.

come to

regain consciousness

Don't worry! She faints all the time. She always comes to after a few minutes.

come through

do what is needed or expected

Terry really came through for us in the end.

come up to +

approach; to equal

The job offer didn't come up to her expectations.

come up with +

produce or create (an idea, a plan)

She came up with a great proposal for the new advertising campaign.

come with +

include (an accessory)

The computer system doesn't come with a printer.

count * in +

include

Did you count expenses in?

count on +

depend/rely on

You can really count on Sarah.

count * out +

exclude

You can count James out. He hates playing poker.

count * up +

add

Count the change up and see how much we have.

crack down on +

become tougher on, better enforce laws on

The police have been cracking down on drunk driving.

crack up

laugh uncontrollably, laugh a lot

When I told the joke, they all cracked up.

crack up at +

laugh uncontrollably about, laugh a lot about

I cracked up at his joke.

cross * out +

draw a line through something, eliminate

Why did you cross my name out on the list?

cut down

decrease the amount of

You eat too much fat. You need to cut down. 

cut down on +

decrease the amount of

You need to cut down on your fat intake.

cut in

interrupt

She suddenly cut in and delivered the news

cut in on +

interrupt

She cut in on the conversation and delivered the news.

cut * off

interrupt someone while they were speaking

She cut him off before he said something he would regret later. 

cut * off +

sever ( with a knife)

His finger was accidentally cut off in an industrial accident.

cut * out +

remove

He cut the bone out of the steak.

cut * out

stop an action

Cut it out! You're bothering me.

cut * up +

cut into small pieces

He cut the beef up and put the pieces in the soup.

 

 

die away

diminish in intensity

The applause died away after 5 minutes.

die down

diminish in intensity

The controversy about the president's affair finally died down.

die off/out

become extinct

Whales are in danger of dying off.

disagree with +

cause to feel sick due to food or drink

Spicy food disagrees with me.

do away with +

abolish

Some Americans want to do away with the death penalty.

do * over +

repeat

You made many mistakes, so I want you to do the report over.

do without +

manage without something one wants or needs

I couldn't do without a car in California.

draw * up +

create ( a contract)

Let's draw an agreement up before we go any further with this project.

dress * down

reprimand severely

The mother dressed her son down for skipping school.

dress down

dress casually

I am dressing down because we're going to a barbecue by the beach.

dress * up +

decorate

You could dress this house up with some bright colors

dress up

wear elegant clothes

She always dresses up at work.

drive * back +

repulse

The invaders were driven back by the army.

drop in

visit someone unexpectedly

Meg dropped in yesterday after dinner.

drop in on +

visit someone unexpectedly

Let's drop in on Julie since we're driving by her house.

drop out

quit an organized activity

Yuri isn't on the team any more. He dropped out.

drop out of +

quit an organized activity (school)

It's difficult to get a good job if you drop out of high school.

drop over

visit someone casually

Drop over any time you feel like talking.

 

eat away

gradually destroy, erode

The heavy rains ate away at the sandstone cliffs.

eat * up +

devour

Ken ate the cookies up.

eat in

eat inside the home

We usually eat in instead of going out for dinner.

eat out

eat outside the home

They eat out once a week.

 

face up to +

acknowledge something difficult or embarrassing

I'll never be able to face up to my colleagues after getting so drunk last night at the work party.

fall back on +

be able to use in case of emergency

Yuki can fall back on her degree in biology if she doesn't succeed in her acting career.

fall behind

go slower than scheduled, lag

Hurry up or you will fall behind!

fall behind in +

go slower than scheduled, lag

Cheryl has missed several days of school and now she is falling behind in her homework.

fall off

decrease

Interest in the project fell off when they realized it wouldn't be profitable.

fall out with +

have an argument with

I had a falling out with my sister last month and we haven't talked to each other since.

fall through

fail to happen

Unfortunately, my trip to Indonesia fell through because I couldn't save enough money.

feel * up +

grope

She sued her boss for sexual harassment after he felt her up.

feel up to +

have the energy to do something

I don't feel up to going out tonight because I had a long day at work.

figure on +

expect

Where do you figure on living when you move to the the U.S.A.?

figure * out +

solve something, understand

I finally figured the joke out. Now I understand why everybody was laughing.

figure * up +

calculate

I need to figure my expenses up before I give you an estimate.

fill * in +

complete 

Don't forget to fill in all the blanks on the application.

fill in

substitute

Who is going to fill in while you're gone?

fill in for +

substitute for

Miguel filled in for me at the meeting yesterday because I was sick.

fill * out +

complete (an application)

I filled out an application to rent the apartment last week.

fill out

mature, get breasts

Now that you're filling out honey, we need to get you a bra.

fill * up +

fill to the top

Fill the car up with unleaded gas, please.

find out +

discover

You will never find out all my secrets!

find out

discover

Vicky's parents are going to be so mad when they find out she got a tattoo.

fix * up +

repair, renovate, remodel

My neighbors are fixing their house up.

 

get * across +

cause to be understood

It's difficult to get humor across in another language.

get ahead

make progress

I can't get ahead even though I work two jobs.

get ahead of +

surpass

You need to work overtime in order to get ahead of schedule.

get along

have a good relationship

Do you and your sister get along?

get along with +

have a good relationship

Giovanna doesn't get along with her two brothers.

get around +

avoid someone or something

Some people get around paying taxes by hiring a good accountant.

get around

go many places

It's easy to get around town with public transportation.

get away

escape

The bank robbers got away.

get away with +

do something against the rules or illegal and not get caught or punished

My sister gets away with everything!

get by

survive without having the things you need or want

I lost my job, so I am having a hard time getting by this year.

get by on +

survive with minimal resources

It's nearly impossible to get by on making minimum wage.

get by with +

manage with

You don't need a computer. You can get by with the typewriter.

get down to +

get serious about a topic

Enough small talk. Let's get down to business.

get in +

enter ( a car, a small boat)

Get in the front seat. You will have more leg room.

get in

enter

Get in. I will give you a ride to school

get * off +

send (a package)

I finally got my sister's birthday present off yesterday.

get * off

 remove ( a spider from your shirt)

Can you get this spider off my shirt?

get off +

leave (a bus, plane, train, boat)

We need to get off the bus at the next stop.

get off

leave

It's dangerous to sit on the roof. Get off!

get off

idiomatic phrase - How does he justify saying that?!

Where does he get off saying that?!

get * on

put on (clothes)

You should get your jacket on because it's going to be cold.

get on

enter (a bus, train), mount (a horse, a bike)

The train is leaving. Quick, get on!

get on +

enter (a bus, train), mount ( a horse, a bike)

Get on my bike and I will give you a ride home.

get on

have a good relationship

Natasha doesn't get on with her co-workers.

get on with +

have a good relationship

Do you get on with your neighbors?

get on with +

continue an activity

Now that the police have left, let's get on with the party!

get out of +

exit (a small boat, car, an enclosed area)

I fell into the water when I tried to get out of the canoe.

get over +

recover (a cold, a disease, an ex-boyfriend/ex-girlfriend) 

Jennifer still hasn't gotten over her breakup with Peter.

get through +

complete

We will never get through all of these boxes by 9:00 PM.

get through +

penetrate

We need a stronger drill to get through this wall.

get through

penetrate

The door was jammed, so we couldn't get through.

get through (with) +

finish

Have you gotten through with your homework yet?

get through to +

make contact

It's hard to get through to Janet because her telephone line is always busy.

get * up

cause someone to rise (from a sitting position or a lying position)

Ahmed got Abdul up at 5:30 in the morning by turning the music up really loud.

get up

rise (from sitting position or a bed)

What time did you get up this morning?

give * away +

give something without asking for anything in exchange

Why did Nancy give all of her furniture away?

give * away +

betray (a secret)

We are having a surprise party for Susan next Saturday, so don't give our surprise away by acting suspicious.

give * back +

return something you borrowed

When are you going to give that book back to your teacher?

give in

stop trying

Never give in! You can do it!

give  off +

release (a smell, light)

That white flower gives off a beautiful smell.

give * out +

distribute

I earn extra money by giving out brochures on the street.

give out

become very tired (inf.)

I hope this car doesn't give out in the middle of the desert.

give * up +

surrender something

The police told the thief to give his gun up.

give up

surrender

Never give up learning English!

go away

leave

I yelled at the dogs to make them go away.

go back

return

When are you going back to your house?

go by +

go past, go close to, visit quickly

We go by the coffee shop everyday.

go back on +

not keep (one's word, a promise)

Don't trust him. He always goes back on his promises.

go down

decrease

The cost of flight tickets is going down.

go for +

try to achieve

Our team is going for the gold medal in the Olympics.

go for

idiomatic phrase - I am craving pepperoni pizza.

I could go for pepperoni pizza.

go in for +

participate ( inf.)

Are you going to go in for soccer this year at school?

go into +

discuss in detail

I really don't want to go into that now.

go off

explode

The bomb could go off at any moment.

go off

begin, start (used with signals, alarms, warning sounds)

The alarm clock went off at 6:00 AM.

go off

stop (said of a machine)

The DVD player goes off automatically if you are not using it.

go off

become angry

Maria went off last night after I told her about losing her bike.

go on

continue

Please, go on. Don't let me interrupt you.

go on

happen

This place is a mess! What went on here last night?

go on with +

continue ( a plan, a conversation)

I think we should go on with the meeting and stop wasting time.

go out

stop burning ( a fire)

The fire went out after three days.

go out

take part in social activities (usually at night)

They love to go out every Saturday night.

go over +

review

Do you usually go over your notes before class?

go over

be well received, succeed

That didn't go over well.

go through +

examine in detail, study carefully

I need to have my lawyer go through this contract before I sign it.

go through +

endure; experience challenges, difficulties or traumas

She has gone through so much in her life.

go through with +

continue or proceed despite difficulties or fears

I have decided to go through with the operation.

go with +

match (clothing)

That shirt doesn't go with those pants.

go with +

accompany a person

I am going with Alejandro to the party.

go with +

have a boyfriend/girlfriend

I am going with Yuri.

go without +

abstain from something you want or need

A person can go without water for three days.

grow under

go out of business

The restaurant went under after it lost its liquor license.

grow up

mature

Your brother needs to grow up and start thinking about his future.

설정

트랙백

댓글

아래는 영작문, 영어회화, 및 영문독해에 매우 자주 출현하는 핵심 동사구들입니다. 1~2일에 한 번 정도씩 읽으시면 2~3개월 내로 다 암기할 수 있을 것이고, 만약 그렇게만 된다면 여러분들은 적어도 영어 동사구에 관한한 고수대열에 확실히 들어서게 될 것입니다. 이것을 발판으로 여러분의 영어가 한 단계 뛰어오르는 것은 물론이고 앞으로의 영어공부에서 지속적인 탄력과 확실한 자신감을 가질 수 있을 것입니다. 게다가 예문을 함께 외우시면 여기 있는 동사구들의 암기에도 큰 도움이 될 뿐 아니라 여러분의 영어실력 전체에 날개를 다는 셈이 될 것입니다. 특히 이런 표현들은 구어체 영어의 뼈대를 이루고 있으므로 영어말하기와 듣기에 더할나위 없이 큰 발전을 가져올 것입니다. 소위 원어민다운 부드러운 영어의 구사에 굉장한 도움이 될 것입니다.

 

* 아래 동사구들 중에서 '+'표시가 붙은 것은, 맨 뒤에 오는 단어가 전치사이며 뒤에 목적어가 온다는 표시입니다. '*'표시가 붙은 것은 동사 자체가 타동사이며 그 뒤에 목적어가 온다는 의미이고, '*', '+'표시가 둘 다 붙은 것은 목적어가 중간에 혹은 맨 뒤에 올 수도 있다는 의미입니다.


*
전체배열 : A~Z까지 각 철자별로 구성되어 있습니다.




 

hand * back +

return

Is the teacher going to hand back our tests today?

hand * down +

pronounce formally

The president is going to hand his decision down on health care tonight.

hand * down + 

give as an inheritance

When my clothes got too small for me as a child, I handed them down to my sister.

hand * in +

submit

I have to hand in an offer by March 12.

hand * out +

distribute

We should hand the concert fliers out at school.

hand * over +

relinquish control of

Hand your car keys over. You're too drunk to drive.

hang around +

stay in a place for fun ( inf.)

Maria and Salvador usually hang around the beach after school.

hang around

stay in a place for fun

Those guys just hang around all day.

hang * up +

suspend (clothes on a hanger)

You can hang your jacket up in the front closet.

hang up 

put down the telephone receiver

Don't hang up. I'm going to change phones.

hang out +

stay in a place for fun (inf.)

Let's go hang out at the mall tonight.

hang out

stay in a place for fun

What are you doing? - - I'm just hanging out.

have * on +

wear

Do you have your hiking boots on?

have * over

invite guests to your home

Why don't we have Mr. and Mrs. Jones over for dinner tonight.

hear from +

receive news from (a letter, an e-mail)

Have you heard from Steve lately?

hear of +

know about something or somebody

Have you heard of chocolate covered ants?

hit on +

find on accident

I hit on the idea while watching the Simpsons show.

hit on +

flirt with

Jay's friend Marc was trying to hit on my sister last night.

hold * back +

restrain

The police held the demonstrators back while the politicians entered the building.

hold back

not allow to advance in school

The teacher held Frank back a year, so he couldn't enter fifth grade.

hold * off +

restrain

Mr. Johnson held the dog off while we crossed the yard.

hold off on +

delay

We should hold off on making dinner until your parents arrive.

hold on

grasp tightly 

Hold on tight! The roller coaster is about to take off.

hold on

tell someone to wait on the telephone

Hold on a minute. I'll get Carol.

hold on to +

grasp tightly

Make sure you hold on to the hand rail as you walk down the stairs.

hold out

not give in, continue to resist

Stop holding out and tell us where you found all of these old records.

hold out against +

not give in, resist

They held out against enemy attack.

hold * up +

delay (a flight, traffic);

The accident held traffic up for an hour.

hold * up +

 rob (a bank, a person) with a weapon

Five men held the bank up yesterday.

hook * up +

 make the electrical connections required for a machine or information service

Can you hook up the fax machine for me?

 

iron * out

eliminate

We need to have a meeting this week in order to iron out the distribution problems.

 

jack up +

to raise

We need to jack up the car before we change the tire.

joke around

to be humorous

Mike is always joking around at work.

jump in 

enter a conversation

Feel free to jump in at any moment while we are talking.

jump to +

make a quick, poorly thought out decision

You shouldn't jump to conclusions.

 

keep * around

have handy, have accessible

I always keep a dictionary around to translate new words.

keep at +

not give up (an activity), to persevere

You should keep at your studies.

keep * away

prevent access to, hold back

Keep the kids away from the cookies.

keep * back

maintain a safe distance, cause to maintain a safe distance

Keep back! The burning building is about to collapse.

keep * down

not vomit, not throw up, keep in one's stomach

If I ate that, I down know if I could keep it down.

keep * in

keep in a particular place, have something in a specific location

When I am not using it, I keep my passport in this drawer.

keep * off

prevent from stepping or climbing on to something

Keep the cat off the couch.

keep on

continue

He kept on talking after everybody asked him to stop.

keep * out

prevent from entering

Keep the dog out of the garden; he keeps digging up the flowers.

keep * over

cover something with, put something above

I keep a tarp over my bicycle at night to prevent it from getting wet.

keep to +

continue, persist in (an activity)

Everybody said she would never finish the puzzle, but she kept to it until it was done.

keep up

stay on the required schedule

You have to keep up if you want to work here.

keep * up +

continue 

You are doing a great job! Keep it up.

keep up with +

stay on schedule with (a person, the workload, homework)

I have so much reading that I can't keep up with the writing exercises.

kick back

sit or lie back (to relax) 

After work, I like to kick back in front of the TV and relax.

kick in

begin taking effect 

The medicine takes one hour to kick in.

 

lay  away +

save for the future

Why don't you lay away your wedding outfit?

lay down +

establish (laws, rules)

Lori lays down the law in her class. English only!

lay in on +

scold or criticize severely

My mom really laid in on me when I got home at 4:00 in the morning last night.

lay into +

scold or criticize severely

I saw Reto's mom lay into him when he came home late last night.

lay * off +

suspend someone from a job (during a slow period)

The company was losing money, so they had to lay off 100 workers.

lay * out +

arrange

Why don't we lay the pieces of the table out before we put it together.

leave * out +

not include, omit

Why did your parents leave you out of their vacation plans?

let * down

disappoint

I felt let down when I didn't receive a birthday card from my sister.

let * down

lengthen (pants in sewing)

My uncle is a tailor, so he can let your pants down.

let * out

release 

I am happy my brother was let out of prison early.

let * out

make bigger (in sewing)

I need to let out this skirt because I have gained weight.

let up

weaken in intensity

I told her NO a thousand times, but she won't let up.

lie down

rest, recline 

I need to lie down before we go out tonight.

lie down on +

rest, recline ( on a couch, bed)

I'm going to lie down on the sofa for a while.

lie with +

be decided by

Whether or not you can go to the party lies with your father.

light * up +

illuminate

Let's get some candles to light this room up.

light up +

to smoke

Do you have to light up another cigarette? I thought you were trying to cut down.

live * down +

live in a way that a shameful or embarrassing event is forgotten

Jose will never live down singing that song at the karaoke bar.

live on +

survive from

I could live on bread and cheese.

live up to +

keep a standard 

It would be hard to live up to her parent's expectations.  They are so demanding.

look after +

take care of (a child, a house, a pet)

When my sister goes on vacation, I look after her dog.

look back on +

to remember nostalgically

When I look back on my childhood, I often feel angry.

look down on +

see as inferior

She's so conceited. She looks down on everybody else.

look for +

to seek or search for

I'm looking for my keys. Have you seen them?

look forward to +

anticipate with pleasure

I am looking forward to traveling to New York next year.

look into +

investigate

The police are looking into the murder.

look on

observe as a spectator

Everybody just looked on as the two men fought.

look out

be careful, pay attention, heed a certain danger

Look out, there's a black widow spider on the wall.

look * over +

examine, review

When I'm camping, I look my shoes over before I put them on.

look * up +

search for (in a dictionary) 

I takes time to look up new vocabulary words.

look * up +

locate and visit

If you ever travel to California, you should look me up.

look up to +

respect, admire someone

He looks up to his father.

 

make * out

decipher

I can't make out your handwriting. What does this say?

make * out +

write a check or other document

Who should I make this check out to? 

make out

succeed

He really made out in the stock market last year.

make out

progress

How is your son making out in his new job?

make out

kiss passionately

I saw Benno and Isabelle making out in the movie theater last night!

make out with + 

kiss someone passionately

Did you make out with Sally?

make * over

do again

The teacher made me do my homework over.

make * up +

invent ( a story)

Don't believe anything she says. She always makes things up.

make * up +

complete what was missed

Fortunately, my professor let me make up the exam I missed yesterday.

make * up +

put on cosmetics

I takes me 10 minutes to make my face up.

make up

reconcile

You two have been friends for so long that I think you should make up.

make up for +

compensate for

Allen made up for being late by getting me flowers.

mix * up +

confuse

I sometimes mix the verb tenses up.

mix * up +

blend

We need to mix up these different kinds of nuts before we put them in a bowl.

mix * up +

make lively (a party)

Let's mix up this party with a little disco music.

 

name * after +

name a child using another family member's name

I was named after my grandfather.

nod off

fall asleep

The movie was so boring that I nodded off before it was finished.

nose around +

sneak around

I hate it when my mother noses around my room.

 

occur to +

pop into one's mind, come to one's mind

It didn't occur to us that we had left the iron on.

open up

share feelings

I'm  glad that John feels comfortable enough around me to open up.

out to + verb

try to

She is out to get revenge now that her husband left her for another woman.

 

pan out

be successful, turn out well

The trip to Vegas didn't pan out.

pass away

die

After battling cancer for several years, he finally passed away at the age of 87.

pass * off +

try to convince someone that something is real

He tried to pass the fake watch off as a real Rolex.

pass * on +

transmit

Please pass this message on to your co-workers.

pass on +

not accept (an invitation to eat or do something)

Jennifer passed on the invitation to join us for dinner.

pass on

die

I am afraid Professor Johnson has passed on.

pass * out +

distribute

We need to pass out these flyers for the concert tomorrow.

pass out

become unconscious

He passed out because the room was too hot.

pass * up +

not take advantage (of an opportunity)

I can't believe she passed up the opportunity to study in Rome.

pay * back +

repay

If I loan you money, will you pay me back.

pay * off +

complete payment on a debt

It took me ten years to pay off my credit card debt.

pay * off +

to bribe

Don't try to pay the police officer off if you get pulled over for speeding.

pick on +

to tease, bully

She keeps picking on me! Make her stop.

pick * out +

choose

Diane picked out a lovely dress for the dance.

pick * up +

to lift an object with the hands

Keep your back straight when you lift the TV up.

pick * up +

come and get someone in a car

What time are you going to pick me up. 

pick * up +

learn something without effort

It's possible to pick up enough English in two weeks to get by on your trip to Los Angeles.

pick * up +

try to initiate a relationship with someone (often in a bar)

Some weird guy tried to pick Patricia up at the bar.

pick up

grow, increase (inf.)

Business is really picking up this quarter.

play * down +

make less important (inf.)

The President played down his affair with the intern.

play * up

highlight something (inf.)

She played up her part in the new movie, but it was actually a very small role.

play up to +

flatter someone for your personal advantage

She has been playing up to the boss because she wants a promotion.

point * out +

indicate

I'd like to point out that figures in column two might be outdated.

pull down

earn

He pulls down about $300,000 a year.

pull in

park (a vehicle)

Mark pulled in too quickly and crashed into the wall.

pull out

depart (a vehicle)

Our train pulls out at 8:00, so don't be late.

pull through

barely survive

I didn't think she was going to make it, but she pulled through in the end.

put * across +

communicate (an idea or suggestion) clearly so that it is understood

I thought Ms. Smith put her ideas across rather clearly in the meeting.

put * away +

return to the proper place of storage

I told you kids to put your toys away.

put * down +

insult, say bad things about

She always puts down people who don't share her opinions.

put in +

officially submit a request (in the armed forces or public services)

He put in for a transfer to the division in Los Angeles.

put * off +

postpone

Don't put off your work - do it now!

put * on +

wear

Make sure you put on a sweater before you go outside.

put * on +

deceive

I didn't believe a thing he said. I think he was putting me on.

put * out +

extinguish (a fire)

Don't use water to put out a grease fire.

put * out +

inconvenience someone

I don't want to put you out, but could you pick me up at the airport.

put out +

spend (usually used with unreasonably large sums of money)

I can't put out that much money each month.

put * up

have a guest stay in your house for a short time

Can you put me up while I'm in town.

put up with +

tolerate

Sandy will not put up with smoking in her house. 

 

quiet * down +

be quiet, or cause to be quiet

The neighbors told us to quiet down last night or they would call the police.

 

read up on +

research a topic for a reason

I need to read up on the company before I go on the job interview.

ring * up

telephone

Jack rung me up last night at 3:00 in the morning.

rule * out +

eliminate

I wouldn't rule out the possibility of moving to another country if I get a good job offer.

run across +

find or meet unexpectedly

I ran across some old photos while I was cleaning my house.

run against +

compete in an election

Gore ran against Bush in the 2000 elections in the U.S.A.

run away

leave home permanently before you are a legal adult

The child ran away because her parents beat her.

run away from +

escape from

The child ran away from its parents.

run * down

trace

Have you run down those phone numbers I asked for last week?

run * down

criticize

My boss runs everyone down.

run * down

hit with a car

My dog was run down by a bus.

run down

loose power, be very tired

You need to wind your watch so it doesn't run down.

run for +

campaign for a government position

Gore is running for president of the U.S.A.

run into +

meet unexpectedly

I ran into my English teacher at the movies last night. She's so nice!

run * off +

make leave

The new government is trying to run the drug traffickers off.

run * off

reproduce (photocopies)

Would you mind running off 10 copies of this document for me?

run off

leave quickly

Why did you run off after the party?

run off

waste water

You shouldn't swim where the sewage runs off into the ocean.

run out of +

not have any more of something

We ran out of milk this morning, so we need to go to the store.

 

save * up +

accumulate (money)

I hope I will be able to save up enough money to go to school.

see about +

arrange or consider something

My dad said he was going to see about buying me a car.

see * off 

say good-bye to someone at the beginning of their trip (at the airport, train station)

Did you see your sister off at the train station?

see to + 

make sure something happens, arrange

I'll see to it that Mr. Ramirez gets your message.

see * through

finish something despite difficulties

Are you going to be able to see your studies through now that you have a baby?

sell * out

tell on someone

My partner in crime sold me out for a reduced jail sentence.

set * up 

arrange a relationship

My mom set me up with her friend's son.

set * up

falsely incriminate a person

I don't think he killed those men. Somebody set him up.

set up +

arrange (an appointment, a meeting,etc.)

I set up an appointment with my doctor at 3:30 this afternoon.

settle on +

make a decision after a period of time

I settled on the job at the oil company.

settle up

pay one's debts

We need to settle up before you move.

show * off +

show to everybody with a lot of pride

He always shows off his new things.

show off

boast, draw attention to oneself

Young boys show off in order to impress girls.

show * up

make someone seem inferior

He's always trying to show up his co-workers in order to get ahead.

show up

arrive without previous notice

I hadn't seen my cousin for years, and all of a sudden, he showed up at my workplace yesterday!

shut * off

stop from functioning

If you don't pay your electric bill, your power is going to get shut off.

shut * up

make quiet

Would someone shut him up! He's talking so loudly that we're going to get in trouble.

slow * down +

make move more slowly

Because Mary's level in English is lower than the rest of the students, she slows the class down.

slow * up +

make move more slowly

Because Mary's level in English is lower than the rest of the students, she slows the class up.

spell * out +

to explain something in a detailed way so that the meaning is clearly understood

He's so stupid that you have to spell everything our for him.

stand by

wait 

I need you to stand by and answer the phone when my broker calls.

stand for +

represent

SCUBA stands for "self contained underwater breathing apparatus."

stand for +

tolerate

I won't stand for people criticizing me.

stand out

be very noticeable

Soledad is so beautiful! She really stands out in a crowd.

stand * up

not arrive to a date or an appointment (inf.)

I arranged to meet Joe at the library at 8:00, but he stood me up. I hope he has a good excuse.

stand up for +

defend (something one believes in)

Every individual must stand up for what they believe in.

stand up to +

defend oneself against someone or something

I think you should stand up to your older brother and tell him to stop pushing you around.

stay over

spend the night at a person's house

It takes you so long to take the bus home, so why don't you just stay over?

stick it to +

severely criticize a person (inf.)

My boss really stuck it to me when I arrived late to work for the third time this week.

stick to +

persevere, keep trying

Even though English is a hard language to master, you must stick to it!

stick up for +

defend oneself or opinions

Joseph joined the army because he believes he must stick up for his country.

 

take after +

resemble a parent or relative

I take after my father. Who do you take after?

take * away +

remove, seize or capture

The soldiers took the captives away.

take * back +

retract something you said

I demand that you take back what you said.

take * back +

return an item to a store

The dress my grandmother bought for me didn't fit, so I took it back and exchanged it for a pair of pants.

take * down +

write down what is said

Would you mind taking down my messages while I am on vacation?

take * down +

remove (from a high place)

The city government made the shop take down their bright, neon sign.

take * for

consider, view as

Do you take me for an idiot?

take * in +

learning

Are you taking in all of these phrasal verbs?

take * in +

deceive a person

He was taken in by the con artist.

take * in +

make smaller when sewing

I lost weight, so I need to take some of my skirts to the tailor to have them taken in.

take * off

when a plane or rocket leaves the ground

My stomach felt funny when the plane took off.

take * off +

remove

In many cultures, it is appropriate to take off your shoes when entering a house.

take * off +

leave work or school for a period of time

I was sick last week, so I took a few days off of work.

take off

leave

We took off after dinner.

take on +

accept (responsibilities, work)

She has taken on too much responsibility in this project.

take * over +

take control of

Who is going to take over the family business when Aretha's father dies?

take over

take control of

If the President is assassinated, the Vice-president will take over.

take * out +

accompany a person on a date (for dinner, the movies)

I can't meet you tonight because I am taking Fernanda out to dinner.

take * up +

begin a new hobby

Have you taken up any new hobbies since you moved here?

take * up +

discuss (at a later date)

We should take this issue up in the meeting tomorrow.

take * up +

shorten a garment when sewing

This dress is too long, I am going to take it up.

take up +

occupy space

This couch takes up too much space in the living room.

talk back

respond in an impolite way to an adult

Don't talk back!

talk back to +

respond in an impolite way to an adult

Children should not talk back to their parents.

talk * over +

discuss

I hope my parents talk their relationship problems over before they get divorced.

tear * down +

destroy

The county decided to tear down the dilapidated school and build a new one.

tear * up +

tear or rip into small pieces

I always tear up my personal papers before I throw them out.

tell * off +

criticize a person severely, reprimand (inf.)

Carolina told me off when she found out I was gossiping about her date with Martin.

tell on +

report a crime to the police or bad behavior to a parent 

Every time I did something wrong when I was a child, my sister would tell on me.

think * over +

consider

Think over the offer before you sign the contract.

think * through + 

consider carefully

You need to think this through carefully before you make a decision.

think * up +

create or invent a false story

I need to think up an excuse for not going to her party.

throw * away +

discard

Don't throw away those bottles; we can recycle them.

throw * out +

discard

I asked him not to throw out the Sunday newspaper because I wanted to save an article.

throw * out +

remove by force from (a room, school, a house, etc.)

Mary threw out her roommate because she stopped paying rent.

throw up

vomit

If you drink too much alcohol, you might throw up.

tie * up +

tie securely

When we dock, make sure you tie the boat up.

tire * out

cause someone to be very tired

Speaking English all day tires me out.

touch on +

talk about for a short time

The presidential candidates touched on the subject of health care during the debates.

touch * up

make the final improvements

We didn't paint the whole kitchen, we just touched up the cabinets.

try * on +

put on to make sure a piece of clothing fits

Try on the pants before you buy them.

try * out

test

Try out this massage chair - it feels great!

turn * away

refuse to deal with or give service

They turned us away at the border because we didn't have visas.

turn * around

change or reverse direction

Turn the car around and go back home.

turn * down +

refuse an offer; reject an application

She turned down the new job in New York, because she didn't want to move.

turn * down +

lower the volume or intensity of a TV, radio, or other machine

I'm studying! Please turn down the TV.

turn * in

submit

You need to turn your essays in next week.

turn in

go to bed (inf.)

It's getting late. I think it is about time to turn in.

turn into + 

become something different, transform

When she kissed the frog, it turned into a handsome prince.

turn * off +

stop the function of (a stove, a water faucet, a car, etc.)

Don't forget to turn off the iron before you leave the house.

turn on +

attack unexpectedly

The pit bull suddenly turned on the small child.

turn * on

cause to be excited sexually 

Scientists have discovered that the smell of cinnamon turns many people on.

turn * on +

start the function of a TV, a radio, a machine

Turn on the TV. The baseball game starts in a few minutes.

turn * out

produce 

The weavers can turn out two or three rugs a month.

turn * out

switch off a light

Turn out the light before you go to bed.

turn out

audience members to a function

Over 100,000 people turned out for the concert.

turn out

end up being

She turned out to be the murderer after all.

turn * over

give to authorities (said of evidence or stolen / lost property)

They turned the wallet over to the police.

turn * up +

increase the volume or intensity of a TV, radio, or other machine

Turn up the TV. I can't hear what they're saying.

turn up

find unexpectedly

My keys turned up in the bedroom.

 

use * up

use all of something

I used up all of the soap, so we need to buy some more.

 

veer away from +

stay away from, avoid

I veer away from the same old summer blockbuster films.

 

wait on +

serve, service (a table)

Each waitress waits on three different tables in the restaurant.

wait up

not sleep because you are waiting for something or someone

Don't wait up.

wait up for +

not sleep because you are waiting for someone or something

Let's wait up for Mary to see how her date went.

wake * up +

awaken someone

The car alarm woke me up at 6:00 in the morning.

wake up

awaken

Wake up. It's time to get ready for work.

wash up

clean oneself

Make sure you wash up before dinner.

wash * up +

clean

If we work together, we can wash the kitchen up in a few minutes.

watch out

be careful

Watch out - there's a rattlesnake!

watch out for +

be careful of

Watch out for snakes while you are hiking in the desert.

wear off

disappear after a period of time

The affects of the medicine will wear off after a few hours.

wear * out

use until something is not useable anymore

If you wear the same shoes everyday, you'll wear them out.

wear * out

cause to be very tired

Her three kids wore me out.

wind up +

finish (inf.)

If he doesn't get his act together, he is going to wind up in jail.

wind * up +

tighten the spring of a watch or similar machine

He wound up the toy dog and set it on the floor.

wind * up +

cause an animal or a child to behave wildly

The kids always get wound up when Uncle Henry comes over.

wipe * out +

massacre or destroy

The tidal wave wiped out the small fishing village.

wipe * out 

cause to be very tired

After surfing all day, I was completely wiped out.

work * out +

solve

I hope you two can work out your problems.

work out

exercise

I work out three times a week at the fitness center.

work out

be successful

I am glad your new catering business is working out.

write * down +

record

Write down the directions so you don't forget them.

write * out +

write down every word or letter

He wrote out the lyrics so I could understand what the singer was saying.

write * up +

prepare a report

He wrote up a business proposal in order to get a loan.

 

yak on

to continue talking in an annoying way ("on" can be repeated for emphasis)

He just yakked on and on and on.

yak on about +

to continue talking in an annoying way about something ("on" can be repeated for emphasis)

She just yakked on and on about her husband's new job.

yammer on

to talk in an annoying way or complain ("on" can be repeated for emphasis)

They yammered on and on and on.

yammer on about +

to talk in an annoying way about something or complain about ("on" can be repeated for emphasis)

He just yammered on and on about how horrible the waiter was.

 

zero in on +

discover, pinpoint

I think I have zeroed in on what has been causing the problem.

zip around +

move quickly from place to place

I zipped around town after work today.

zone out

stop paying attention

He zoned out during class.

zonk out

fall asleep

Jill was so exhausted after taking the TOEFL test that she zonked out before dinner.

zoom in

focus

You need a telephoto lens to zoom in.

zoom in on +

focus on something, pinpoint

She zoomed in on his face while taking the picture.

 


 

 


설정

트랙백

댓글


국내 영자신문 사설입니다. 국내 사건 혹은 우리가 잘 아는 국제 사건을 다루고 있으므로 영어실력이 딸려도 충분히 추측하며 볼 수 있습니다.

초중급 정도의 실력에서는 징검다리 역할을 하는 이런 글을 많이 보시는 것이 실력향상에 아주 유리합니다. 단어는 절대 찾지 마시고 그냥 추측하며 읽으시기 바랍니다.

커스를 단어 위에 대기만 하면 발음과 뜻을 보여주는 다음사전 정도는 사용해도 좋습니다. 그러나 이것도 너무 자주 사용 하시면 곤란합니다. 죽죽 읽는 데 방해가 될 정도면 안됩니다. 독해는 연구하듯이 한 문장을 오래 붙들고 있으면 절대 오래 못 갑니다. 죽죽 진도가 나가야 됩니다. 모르더라도 그냥 지나가는 희생이 반드시 필요합니다. 이것이 가장 중요합니다. 이것만 하시면 분명 성공합니다.


출처: http://english.hani.co.kr/arti/english_edition/e_editorial/507149.html


[Editorial] Reverse Lee’s autonomous private high school policy
Autonomous private high schools have reached a dead end. Their ratio of prospective students to enrolled students has fallen from 2.41:1 in their first year, to 1.44:1 last year and 1.26:1 this year. In Seoul, 11 out of 26 such high schools had fewer applicants than places, while in most cases the number of applicants barely exceeded the number of places. The situation is similar outside the capital. At the beginning of this month, the Ministry of Education, Science and Technology (MEST) introduced emergency measures including autonomous powers of screening and permission to change schools an unlimited number of times, but with little effect. Calls are growing for a final decision to be made.

Autonomous private high schools are symbolic of President Lee Myung-bak’s education policy. Lee pledged in his manifesto to establish 100 of them during his term in office. This is why the Lee administration unreasonably transformed 51 schools that did not meet the necessary conditions into autonomous private high schools. Now, however, some such schools are not even receiving a single applicant. The fact that the government has opened the door for schools to return to normal status speaks for itself. This disaster is the product of the Lee administration’s clumsy competition-oriented education and policies to subject education to the free market.  

After three years, private autonomous high schools have failed to pass the mark. The Lee administration claimed that the positive competition such schools provided by broadening the choice of education available to students would raise the quality of public education, that increased autonomy in curriculum setting would bring increased diversity in education, and that normal schools would receive greater financial support. The result, however, has been a decline in educational capacity and socioeconomic segregation due to an increase in poor students at normal schools, while autonomous private high school curricula have grown more standardized, focusing on university entrance exam subjects such as Korean, English and math.

School budgets have tightened through the introduction of the “workout system,” which promised financial support to autonomous private high schools in critical situations. A tiny minority of such schools have performed outstandingly when it comes to the university entrance examination, but the function of this has been to reinforce education aimed specifically at passing the exam.   

Warning of such outcomes was, in fact, already given when the autonomous private school policy was originally forced through. In one survey by an educational group last January, teachers at a private autonomous high school answered that failure to meet admission quotas was due to school fees increasing in a situation where grades were disadvantageous, there were no differentiated education programs, and college admission results had not been verified. Contrary to the government’s naive expectations, all parents wanted from autonomous private high schools from the start were competitive university entrance exam results.   

The Lee administration’s plan to grant autonomous private high schools autonomy in screening prospective students is a belated attempt to go along with this. Given, however, that this may shake up already weak public education by demolishing fairness and resurrecting the high school entrance exam, it is an extreme response. It is not something that should be done in order to save a single manifesto pledge by the president.


설정

트랙백

댓글

Africa Image Map


Map of Africa - Africa Map SudanMoroccogambiasenegalreunionmauritiusbenintogoghanaivory coastliberiasierra leoneguineaguinea bissauburkina fasonigerianigermalimauritaniaalgeriatunisialibyachadegypteritreacentral african republiccameroondjiboutiethiopiasomaliaseychelleskenyaugandaequitorial quineagaboncongoDem. Rep. Congo (Zaire)rwandaburunditanzaniaangolazambiamalawimozambiquezimbabwebotswananamibiamadagascarswazilandlesothosouth africa

 


설정

트랙백

댓글


국내 영자신문 사설입니다. 국내 사건 혹은 우리가 잘 아는 국제 사건을 다루고 있으므로 영어실력이 딸려도 충분히 추측하며 볼 수 있습니다.

초중급 정도의 실력에서는 징검다리 역할을 하는 이런 글을 많이 보시는 것이 실력향상에 아주 유리합니다. 단어는 절대 찾지 마시고 그냥 추측하며 읽으시기 바랍니다.

커스를 단어 위에 대기만 하면 발음과 뜻을 보여주는 다음사전 정도는 사용해도 좋습니다. 그러나 이것도 너무 자주 사용 하시면 곤란합니다. 죽죽 읽는 데 방해가 될 정도면 안됩니다. 독해는 연구하듯이 한 문장을 오래 붙들고 있으면 절대 오래 못 갑니다. 죽죽 진도가 나가야 됩니다. 모르더라도 그냥 지나가는 희생이 반드시 필요합니다. 이것이 가장 중요합니다. 이것만 하시면 분명 성공합니다.



Education warning 
 
Excessive competition leads to tragic incidents

A case of matricide allegedly committed by a schoolboy sounds the alarm for the nation’s achievement-oriented and competition-driven education system. Such a tragic incident is not new to Koreans. But the case is shocking as the high school senior is suspected of killing his mother apparently for her excessive zeal for her son’s success in the college entrance exam.

The case is a classic example of a social malaise arising from people’s obsession with scholastic achievement. The victim was certainly one of the pushy “tiger” mothers who are never satisfied with their children’s school records no matter how high their scores are.

Investigators quoted the 18-year-old suspect, known as Ji, as confessing that he killed his mother at their home in Seoul in March as she constantly hounded him to come first nationwide in the College Scholastic Ability Test. She wanted her son to gain admissions to Seoul National University, one of the country’s most prestigious higher learning institutions.

It is not right to put all the blame on the mother. But it appears that she had gone too far in pressing her son to excel over all others. The insatiable desire for her son’s scholastic success seemed to be partly responsibility for causing the tragedy. Of course, the boy’s horrendous criminal act cannot and should not be justified under any circumstances.

However, the student must have been under extreme stress over his mother’s never-ending push for excellence. She had often refused to feed him or forced him to stay up all night to study harder. He even came to manipulate his ranking in a mock college entrance exam in March to list him as 62nd among 700,000 fellow candidates. Finally he murdered his 51-year-old mother for fear that she might find out his real ranking ― around 4,000th.

The episode should serve as a warning to the grim reality that puts an overemphasis on competition for college entrance exams. No one can deny that students have been driven to the winner-take-all mantra. They have come under the weight of heavy study burdens.

Now it’s time to overhaul the education system. The authorities should no longer delay reforms to ease competition and focus more on character development. It is urgent to extricate children from the heavy workloads for exams. Students need to learn how to develop creative thinking and problem-solving abilities. School education should be aimed at helping students develop democratic values so that they can become decent members of society.

More than anything else, the nation should create a new social atmosphere in which people are not judged by their educational background but by their abilities and integrity. This is easier said than done but without triggering this social change Korea can never bring hope and a better future to younger generations. 
 

설정

트랙백

댓글


Top 10 Most Expensive Military Planes

top 10 military aircraft planes expensive E-2D EA-18G F/A-18 P-8A V-22 VH-71 C-130J F-35 B-2 bomber
Senior Airman Julius Delos Reyes / US Air Force

F-35 Lightning II: $122 million
Lockheed Martin's 2001 deal to build these stealth, supersonic fighter jets was at the time the largest military contract ever. The F-35s, intended to replace an aging aircraft arsenal, were developed as part of a Joint Strike Fighter program between the U.S. and its allies and were criticized as underpowered and overweight — and therefore easy targets. Making matters worse, from 2007 to 2008, cyberspies infiltrated the 7.5 million lines of computer code that powered the Joint Strike Fighter, raising concerns that enemies could copy the F-35's design and exploit its weaknesses. In April 2009, Lockheed Martin said it did not believe the program had been compromised.



Read more:

설정

트랙백

댓글

Top 10 Most Expensive Military Planes

top 10 military aircraft planes expensive E-2D EA-18G F/A-18 P-8A V-22 VH-71 C-130J F-35 B-2 bomber

V-22 Osprey: $118 million
This tiltrotor aircraft, which takes off and lands like a helicopter but can fly faster and farther like a fixed-wing plane, was first used in combat in Iraq in 2007. The Osprey's production has been bedeviled by design and construction problems: the craft claimed the lives of at least 30 Marines and civilians during its development alone (former Vice President Dick Cheney tried repeatedly to ground the plane). Still, because of its range and versatility, the Marine Corps plans to deploy a squadron of V-22s to Afghanistan by the end of the year.



Read more:

설정

트랙백

댓글

Top 10 Most Expensive Military Planes

 

top 10 military aircraft planes expensive E-2D EA-18G F/A-18 P-8A V-22 VH-71 C-130J F-35 B-2 bomber
Navy

EA-18G Growler: $102 million

Hot off the presses, the Growler is a lightly armed version of the F/A-18 fighter that has been updated for electronic warfare (it is currently being delivered to the Navy). Growlers are capable of not only finding and disrupting anti-aircraft radar, but also jamming enemy communications



Read more:

설정

트랙백

댓글


국내 영자신문 사설입니다. 국내 사건 혹은 우리가 잘 아는 국제 사건을 다루고 있으므로 영어실력이 딸려도 충분히 추측하며 볼 수 있습니다.

초중급 정도의 실력에서는 징검다리 역할을 하는 이런 글을 많이 보시는 것이 실력향상에 아주 유리합니다. 단어는 절대 찾지 마시고 그냥 추측하며 읽으시기 바랍니다.

커스를 단어 위에 대기만 하면 발음과 뜻을 보여주는 다음사전 정도는 사용해도 좋습니다. 그러나 이것도 너무 자주 사용 하시면 곤란합니다. 죽죽 읽는 데 방해가 될 정도면 안됩니다. 독해는 연구하듯이 한 문장을 오래 붙들고 있으면 절대 오래 못 갑니다. 죽죽 진도가 나가야 됩니다. 모르더라도 그냥 지나가는 희생이 반드시 필요합니다. 이것이 가장 중요합니다. 이것만 하시면 분명 성공합니다.





(Yonhap Editorial) Seoul needs to stand resolute on North Korea's latest threat

SEOUL, Nov. 25 (Yonhap) -- North Korea resumed its threats against South Korea on Thursday, just a day after the South's military conducted a drill to mark the one-year anniversary of the deadly shelling of a border island. This time, Pyongyang's top military command threatened to turn South Korea's presidential office into a "sea of fire."

   The North has occasionally resorted to the same phrase in its vitriol when cross-border relations deteriorate or when the South conducts military drills. But this is the first time that Pyongyang has directed the threat against the presidential office, Cheong Wa Dae.

   Pyongyang's latest threat threw cold water on Seoul's conciliatory gestures over the past couple of months since the appointment of new Unification Minister Yu Woo-ik. The North's Committee for the Peaceful Reunification of Korea counter-charged on Thursday that Seoul's flexibility toward the North "is no more than wordplay to deceive public opinion."

   The North's hostile reaction to Seoul's conciliatory stance indicates that the regime is not sincerely interested in easing tensions. Some view the threat against Cheong Wa Dae as a means of pressuring Seoul to fundamentally change its approach to inter-Korean relations. Nevertheless, threats that cross the line will only deepen the animosity among the South Korean people and authorities.

   Pyongyang's words make us look back on whether we have made any mistakes or misjudgements. One year ago when our border island Yeonpyeong was attacked, Seoul was unable to respond appropriately. Since then, the military has launched a new defense command for the border islands and bolstered its firepower. But unless Seoul displays the will and the determination to punish further provocations, the North will continue to see the South as "soft." We cannot rule out the possibility that Pyongyang will escalate tensions with its uranium enrichment program, missile launches and more nuclear detonations, not to mention cyber terrorism and propaganda fanning internal divide in the South.

   But military buildup is not the core measure to preventing the North's provocations. While strengthening its security posture, Seoul needs to adopt a policy for settlement of peace on the Korean Peninsula. We need a cool-headed, wise policy to draw the North toward peace and dialogue in the midst of tensions.

   We hope to see South and North Korea end their war of nerves and turn toward building mutual trust.

  (END)

설정

트랙백

댓글


그냥 죽죽 읽어 나가세요. 모르는 문장이나 단어가 나와도 그냥 추측하고 지

나가시기 바랍니다. 작은 것을 버리고 큰 것을 얻으면 됩니다. 모르는 문장

은 그런 상황을 뒤에서 여러번 만나면 저절로 알게 됩니다. 그리고 단어는

미리 혹은 나중에 따로 공부하면 됩니다. 그런 것에 자꾸 걸리면 진도가 안

나가고 진도가 안나가면 금방 그만 둡니다. 읽을 때는 오직 줄거리에만 집중

하셔야 합니다.
 

독해는 종합적인 공부로서 단어, 숙어, 문법, 회화, 듣기, 작문 실력을 한꺼

번에 늘려 줍니다. 모든 영어공부 중에서 가장 종합적인 것이 읽기 입니다.

독해를 많이 하면 소위 영어의 내공이 쌓여 갑니다. 책을 많이 읽는 사람은

도저히 당할 수가 없습니다. 진짜 영어고수들은 모두 독서를 많이 한 사람들

입니다.
 

중고등학교에서 영어성적 상위 1%에 드는 학생이라면 대체로 초등학교 때 영

어동화책을 많이 읽은 학생입니다. 읽기는 모든 공부의 기초이면서 또한 완

성입니다. 이런 동화들을 죽죽 읽어 나가다 보면 영문독해력은 그야말로 가

랑비에 옷 젖듯이 자기도 모르게 쑥쑥 향상됩니다. 일단은 공부한다는 생각

을 버리고 재미있게 읽는데 촛점을 맞추시기 바랍니다. 욕심을 버리고 재미

있게 읽다보면 독해실력은 저절로 따라오죠. 욕심을 버리는 것! 이게 어렵습

니다.
 

말이 나온 김에, 단어 이야기도 좀 하겠습니다. 모르는 단어도 여러번 실제

상황 속에서 만나게 되면 대충의 뜻을 저절로 알게 됩니다. 심지어 그 단어

의 분위기나 색깔은 사전에서 보다 더 정확히 알 수 있습니다. 또 이렇게 체

득된 단어는 아주 오래 갑니다. 단어실력을 유지하는 데도 독해가 최고죠.

최소한의 독서량을 유지만 해도 단어실력은 줄지 않습니다.
 

독서량이 늘면 어휘력이 증가되는 것은 물론, 기존의 어휘력이 유지 되며,

더 나아가 대충 알고 있던 의미가 더 정확해지고 뚜렷해 집니다. 저처럼 평

소에 무식하게 단어만 따로 외웠더라도 나중에 독해를 많이 하게 되면, 여러

상황 속에서 그런 단어들을 접하게 되므로 독해를 하면서 외운 단어들처럼

깊이 체화됩니다. 한 마디로, 독해야말로 어휘력을 늘리고 유지하고 정확히

하는 데도 최선의 방법입니다. 그래서 독해는 종합공부인 것이죠.
 

참고로, 상급자라 해도 다 같은 실력은 아닙니다. 하늘과 땅 차이일 수도 있

습니다. 그러면 초기 상급자란 무엇인가? 일단 독해에 자신감이 있고 어떤

문장에 대해서도 거부감이 없는 상태이며 모르는 문장들이  나오더라도 실망

하기 보다는 의욕과 투지가 불타는 수준을 말합니다. 어떤 상황에서도 포기

하지 않고 오히려 모르는 문장들을 발전의 기회로 바라보는 수준이죠. 이 수

준까지 가면 일단 그 사람은 영어가 강점이 되었으며 더 이상의 단계로 가는

것은 그냥 시간문제입니다.
 

미안하지만 이런 사람은 다시 중급자나 하급자가 될 수 없습니다. 한 동안

영어를 놓았더라도 약간만 하면 금방 이전 수준으로 회복 됩니다. 영어실력

자체는 변동이 있을 수 있지만 마음 속에 한 번 자리잡은 자신감은 결코 사

라지지 않습니다. 마치 자전거를 한 번 배운 사람은 언제라도 다시 자전거를

탈 수 있듯이요.^^







Alice's Adventures in Wonderland

Lewis Carroll



 

Chapter 1 - Down the Rabbit-Hole


Alice was beginning to get very tired of sitting by her sister on the bank, and of having nothing to do: once or twice she had peeped into the book her sister was reading, but it had no pictures or conversations in it, `and what is the use of a book,' thought Alice `without pictures or conversation?'

So she was considering in her own mind (as well as she could, for the hot day made her feel very sleepy and stupid), whether the pleasure of making a daisy- chain would be worth the trouble of getting up and picking the daisies, when suddenly a White Rabbit with pink eyes ran close by her.

There was nothing so very remarkable in that; nor did Alice think it so very much out of the way to hear the Rabbit say to itself, `Oh dear! Oh dear! I shall be late!' (when she thought it over afterwards, it occurred to her that she ought to have wondered at this, but at the time it all seemed quite natural); but when the Rabbit actually took a watch out of its waistcoat- pocket, and looked at it, and then hurried on, Alice started to her feet, for it flashed across her mind that she had never before seen a rabbit with either a waistcoat-pocket, or a watch to take out of it, and burning with curiosity, she ran across the field after it, and fortunately was just in time to see it pop down a large rabbit-hole under the hedge.

In another moment down went Alice after it, never once considering how in the world she was to get out again.

The rabbit-hole went straight on like a tunnel for some way, and then dipped suddenly down, so suddenly that Alice had not a moment to think about stopping herself before she found herself falling down a very deep well.

Either the well was very deep, or she fell very slowly, for she had plenty of time as she went down to look about her and to wonder what was going to happen next. First, she tried to look down and make out what she was coming to, but it was too dark to see anything; then she looked at the sides of the well, and noticed that they were filled with cupboards and book-shelves; here and there she saw maps and pictures hung upon pegs. She took down a jar from one of the shelves as she passed; it was labelled `ORANGE MARMALADE', but to her great disappointment it was empty: she did not like to drop the jar for fear of killing somebody, so managed to put it into one of the cupboards as she fell past it.

`Well!' thought Alice to herself, `after such a fall as this, I shall think nothing of tumbling down stairs! How brave they'll all think me at home! Why, I wouldn't say anything about it, even if I fell off the top of the house!' (Which was very likely true.)

Down, down, down. Would the fall never come to an end! `I wonder how many miles I've fallen by this time?' she said aloud. `I must be getting somewhere near the centre of the earth. Let me see: that would be four thousand miles down , I think--' (for, you see, Alice had learnt several things of this sort in her lessons in the schoolroom, and though this was not a very good opportunity for showing off her knowledge, as there was no one to listen to her, still it was good practice to say it over) `--yes, that's about the right distance--but then I wonder what Latitude or Longitude I've got to?' (Alice had no idea what Latitude was, or Longitude either, but thought they were nice grand words to say .)

Presently she began again. `I wonder if I shall fall right through the earth! How funny it'll seem to come out among the people that walk with their heads downward! The Antipathies, I think--' (she was rather glad there was no one listening, this time, as it didn't sound at all the right word) `--but I shall have to ask them what the name of the country is, you know. Please, Ma' am, is this New Zealand or Australia?' (and she tried to curtsey as she spoke-- fancy curtseying as you're falling through the air! Do you think you could manage it?) `And what an ignorant little girl she'll think me for asking! No, it'll never do to ask: perhaps I shall see it written up somewhere.'

Down, down, down. There was nothing else to do, so Alice soon began talking again. `Dinah'll miss me very much to-night, I should think!' (Dinah was the cat .) `I hope they'll remember her saucer of milk at tea-time. Dinah my dear! I wish you were down here with me! There are no mice in the air, I'm afraid, but you might catch a bat, and that's very like a mouse, you know. But do cats eat bats, I wonder?' And here Alice began to get rather sleepy, and went on saying to herself, in a dreamy sort of way, `Do cats eat bats? Do cats eat bats?' and sometimes, `Do bats eat cats?' for, you see, as she couldn't answer either question, it didn't much matter which way she put it. She felt that she was dozing off, and had just begun to dream that she was walking hand in hand with Dinah, and saying to her very earnestly, `Now, Dinah, tell me the truth: did you ever eat a bat?' when suddenly, thump! thump! down she came upon a heap of sticks and dry leaves, and the fall was over.

Alice was not a bit hurt, and she jumped up on to her feet in a moment: she looked up, but it was all dark overhead; before her was another long passage, and the White Rabbit was still in sight, hurrying down it. There was not a moment to be lost: away went Alice like the wind, and was just in time to hear it say, as it turned a corner, `Oh my ears and whiskers, how late it's getting!' She was close behind it when she turned the corner, but the Rabbit was no longer to be seen: she found herself in a long, low hall, which was lit up by a row of lamps hanging from the roof.

There were doors all round the hall, but they were all locked; and when Alice had been all the way down one side and up the other, trying every door, she walked sadly down the middle, wondering how she was ever to get out again.

Suddenly she came upon a little three-legged table, all made of solid glass; there was nothing on it except a tiny golden key, and Alice's first thought was that it might belong to one of the doors of the hall; but, alas! either the locks were too large, or the key was too small, but at any rate it would not open any of them. However, on the second time round, she came upon a low curtain she had not noticed before, and behind it was a little door about fifteen inches high: she tried the little golden key in the lock, and to her great delight it fitted!

Alice opened the door and found that it led into a small passage, not much larger than a rat-hole: she knelt down and looked along the passage into the loveliest garden you ever saw. How she longed to get out of that dark hall, and wander about among those beds of bright flowers and those cool fountains, but she could not even get her head though the doorway; `and even if my head would go through,' thought poor Alice, `it would be of very little use without my shoulders. Oh, how I wish I could shut up like a telescope! I think I could, if I only know how to begin.' For, you see, so many out-of-the-way things had happened lately, that Alice had begun to think that very few things indeed were really impossible.

There seemed to be no use in waiting by the little door, so she went back to the table, half hoping she might find another key on it, or at any rate a book of rules for shutting people up like telescopes: this time she found a little bottle on it, (`which certainly was not here before,' said Alice,) and round the neck of the bottle was a paper label, with the words `DRINK ME' beautifully printed on it in large letters.

It was all very well to say `Drink me,' but the wise little Alice was not going to do that in a hurry. `No, I'll look first,' she said, `and see whether it's marked "poison" or not'; for she had read several nice little histories about children who had got burnt, and eaten up by wild beasts and other unpleasant things, all because they would not remember the simple rules their friends had taught them: such as, that a red-hot poker will burn you if you hold it too long; and that if you cut your finger very deeply with a knife, it usually bleeds; and she had never forgotten that, if you drink much from a bottle marked `poison,' it is almost certain to disagree with you, sooner or later.

However, this bottle was NOT marked `poison,' so Alice ventured to taste it, and finding it very nice, (it had, in fact, a sort of mixed flavour of cherry- tart, custard, pine-apple, roast turkey, toffee, and hot buttered toast,) she very soon finished it off.

     *       *       *       *       *       *       *

         *       *       *       *       *       *

     *       *       *       *       *       *       *

`What a curious feeling!' said Alice; `I must be shutting up like a telescope .'

And so it was indeed: she was now only ten inches high, and her face brightened up at the thought that she was now the right size for going though the little door into that lovely garden. First, however, she waited for a few minutes to see if she was going to shrink any further: she felt a little nervous about this; `for it might end, you know,' said Alice to herself, `in my going out altogether, like a candle. I wonder what I should be like then?' And she tried to fancy what the flame of a candle is like after the candle is blown out, for she could not remember ever having seen such a thing.

After a while, finding that nothing more happened, she decided on going into the garden at once; but, alas for poor Alice! when she got to the door, she found he had forgotten the little golden key, and when she went back to the table for it, she found she could not possibly reach it: she could see it quite plainly through the glass, and she tried her best to climb up one of the legs of the table, but it was too slippery; and when she had tired herself out with trying, the poor little thing sat down and cried.

`Come, there's no use in crying like that!' said Alice to herself, rather sharply; `I advise you to leave off this minute!' She generally gave herself very good advice, (though she very seldom followed it), and sometimes she scolded herself so severely as to bring tears into her eyes; and once she remembered trying to box her own ears for having cheated herself in a game of croquet she was playing against herself, for this curious child was very fond of pretending to be two people. `But it's no use now,' thought poor Alice, `to pretend to be two people! Why, there's hardly enough of me left to make ONE respectable person!'

Soon her eye fell on a little glass box that was lying under the table: she opened it, and found in it a very small cake, on which the words `EAT ME' were beautifully marked in currants. `Well, I'll eat it,' said Alice, `and if it makes me grow larger, I can reach the key; and if it makes me grow smaller, I can creep under the door; so either way I'll get into the garden, and I don't care which happens!'

She ate a little bit, and said anxiously to herself, `Which way? Which way?', holding her hand on the top of her head to feel which way it was growing, and she was quite surprised to find that she remained the same size: to be sure, this generally happens when one eats cake, but Alice had got so much into the way of expecting nothing but out-of-the-way things to happen, that it seemed quite dull and stupid for life to go on in the common way.

So she set to work, and very soon finished off the cake.

     *       *       *       *       *       *       *

         *       *       *       *       *       *

     *       *       *       *       *       *       *


Chapter 2 - The Pool of Tears


`Curiouser and curiouser!' cried Alice (she was so much surprised, that for the moment she quite forgot how to speak good English); `now I'm opening out like the largest telescope that ever was! Good-bye, feet!' (for when she looked down at her feet, they seemed to be almost out of sight, they were getting so far off). `Oh, my poor little feet, I wonder who will put on your shoes and stockings for you now, dears? I'm sure _I_ shan't be able! I shall be a great deal too far off to trouble myself about you: you must manage the best way you can; --but I must be kind to them,' thought Alice, `or perhaps they won't walk the way I want to go! Let me see: I'll give them a new pair of boots every Christmas.'

And she went on planning to herself how she would manage it. `They must go by the carrier,' she thought; `and how funny it'll seem, sending presents to one's own feet! And how odd the directions will look!

ALICE'S RIGHT FOOT, ESQ.
HEARTHRUG,
NEAR THE FENDER,
(WITH ALICE'S LOVE).

Oh dear, what nonsense I'm talking!'

Just then her head struck against the roof of the hall: in fact she was now more than nine feet high, and she at once took up the little golden key and hurried off to the garden door.

Poor Alice! It was as much as she could do, lying down on one side, to look through into the garden with one eye; but to get through was more hopeless than ever: she sat down and began to cry again.

`You ought to be ashamed of yourself,' said Alice, `a great girl like you,' ( she might well say this), `to go on crying in this way! Stop this moment, I tell you!' But she went on all the same, shedding gallons of tears, until there was a large pool all round her, about four inches deep and reaching half down the hall .

After a time she heard a little pattering of feet in the distance, and she hastily dried her eyes to see what was coming. It was the White Rabbit returning , splendidly dressed, with a pair of white kid gloves in one hand and a large fan in the other: he came trotting along in a great hurry, muttering to himself as he came, `Oh! the Duchess, the Duchess! Oh! won't she be savage if I've kept her waiting!' Alice felt so desperate that she was ready to ask help of any one; so, when the Rabbit came near her, she began, in a low, timid voice, `If you please, sir--' The Rabbit started violently, dropped the white kid gloves and the fan, and skurried away into the darkness as hard as he could go.

Alice took up the fan and gloves, and, as the hall was very hot, she kept fanning herself all the time she went on talking: `Dear, dear! How queer everything is to-day! And yesterday things went on just as usual. I wonder if I' ve been changed in the night? Let me think: was I the same when I got up this morning? I almost think I can remember feeling a little different. But if I'm not the same, the next question is, Who in the world am I? Ah, THAT'S the great puzzle!' And she began thinking over all the children she knew that were of the same age as herself, to see if she could have been changed for any of them.

`I'm sure I'm not Ada,' she said, `for her hair goes in such long ringlets, and mine doesn't go in ringlets at all; and I'm sure I can't be Mabel, for I know all sorts of things, and she, oh! she knows such a very little! Besides, SHE'S she, and I'm I, and--oh dear, how puzzling it all is! I'll try if I know all the things I used to know. Let me see: four times five is twelve, and four times six is thirteen, and four times seven is--oh dear! I shall never get to twenty at that rate! However, the Multiplication Table doesn't signify: let's try Geography. London is the capital of Paris, and Paris is the capital of Rome, and Rome--no, THAT'S all wrong, I'm certain! I must have been changed for Mabel! I'll try and say "How doth the little--"' and she crossed her hands on her lap as if she were saying lessons, and began to repeat it, but her voice sounded hoarse and strange, and the words did not come the same as they used to do:--

`How doth the little crocodile Improve his shining tail, And pour the waters of the Nile On every golden scale!

`How cheerfully he seems to grin, How neatly spread his claws, And welcome little fishes in With gently smiling jaws!'

`I'm sure those are not the right words,' said poor Alice, and her eyes filled with tears again as she went on, `I must be Mabel after all, and I shall have to go and live in that poky little house, and have next to no toys to play with, and oh! ever so many lessons to learn! No, I've made up my mind about it; if I'm Mabel, I'll stay down here! It'll be no use their putting their heads down and saying "Come up again, dear!" I shall only look up and say "Who am I then? Tell me that first, and then, if I like being that person, I'll come up: if not, I'll stay down here till I'm somebody else"--but, oh dear!' cried Alice, with a sudden burst of tears, `I do wish they WOULD put their heads down! I am so VERY tired of being all alone here!'

As she said this she looked down at her hands, and was surprised to see that she had put on one of the Rabbit's little white kid gloves while she was talking . `How CAN I have done that?' she thought. `I must be growing small again.' She got up and went to the table to measure herself by it, and found that, as nearly as she could guess, she was now about two feet high, and was going on shrinking rapidly: she soon found out that the cause of this was the fan she was holding, and she dropped it hastily, just in time to avoid shrinking away altogether.

`That WAS a narrow escape!' said Alice, a good deal frightened at the sudden change, but very glad to find herself still in existence; `and now for the garden!' and she ran with all speed back to the little door: but, alas! the little door was shut again, and the little golden key was lying on the glass table as before, `and things are worse than ever,' thought the poor child, `for I never was so small as this before, never! And I declare it's too bad, that it is!'

As she said these words her foot slipped, and in another moment, splash! she was up to her chin in salt water. He first idea was that she had somehow fallen into the sea, `and in that case I can go back by railway,' she said to herself. (Alice had been to the seaside once in her life, and had come to the general conclusion, that wherever you go to on the English coast you find a number of bathing machines in the sea, some children digging in the sand with wooden spades, then a row of lodging houses, and behind them a railway station.) However, she soon made out that she was in the pool of tears which she had wept when she was nine feet high.

`I wish I hadn't cried so much!' said Alice, as she swam about, trying to find her way out. `I shall be punished for it now, I suppose, by being drowned in my own tears! That WILL be a queer thing, to be sure! However, everything is queer to-day.'

Just then she heard something splashing about in the pool a little way off, and she swam nearer to make out what it was: at first she thought it must be a walrus or hippopotamus, but then she remembered how small she was now, and she soon made out that it was only a mouse that had slipped in like herself.

`Would it be of any use, now,' thought Alice, `to speak to this mouse? Everything is so out-of-the-way down here, that I should think very likely it can talk: at any rate, there's no harm in trying.' So she began: `O Mouse, do you know the way out of this pool? I am very tired of swimming about here, O Mouse!' (Alice thought this must be the right way of speaking to a mouse: she had never done such a thing before, but she remembered having seen in her brother's Latin Grammar, `A mouse--of a mouse--to a mouse--a mouse--O mouse!' The Mouse looked at her rather inquisitively, and seemed to her to wink with one of its little eyes, but it said nothing.

`Perhaps it doesn't understand English,' thought Alice; `I daresay it's a French mouse, come over with William the Conqueror.' (For, with all her knowledge of history, Alice had no very clear notion how long ago anything had happened.) So she began again: `Ou est ma chatte?' which was the first sentence in her French lesson-book. The Mouse gave a sudden leap out of the water, and seemed to quiver all over with fright. `Oh, I beg your pardon!' cried Alice hastily, afraid that she had hurt the poor animal's feelings. `I quite forgot you didn't like cats.'

`Not like cats!' cried the Mouse, in a shrill, passionate voice. `Would YOU like cats if you were me?'

`Well, perhaps not,' said Alice in a soothing tone: `don't be angry about it. And yet I wish I could show you our cat Dinah: I think you'd take a fancy to cats if you could only see her. She is such a dear quiet thing,' Alice went on, half to herself, as she swam lazily about in the pool, `and she sits purring so nicely by the fire, licking her paws and washing her face--and she is such a nice soft thing to nurse--and she's such a capital one for catching mice--oh, I beg your pardon!' cried Alice again, for this time the Mouse was bristling all over, and she felt certain it must be really offended. `We won't talk about her any more if you'd rather not.'

`We indeed!' cried the Mouse, who was trembling down to the end of his tail. `As if I would talk on such a subject! Our family always HATED cats: nasty, low, vulgar things! Don't let me hear the name again!'

`I won't indeed!' said Alice, in a great hurry to change the subject of conversation. `Are you--are you fond--of--of dogs?' The Mouse did not answer, so Alice went on eagerly: `There is such a nice little dog near our house I should like to show you! A little bright-eyed terrier, you know, with oh, such long curly brown hair! And it'll fetch things when you throw them, and it'll sit up and beg for its dinner, and all sorts of things--I can't remember half of them-- and it belongs to a farmer, you know, and he says it's so useful, it's worth a hundred pounds! He says it kills all the rats and--oh dear!' cried Alice in a sorrowful tone, `I'm afraid I've offended it again!' For the Mouse was swimming away from her as hard as it could go, and making quite a commotion in the pool as it went.

So she called softly after it, `Mouse dear! Do come back again, and we won't talk about cats or dogs either, if you don't like them!' When the Mouse heard this, it turned round and swam slowly back to her: its face was quite pale (with passion, Alice thought), and it said in a low trembling voice, `Let us get to the shore, and then I'll tell you my history, and you'll understand why it is I hate cats and dogs.'

It was high time to go, for the pool was getting quite crowded with the birds and animals that had fallen into it: there were a Duck and a Dodo, a Lory and an Eaglet, and several other curious creatures. Alice led the way, and the whole party swam to the shore.



Chapter 3 - A Caucus-Race and a Long Tale


They were indeed a queer-looking party that assembled on the bank--the birds with draggled feathers, the animals with their fur clinging close to them, and all dripping wet, cross, and uncomfortable.

The first question of course was, how to get dry again: they had a consultation about this, and after a few minutes it seemed quite natural to Alice to find herself talking familiarly with them, as if she had known them all her life. Indeed, she had quite a long argument with the Lory, who at last turned sulky, and would only say, `I am older than you, and must know better'; and this Alice would not allow without knowing how old it was, and, as the Lory positively refused to tell its age, there was no more to be said.

At last the Mouse, who seemed to be a person of authority among them, called out, `Sit down, all of you, and listen to me! I'LL soon make you dry enough!' They all sat down at once, in a large ring, with the Mouse in the middle. Alice kept her eyes anxiously fixed on it, for she felt sure she would catch a bad cold if she did not get dry very soon.

`Ahem!' said the Mouse with an important air, `are you all ready? This is the driest thing I know. Silence all round, if you please! "William the Conqueror, whose cause was favoured by the pope, was soon submitted to by the English, who wanted leaders, and had been of late much accustomed to usurpation and conquest. Edwin and Morcar, the earls of Mercia and Northumbria--"'

`Ugh!' said the Lory, with a shiver.

`I beg your pardon!' said the Mouse, frowning, but very politely: `Did you speak?'

`Not I!' said the Lory hastily.

`I thought you did,' said the Mouse. `--I proceed. "Edwin and Morcar, the earls of Mercia and Northumbria, declared for him: and even Stigand, the patriotic archbishop of Canterbury, found it advisable--"'

`Found WHAT?' said the Duck.

`Found IT,' the Mouse replied rather crossly: `of course you know what "it" means.'

`I know what "it" means well enough, when I find a thing,' said the Duck: `it 's generally a frog or a worm. The question is, what did the archbishop find?'

The Mouse did not notice this question, but hurriedly went on, `"--found it advisable to go with Edgar Atheling to meet William and offer him the crown. William's conduct at first was moderate. But the insolence of his Normans--" How are you getting on now, my dear?' it continued, turning to Alice as it spoke.

`As wet as ever,' said Alice in a melancholy tone: `it doesn't seem to dry me at all.'

`In that case,' said the Dodo solemnly, rising to its feet, `I move that the meeting adjourn, for the immediate adoption of more energetic remedies--'

`Speak English!' said the Eaglet. `I don't know the meaning of half those long words, and, what's more, I don't believe you do either!' And the Eaglet bent down its head to hide a smile: some of the other birds tittered audibly.

`What I was going to say,' said the Dodo in an offended tone, `was, that the best thing to get us dry would be a Caucus-race.'

`What IS a Caucus-race?' said Alice; not that she wanted much to know, but the Dodo had paused as if it thought that SOMEBODY ought to speak, and no one else seemed inclined to say anything.

`Why,' said the Dodo, `the best way to explain it is to do it.' (And, as you might like to try the thing yourself, some winter day, I will tell you how the Dodo managed it.)

First it marked out a race-course, in a sort of circle, (`the exact shape doesn't matter,' it said,) and then all the party were placed along the course, here and there. There was no `One, two, three, and away,' but they began running when they liked, and left off when they liked, so that it was not easy to know when the race was over. However, when they had been running half an hour or so, and were quite dry again, the Dodo suddenly called out `The race is over!' and they all crowded round it, panting, and asking, `But who has won?'

This question the Dodo could not answer without a great deal of thought, and it sat for a long time with one finger pressed upon its forehead (the position in which you usually see Shakespeare, in the pictures of him), while the rest waited in silence. At last the Dodo said, `EVERYBODY has won, and all must have prizes.'

`But who is to give the prizes?' quite a chorus of voices asked.

`Why, SHE, of course,' said the Dodo, pointing to Alice with one finger; and the whole party at once crowded round her, calling out in a confused way, ` Prizes! Prizes!'

Alice had no idea what to do, and in despair she put her hand in her pocket, and pulled out a box of comfits, (luckily the salt water had not got into it), and handed them round as prizes. There was exactly one a-piece all round.

`But she must have a prize herself, you know,' said the Mouse.

`Of course,' the Dodo replied very gravely. `What else have you got in your pocket?' he went on, turning to Alice.

`Only a thimble,' said Alice sadly.

`Hand it over here,' said the Dodo.

Then they all crowded round her once more, while the Dodo solemnly presented the thimble, saying `We beg your acceptance of this elegant thimble'; and, when it had finished this short speech, they all cheered.

Alice thought the whole thing very absurd, but they all looked so grave that she did not dare to laugh; and, as she could not think of anything to say, she simply bowed, and took the thimble, looking as solemn as she could.

The next thing was to eat the comfits: this caused some noise and confusion, as the large birds complained that they could not taste theirs, and the small ones choked and had to be patted on the back. However, it was over at last, and they sat down again in a ring, and begged the Mouse to tell them something more.

`You promised to tell me your history, you know,' said Alice, `and why it is you hate--C and D,' she added in a whisper, half afraid that it would be offended again.

`Mine is a long and a sad tale!' said the Mouse, turning to Alice, and sighing.

`It IS a long tail, certainly,' said Alice, looking down with wonder at the Mouse's tail; `but why do you call it sad?' And she kept on puzzling about it while the Mouse was speaking, so that her idea of the tale was something like this:--

`Fury said to a mouse, That he met in the house, "Let us both go to law: I will prosecute YOU. --Come, I'll take no denial; We must have a trial: For really this morning I've nothing to do." Said the mouse to the cur, "Such a trial, dear Sir, With no jury or judge, would be wasting our breath." "I'll be judge, I'll be jury," Said cunning old Fury: "I'll try the whole cause, and condemn you to death."'

`You are not attending!' said the Mouse to Alice severely. `What are you thinking of?'

`I beg your pardon,' said Alice very humbly: `you had got to the fifth bend, I think?'

`I had NOT!' cried the Mouse, sharply and very angrily.

`A knot!' said Alice, always ready to make herself useful, and looking anxiously about her. `Oh, do let me help to undo it!'

`I shall do nothing of the sort,' said the Mouse, getting up and walking away . `You insult me by talking such nonsense!'

`I didn't mean it!' pleaded poor Alice. `But you're so easily offended, you know!'

The Mouse only growled in reply.

`Please come back and finish your story!' Alice called after it; and the others all joined in chorus, `Yes, please do!' but the Mouse only shook its head impatiently, and walked a little quicker.

`What a pity it wouldn't stay!' sighed the Lory, as soon as it was quite out of sight; and an old Crab took the opportunity of saying to her daughter `Ah, my dear! Let this be a lesson to you never to lose YOUR temper!' `Hold your tongue, Ma!' said the young Crab, a little snappishly. `You're enough to try the patience of an oyster!'

`I wish I had our Dinah here, I know I do!' said Alice aloud, addressing nobody in particular. `She'd soon fetch it back!'

`And who is Dinah, if I might venture to ask the question?' said the Lory.

Alice replied eagerly, for she was always ready to talk about her pet: `Dinah 's our cat. And she's such a capital one for catching mice you can't think! And oh, I wish you could see her after the birds! Why, she'll eat a little bird as soon as look at it!'

This speech caused a remarkable sensation among the party. Some of the birds hurried off at once: one the old Magpie began wrapping itself up very carefully, remarking, `I really must be getting home; the night-air doesn't suit my throat! ' and a Canary called out in a trembling voice to its children, `Come away, my dears! It's high time you were all in bed!' On various pretexts they all moved off, and Alice was soon left alone.

`I wish I hadn't mentioned Dinah!' she said to herself in a melancholy tone. `Nobody seems to like her, down here, and I'm sure she's the best cat in the world! Oh, my dear Dinah! I wonder if I shall ever see you any more!' And here poor Alice began to cry again, for she felt very lonely and low-spirited. In a little while, however, she again heard a little pattering of footsteps in the distance, and she looked up eagerly, half hoping that the Mouse had changed his mind, and was coming back to finish his story.



Chapter 4 - The Rabbit Sends in a Little Bill


It was the White Rabbit, trotting slowly back again, and looking anxiously about as it went, as if it had lost something; and she heard it muttering to itself `The Duchess! The Duchess! Oh my dear paws! Oh my fur and whiskers! She' ll get me executed, as sure as ferrets are ferrets! Where CAN I have dropped them, I wonder?' Alice guessed in a moment that it was looking for the fan and the pair of white kid gloves, and she very good-naturedly began hunting about for them, but they were nowhere to be seen--everything seemed to have changed since her swim in the pool, and the great hall, with the glass table and the little door, had vanished completely.

Very soon the Rabbit noticed Alice, as she went hunting about, and called out to her in an angry tone, `Why, Mary Ann, what ARE you doing out here? Run home this moment, and fetch me a pair of gloves and a fan! Quick, now!' And Alice was so much frightened that she ran off at once in the direction it pointed to, without trying to explain the mistake it had made.

`He took me for his housemaid,' she said to herself as she ran. `How surprised he'll be when he finds out who I am! But I'd better take him his fan and gloves--that is, if I can find them.' As she said this, she came upon a neat little house, on the door of which was a bright brass plate with the name `W. RABBIT' engraved upon it. She went in without knocking, and hurried upstairs, in great fear lest she should meet the real Mary Ann, and be turned out of the house before she had found the fan and gloves.

`How queer it seems,' Alice said to herself, `to be going messages for a rabbit! I suppose Dinah'll be sending me on messages next!' And she began fancying the sort of thing that would happen: `"Miss Alice! Come here directly, and get ready for your walk!" "Coming in a minute, nurse! But I've got to see that the mouse doesn't get out." Only I don't think,' Alice went on, `that they' d let Dinah stop in the house if it began ordering people about like that!'

By this time she had found her way into a tidy little room with a table in the window, and on it (as she had hoped) a fan and two or three pairs of tiny white kid gloves: she took up the fan and a pair of the gloves, and was just going to leave the room, when her eye fell upon a little bottle that stood near the looking- glass. There was no label this time with the words `DRINK ME,' but nevertheless she uncorked it and put it to her lips. `I know SOMETHING interesting is sure to happen,' she said to herself, `whenever I eat or drink anything; so I'll just see what this bottle does. I do hope it'll make me grow large again, for really I'm quite tired of being such a tiny little thing!'

It did so indeed, and much sooner than she had expected: before she had drunk half the bottle, she found her head pressing against the ceiling, and had to stoop to save her neck from being broken. She hastily put down the bottle, saying to herself `That's quite enough--I hope I shan't grow any more--As it is, I can't get out at the door--I do wish I hadn't drunk quite so much!'

Alas! it was too late to wish that! She went on growing, and growing, and very soon had to kneel down on the floor: in another minute there was not even room for this, and she tried the effect of lying down with one elbow against the door, and the other arm curled round her head. Still she went on growing, and, as a last resource, she put one arm out of the window, and one foot up the chimney, and said to herself `Now I can do no more, whatever happens. What WILL become of me?'

Luckily for Alice, the little magic bottle had now had its full effect, and she grew no larger: still it was very uncomfortable, and, as there seemed to be no sort of chance of her ever getting out of the room again, no wonder she felt unhappy.

`It was much pleasanter at home,' thought poor Alice, `when one wasn't always growing larger and smaller, and being ordered about by mice and rabbits. I almost wish I hadn't gone down that rabbit-hole--and yet--and yet--it's rather curious, you know, this sort of life! I do wonder what CAN have happened to me! When I used to read fairy-tales, I fancied that kind of thing never happened, and now here I am in the middle of one! There ought to be a book written about me, that there ought! And when I grow up, I'll write one--but I'm grown up now,' she added in a sorrowful tone; `at least there's no room to grow up any more HERE.'

`But then,' thought Alice, `shall I NEVER get any older than I am now? That' ll be a comfort, one way--never to be an old woman- -but then--always to have lessons to learn! Oh, I shouldn't like THAT!'

`Oh, you foolish Alice!' she answered herself. `How can you learn lessons in here? Why, there's hardly room for YOU, and no room at all for any lesson-books! '

And so she went on, taking first one side and then the other, and making quite a conversation of it altogether; but after a few minutes she heard a voice outside, and stopped to listen.

`Mary Ann! Mary Ann!' said the voice. `Fetch me my gloves this moment!' Then came a little pattering of feet on the stairs. Alice knew it was the Rabbit coming to look for her, and she trembled till she shook the house, quite forgetting that she was now about a thousand times as large as the Rabbit, and had no reason to be afraid of it.

Presently the Rabbit came up to the door, and tried to open it; but, as the door opened inwards, and Alice's elbow was pressed hard against it, that attempt proved a failure. Alice heard it say to itself `Then I'll go round and get in at the window.'

`THAT you won't' thought Alice, and, after waiting till she fancied she heard the Rabbit just under the window, she suddenly spread out her hand, and made a snatch in the air. She did not get hold of anything, but she heard a little shriek and a fall, and a crash of broken glass, from which she concluded that it was just possible it had fallen into a cucumber-frame, or something of the sort.

Next came an angry voice--the Rabbit's--`Pat! Pat! Where are you?' And then a voice she had never heard before, `Sure then I'm here! Digging for apples, yer honour!'

`Digging for apples, indeed!' said the Rabbit angrily. `Here! Come and help me out of THIS!' (Sounds of more broken glass.)

`Now tell me, Pat, what's that in the window?'

`Sure, it's an arm, yer honour!' (He pronounced it `arrum.')

`An arm, you goose! Who ever saw one that size? Why, it fills the whole window!'

`Sure, it does, yer honour: but it's an arm for all that.'

`Well, it's got no business there, at any rate: go and take it away!'

There was a long silence after this, and Alice could only hear whispers now and then; such as, `Sure, I don't like it, yer honour, at all, at all!' `Do as I tell you, you coward!' and at last she spread out her hand again, and made another snatch in the air. This time there were TWO little shrieks, and more sounds of broken glass. `What a number of cucumber-frames there must be!' thought Alice. `I wonder what they'll do next! As for pulling me out of the window, I only wish they COULD! I'm sure I don't want to stay in here any longer !'

She waited for some time without hearing anything more: at last came a rumbling of little cartwheels, and the sound of a good many voice all talking together: she made out the words: `Where's the other ladder?--Why, I hadn't to bring but one; Bill's got the other--Bill! fetch it here, lad!--Here, put 'em up at this corner--No, tie 'em together first--they don't reach half high enough yet--Oh! they'll do well enough; don't be particular- -Here, Bill! catch hold of this rope--Will the roof bear?--Mind that loose slate--Oh, it's coming down! Heads below!' (a loud crash)--`Now, who did that?--It was Bill, I fancy--Who's to go down the chimney?--Nay, I shan't! YOU do it!--That I won't, then!--Bill's to go down--Here, Bill! the master says you're to go down the chimney!'

`Oh! So Bill's got to come down the chimney, has he?' said Alice to herself. `Shy, they seem to put everything upon Bill! I wouldn't be in Bill's place for a good deal: this fireplace is narrow, to be sure; but I THINK I can kick a little !'

She drew her foot as far down the chimney as she could, and waited till she heard a little animal (she couldn't guess of what sort it was) scratching and scrambling about in the chimney close above her: then, saying to herself `This is Bill,' she gave one sharp kick, and waited to see what would happen next.

The first thing she heard was a general chorus of `There goes Bill!' then the Rabbit's voice along--`Catch him, you by the hedge!' then silence, and then another confusion of voices--`Hold up his head--Brandy now--Don't choke him--How was it, old fellow? What happened to you? Tell us all about it!'

Last came a little feeble, squeaking voice, (`That's Bill,' thought Alice,) ` Well, I hardly know--No more, thank ye; I'm better now--but I'm a deal too flustered to tell you--all I know is, something comes at me like a Jack-in-the- box, and up I goes like a sky-rocket!'

`So you did, old fellow!' said the others.

`We must burn the house down!' said the Rabbit's voice; and Alice called out as loud as she could, `If you do. I'll set Dinah at you!'

There was a dead silence instantly, and Alice thought to herself, `I wonder what they WILL do next! If they had any sense, they'd take the roof off.' After a minute or two, they began moving about again, and Alice heard the Rabbit say, `A barrowful will do, to begin with.'

`A barrowful of WHAT?' thought Alice; but she had not long to doubt, for the next moment a shower of little pebbles came rattling in at the window, and some of them hit her in the face. `I'll put a stop to this,' she said to herself, and shouted out, `You'd better not do that again!' which produced another dead silence.

Alice noticed with some surprise that the pebbles were all turning into little cakes as they lay on the floor, and a bright idea came into her head. `If I eat one of these cakes,' she thought, `it's sure to make SOME change in my size; and as it can't possibly make me larger, it must make me smaller, I suppose.'

So she swallowed one of the cakes, and was delighted to find that she began shrinking directly. As soon as she was small enough to get through the door, she ran out of the house, and found quite a crowd of little animals and birds waiting outside. The poor little Lizard, Bill, was in the middle, being held up by two guinea-pigs, who were giving it something out of a bottle. They all made a rush at Alice the moment she appeared; but she ran off as hard as she could, and soon found herself safe in a thick wood.

`The first thing I've got to do,' said Alice to herself, as she wandered about in the wood, `is to grow to my right size again; and the second thing is to find my way into that lovely garden. I think that will be the best plan.'

It sounded an excellent plan, no doubt, and very neatly and simply arranged; the only difficulty was, that she had not the smallest idea how to set about it; and while she was peering about anxiously among the trees, a little sharp bark just over her head made her look up in a great hurry.

An enormous puppy was looking down at her with large round eyes, and feebly stretching out one paw, trying to touch her. `Poor little thing!' said Alice, in a coaxing tone, and she tried hard to whistle to it; but she was terribly frightened all the time at the thought that it might be hungry, in which case it would be very likely to eat her up in spite of all her coaxing.

Hardly knowing what she did, she picked up a little bit of stick, and held it out to the puppy; whereupon the puppy jumped into the air off all its feet at once, with a yelp of delight, and rushed at the stick, and made believe to worry it; then Alice dodged behind a great thistle, to keep herself from being run over; and the moment she appeared on the other side, the puppy made another rush at the stick, and tumbled head over heels in its hurry to get hold of it; then Alice, thinking it was very like having a game of play with a cart-horse, and expecting every moment to be trampled under its feet, ran round the thistle again; then the puppy began a series of short charges at the stick, running a very little way forwards each time and a long way back, and barking hoarsely all the while, till at last it sat down a good way off, panting, with its tongue hanging out of its mouth, and its great eyes half shut.

This seemed to Alice a good opportunity for making her escape; so she set off at once, and ran till she was quite tired and out of breath, and till the puppy' s bark sounded quite faint in the distance.

`And yet what a dear little puppy it was!' said Alice, as she leant against a buttercup to rest herself, and fanned herself with one of the leaves: `I should have liked teaching it tricks very much, if--if I'd only been the right size to do it! Oh dear! I'd nearly forgotten that I've got to grow up again! Let me see- -how IS it to be managed? I suppose I ought to eat or drink something or other; but the great question is, what?'

The great question certainly was, what? Alice looked all round her at the flowers and the blades of grass, but she did not see anything that looked like the right thing to eat or drink under the circumstances. There was a large mushroom growing near her, about the same height as herself; and when she had looked under it, and on both sides of it, and behind it, it occurred to her that she might as well look and see what was on the top of it.

She stretched herself up on tiptoe, and peeped over the edge of the mushroom, and her eyes immediately met those of a large caterpillar, that was sitting on the top with its arms folded, quietly smoking a long hookah, and taking not the smallest notice of her or of anything else.

설정

트랙백

댓글

그냥 죽죽 읽어 나가세요. 모르는 문장이나 단어가 나와도 그냥 추측하고 지

나가시기 바랍니다. 작은 것을 버리고 큰 것을 얻으면 됩니다. 모르는 문장

은 그런 상황을 뒤에서 여러번 만나면 저절로 알게 됩니다. 그리고 단어는

미리 혹은 나중에 따로 공부하면 됩니다. 그런 것에 자꾸 걸리면 진도가 안

나가고 진도가 안나가면 금방 그만 둡니다. 읽을 때는 오직 줄거리에만 집중

하셔야 합니다.
 

독해는 종합적인 공부로서 단어, 숙어, 문법, 회화, 듣기, 작문 실력을 한꺼

번에 늘려 줍니다. 모든 영어공부 중에서 가장 종합적인 것이 읽기 입니다.

독해를 많이 하면 소위 영어의 내공이 쌓여 갑니다. 책을 많이 읽는 사람은

도저히 당할 수가 없습니다. 진짜 영어고수들은 모두 독서를 많이 한 사람들

입니다.
 

중고등학교에서 영어성적 상위 1%에 드는 학생이라면 대체로 초등학교 때 영

어동화책을 많이 읽은 학생입니다. 읽기는 모든 공부의 기초이면서 또한 완

성입니다. 이런 동화들을 죽죽 읽어 나가다 보면 영문독해력은 그야말로 가

랑비에 옷 젖듯이 자기도 모르게 쑥쑥 향상됩니다. 일단은 공부한다는 생각

을 버리고 재미있게 읽는데 촛점을 맞추시기 바랍니다. 욕심을 버리고 재미

있게 읽다보면 독해실력은 저절로 따라오죠. 욕심을 버리는 것! 이게 어렵습

니다.
 

말이 나온 김에, 단어 이야기도 좀 하겠습니다. 모르는 단어도 여러번 실제

상황 속에서 만나게 되면 대충의 뜻을 저절로 알게 됩니다. 심지어 그 단어

의 분위기나 색깔은 사전에서 보다 더 정확히 알 수 있습니다. 또 이렇게 체

득된 단어는 아주 오래 갑니다. 단어실력을 유지하는 데도 독해가 최고죠.

최소한의 독서량을 유지만 해도 단어실력은 줄지 않습니다.
 

독서량이 늘면 어휘력이 증가되는 것은 물론, 기존의 어휘력이 유지 되며,

더 나아가 대충 알고 있던 의미가 더 정확해지고 뚜렷해 집니다. 저처럼 평

소에 무식하게 단어만 따로 외웠더라도 나중에 독해를 많이 하게 되면, 여러

상황 속에서 그런 단어들을 접하게 되므로 독해를 하면서 외운 단어들처럼

깊이 체화됩니다. 한 마디로, 독해야말로 어휘력을 늘리고 유지하고 정확히

하는 데도 최선의 방법입니다. 그래서 독해는 종합공부인 것이죠.
 

참고로, 상급자라 해도 다 같은 실력은 아닙니다. 하늘과 땅 차이일 수도 있

습니다. 그러면 초기 상급자란 무엇인가? 일단 독해에 자신감이 있고 어떤

문장에 대해서도 거부감이 없는 상태이며 모르는 문장들이  나오더라도 실망

하기 보다는 의욕과 투지가 불타는 수준을 말합니다. 어떤 상황에서도 포기

하지 않고 오히려 모르는 문장들을 발전의 기회로 바라보는 수준이죠. 이 수

준까지 가면 일단 그 사람은 영어가 강점이 되었으며 더 이상의 단계로 가는

것은 그냥 시간문제입니다.
 

미안하지만 이런 사람은 다시 중급자나 하급자가 될 수 없습니다. 한 동안

영어를 놓았더라도 약간만 하면 금방 이전 수준으로 회복 됩니다. 영어실력

자체는 변동이 있을 수 있지만 마음 속에 한 번 자리잡은 자신감은 결코 사

라지지 않습니다. 마치 자전거를 한 번 배운 사람은 언제라도 다시 자전거를

탈 수 있듯이요.^^






Alice's Adventures in Wonderland

Lewis Carroll




Chapter 5 - Advice from a Caterpillar

 


The Caterpillar and Alice looked at each other for some time in silence: at last the Caterpillar took the hookah out of its mouth, and addressed her in a languid, sleepy voice.

`Who are YOU?' said the Caterpillar.

This was not an encouraging opening for a conversation. Alice replied, rather shyly, `I--I hardly know, sir, just at present-- at least I know who I WAS when I got up this morning, but I think I must have been changed several times since then.'

`What do you mean by that?' said the Caterpillar sternly. `Explain yourself!'

`I can't explain MYSELF, I'm afraid, sir' said Alice, `because I'm not myself, you see.'

`I don't see,' said the Caterpillar.

`I'm afraid I can't put it more clearly,' Alice replied very politely, `for I can't understand it myself to begin with; and being so many different sizes in a day is very confusing.'

`It isn't,' said the Caterpillar.

`Well, perhaps you haven't found it so yet,' said Alice; `but when you have to turn into a chrysalis--you will some day, you know--and then after that into a butterfly, I should think you'll feel it a little queer, won't you?'

`Not a bit,' said the Caterpillar.

`Well, perhaps your feelings may be different,' said Alice; `all I know is, it would feel very queer to ME.'

`You!' said the Caterpillar contemptuously. `Who are YOU?'

Which brought them back again to the beginning of the conversation. Alice felt a little irritated at the Caterpillar's making such VERY short remarks, and she drew herself up and said, very gravely, `I think, you ought to tell me who YOU are, first.'

`Why?' said the Caterpillar.

Here was another puzzling question; and as Alice could not think of any good reason, and as the Caterpillar seemed to be in a VERY unpleasant state of mind, she turned away.

`Come back!' the Caterpillar called after her. `I've something important to say!'

This sounded promising, certainly: Alice turned and came back again.

`Keep your temper,' said the Caterpillar.

`Is that all?' said Alice, swallowing down her anger as well as she could.

`No,' said the Caterpillar.

Alice thought she might as well wait, as she had nothing else to do, and perhaps after all it might tell her something worth hearing. For some minutes it puffed away without speaking, but at last it unfolded its arms, took the hookah out of its mouth again, and said, `So you think you're changed, do you?'

`I'm afraid I am, sir,' said Alice; `I can't remember things as I used--and I don't keep the same size for ten minutes together!'

`Can't remember WHAT things?' said the Caterpillar.

`Well, I've tried to say "HOW DOTH THE LITTLE BUSY BEE," but it all came different!' Alice replied in a very melancholy voice.

`Repeat, "YOU ARE OLD, FATHER WILLIAM,"' said the Caterpillar.

Alice folded her hands, and began:--

`You are old, Father William,' the young man said, `And your hair has become very white; And yet you incessantly stand on your head-- Do you think, at your age, it is right?'

`In my youth,' Father William replied to his son, `I feared it might injure the brain; But, now that I'm perfectly sure I have none, Why, I do it again and again.'

`You are old,' said the youth, `as I mentioned before, And have grown most uncommonly fat; Yet you turned a back-somersault in at the door-- Pray, what is the reason of that?'

`In my youth,' said the sage, as he shook his grey locks, `I kept all my limbs very supple By the use of this ointment--one shilling the box-- Allow me to sell you a couple?'

`You are old,' said the youth, `and your jaws are too weak For anything tougher than suet; Yet you finished the goose, with the bones and the beak-- Pray how did you manage to do it?'

`In my youth,' said his father, `I took to the law, And argued each case with my wife; And the muscular strength, which it gave to my jaw, Has lasted the rest of my life.'

`You are old,' said the youth, `one would hardly suppose That your eye was as steady as ever; Yet you balanced an eel on the end of your nose-- What made you so awfully clever?'

`I have answered three questions, and that is enough,' Said his father; `don't give yourself airs! Do you think I can listen all day to such stuff? Be off, or I'll kick you down stairs!'

`That is not said right,' said the Caterpillar.

`Not QUITE right, I'm afraid,' said Alice, timidly; `some of the words have got altered.'

`It is wrong from beginning to end,' said the Caterpillar decidedly, and there was silence for some minutes.

The Caterpillar was the first to speak.

`What size do you want to be?' it asked.

`Oh, I'm not particular as to size,' Alice hastily replied; `only one doesn't like changing so often, you know.'

`I DON'T know,' said the Caterpillar.

Alice said nothing: she had never been so much contradicted in her life before, and she felt that she was losing her temper.

`Are you content now?' said the Caterpillar.

`Well, I should like to be a LITTLE larger, sir, if you wouldn't mind,' said Alice: `three inches is such a wretched height to be.'

`It is a very good height indeed!' said the Caterpillar angrily, rearing itself upright as it spoke (it was exactly three inches high).

`But I'm not used to it!' pleaded poor Alice in a piteous tone. And she thought of herself, `I wish the creatures wouldn't be so easily offended!'

`You'll get used to it in time,' said the Caterpillar; and it put the hookah into its mouth and began smoking again.

This time Alice waited patiently until it chose to speak again. In a minute or two the Caterpillar took the hookah out of its mouth and yawned once or twice, and shook itself. Then it got down off the mushroom, and crawled away in the grass, merely remarking as it went, `One side will make you grow taller, and the other side will make you grow shorter.'

`One side of WHAT? The other side of WHAT?' thought Alice to herself.

`Of the mushroom,' said the Caterpillar, just as if she had asked it aloud; and in another moment it was out of sight.

Alice remained looking thoughtfully at the mushroom for a minute, trying to make out which were the two sides of it; and as it was perfectly round, she found this a very difficult question. However, at last she stretched her arms round it as far as they would go, and broke off a bit of the edge with each hand.

`And now which is which?' she said to herself, and nibbled a little of the right-hand bit to try the effect: the next moment she felt a violent blow underneath her chin: it had struck her foot!

She was a good deal frightened by this very sudden change, but she felt that there was no time to be lost, as she was shrinking rapidly; so she set to work at once to eat some of the other bit. Her chin was pressed so closely against her foot, that there was hardly room to open her mouth; but she did it at last, and managed to swallow a morsel of the lefthand bit.

     *       *       *       *       *       *       *

         *       *       *       *       *       *

     *       *       *       *       *       *       *

`Come, my head's free at last!' said Alice in a tone of delight, which changed into alarm in another moment, when she found that her shoulders were nowhere to be found: all she could see, when she looked down, was an immense length of neck, which seemed to rise like a stalk out of a sea of green leaves that lay far below her.

`What CAN all that green stuff be?' said Alice. `And where HAVE my shoulders got to? And oh, my poor hands, how is it I can't see you?' She was moving them about as she spoke, but no result seemed to follow, except a little shaking among the distant green leaves.

As there seemed to be no chance of getting her hands up to her head, she tried to get her head down to them, and was delighted to find that her neck would bend about easily in any direction, like a serpent. She had just succeeded in curving it down into a graceful zigzag, and was going to dive in among the leaves, which she found to be nothing but the tops of the trees under which she had been wandering, when a sharp hiss made her draw back in a hurry: a large pigeon had flown into her face, and was beating her violently with its wings.

`Serpent!' screamed the Pigeon.

`I'm NOT a serpent!' said Alice indignantly. `Let me alone!'

`Serpent, I say again!' repeated the Pigeon, but in a more subdued tone, and added with a kind of sob, `I've tried every way, and nothing seems to suit them!'

`I haven't the least idea what you're talking about,' said Alice.

`I've tried the roots of trees, and I've tried banks, and I've tried hedges,' the Pigeon went on, without attending to her; `but those serpents! There's no pleasing them!'

Alice was more and more puzzled, but she thought there was no use in saying anything more till the Pigeon had finished.

`As if it wasn't trouble enough hatching the eggs,' said the Pigeon; `but I must be on the look-out for serpents night and day! Why, I haven't had a wink of sleep these three weeks!'

`I'm very sorry you've been annoyed,' said Alice, who was beginning to see its meaning.

`And just as I'd taken the highest tree in the wood,' continued the Pigeon, raising its voice to a shriek, `and just as I was thinking I should be free of them at last, they must needs come wriggling down from the sky! Ugh, Serpent!'

`But I'm NOT a serpent, I tell you!' said Alice. `I'm a--I'm a--'

`Well! WHAT are you?' said the Pigeon. `I can see you're trying to invent something!'

`I--I'm a little girl,' said Alice, rather doubtfully, as she remembered the number of changes she had gone through that day.

`A likely story indeed!' said the Pigeon in a tone of the deepest contempt. `I've seen a good many little girls in my time, but never ONE with such a neck as that! No, no! You're a serpent; and there's no use denying it. I suppose you'll be telling me next that you never tasted an egg!'

`I HAVE tasted eggs, certainly,' said Alice, who was a very truthful child; `but little girls eat eggs quite as much as serpents do, you know.'

`I don't believe it,' said the Pigeon; `but if they do, why then they're a kind of serpent, that's all I can say.'

This was such a new idea to Alice, that she was quite silent for a minute or two, which gave the Pigeon the opportunity of adding, `You're looking for eggs, I know THAT well enough; and what does it matter to me whether you're a little girl or a serpent?'

`It matters a good deal to ME,' said Alice hastily; `but I'm not looking for eggs, as it happens; and if I was, I shouldn't want YOURS: I don't like them raw.'

`Well, be off, then!' said the Pigeon in a sulky tone, as it settled down again into its nest. Alice crouched down among the trees as well as she could, for her neck kept getting entangled among the branches, and every now and then she had to stop and untwist it. After a while she remembered that she still held the pieces of mushroom in her hands, and she set to work very carefully, nibbling first at one and then at the other, and growing sometimes taller and sometimes shorter, until she had succeeded in bringing herself down to her usual height.

It was so long since she had been anything near the right size, that it felt quite strange at first; but she got used to it in a few minutes, and began talking to herself, as usual. `Come, there's half my plan done now! How puzzling all these changes are! I'm never sure what I'm going to be, from one minute to another! However, I've got back to my right size: the next thing is, to get into that beautiful garden--how IS that to be done, I wonder?' As she said this, she came suddenly upon an open place, with a little house in it about four feet high. `Whoever lives there,' thought Alice, `it'll never do to come upon them THIS size: why, I should frighten them out of their wits!' So she began nibbling at the righthand bit again, and did not venture to go near the house till she had brought herself down to nine inches high.




Chapter 6 - Pig and Pepper


For a minute or two she stood looking at the house, and wondering what to do next, when suddenly a footman in livery came running out of the wood--(she considered him to be a footman because he was in livery: otherwise, judging by his face only, she would have called him a fish)--and rapped loudly at the door with his knuckles. It was opened by another footman in livery, with a round face, and large eyes like a frog; and both footmen, Alice noticed, had powdered hair that curled all over their heads. She felt very curious to know what it was all about, and crept a little way out of the wood to listen.

The Fish-Footman began by producing from under his arm a great letter, nearly as large as himself, and this he handed over to the other, saying, in a solemn tone, `For the Duchess. An invitation from the Queen to play croquet.' The Frog-Footman repeated, in the same solemn tone, only changing the order of the words a little, `From the Queen. An invitation for the Duchess to play croquet.'

Then they both bowed low, and their curls got entangled together.

Alice laughed so much at this, that she had to run back into the wood for fear of their hearing her; and when she next peeped out the Fish-Footman was gone, and the other was sitting on the ground near the door, staring stupidly up into the sky.

Alice went timidly up to the door, and knocked.

`There's no sort of use in knocking,' said the Footman, `and that for two reasons. First, because I'm on the same side of the door as you are; secondly, because they're making such a noise inside, no one could possibly hear you.' And certainly there was a most extraordinary noise going on within--a constant howling and sneezing, and every now and then a great crash, as if a dish or kettle had been broken to pieces.

`Please, then,' said Alice, `how am I to get in?'

`There might be some sense in your knocking,' the Footman went on without attending to her, `if we had the door between us. For instance, if you were INSIDE, you might knock, and I could let you out, you know.' He was looking up into the sky all the time he was speaking, and this Alice thought decidedly uncivil. `But perhaps he can't help it,' she said to herself; `his eyes are so VERY nearly at the top of his head. But at any rate he might answer questions.--How am I to get in?' she repeated, aloud.

`I shall sit here,' the Footman remarked, `till tomorrow--'

At this moment the door of the house opened, and a large plate came skimming out, straight at the Footman's head: it just grazed his nose, and broke to pieces against one of the trees behind him.

`--or next day, maybe,' the Footman continued in the same tone, exactly as if nothing had happened.

`How am I to get in?' asked Alice again, in a louder tone.

`ARE you to get in at all?' said the Footman. `That's the first question, you know.'

It was, no doubt: only Alice did not like to be told so. `It's really dreadful,' she muttered to herself, `the way all the creatures argue. It's enough to drive one crazy!'

The Footman seemed to think this a good opportunity for repeating his remark, with variations. `I shall sit here,' he said, `on and off, for days and days.'

`But what am I to do?' said Alice.

`Anything you like,' said the Footman, and began whistling.

`Oh, there's no use in talking to him,' said Alice desperately: `he's perfectly idiotic!' And she opened the door and went in.

The door led right into a large kitchen, which was full of smoke from one end to the other: the Duchess was sitting on a three-legged stool in the middle, nursing a baby; the cook was leaning over the fire, stirring a large cauldron which seemed to be full of soup.

`There's certainly too much pepper in that soup!' Alice said to herself, as well as she could for sneezing.

There was certainly too much of it in the air. Even the Duchess sneezed occasionally; and as for the baby, it was sneezing and howling alternately without a moment's pause. The only things in the kitchen that did not sneeze, were the cook, and a large cat which was sitting on the hearth and grinning from ear to ear.

`Please would you tell me,' said Alice, a little timidly, for she was not quite sure whether it was good manners for her to speak first, `why your cat grins like that?'

`It's a Cheshire cat,' said the Duchess, `and that's why. Pig!'

She said the last word with such sudden violence that Alice quite jumped; but she saw in another moment that it was addressed to the baby, and not to her, so she took courage, and went on again:--

`I didn't know that Cheshire cats always grinned; in fact, I didn't know that cats COULD grin.'

`They all can,' said the Duchess; `and most of 'em do.'

`I don't know of any that do,' Alice said very politely, feeling quite pleased to have got into a conversation.

`You don't know much,' said the Duchess; `and that's a fact.'

Alice did not at all like the tone of this remark, and thought it would be as well to introduce some other subject of conversation. While she was trying to fix on one, the cook took the cauldron of soup off the fire, and at once set to work throwing everything within her reach at the Duchess and the baby --the fire-irons came first; then followed a shower of saucepans, plates, and dishes. The Duchess took no notice of them even when they hit her; and the baby was howling so much already, that it was quite impossible to say whether the blows hurt it or not.

`Oh, PLEASE mind what you're doing!' cried Alice, jumping up and down in an agony of terror. `Oh, there goes his PRECIOUS nose'; as an unusually large saucepan flew close by it, and very nearly carried it off.

`If everybody minded their own business,' the Duchess said in a hoarse growl, `the world would go round a deal faster than it does.'

`Which would NOT be an advantage,' said Alice, who felt very glad to get an opportunity of showing off a little of her knowledge. `Just think of what work it would make with the day and night! You see the earth takes twenty-four hours to turn round on its axis--'

`Talking of axes,' said the Duchess, `chop off her head!'

Alice glanced rather anxiously at the cook, to see if she meant to take the hint; but the cook was busily stirring the soup, and seemed not to be listening, so she went on again: `Twenty-four hours, I THINK; or is it twelve? I--'

`Oh, don't bother ME,' said the Duchess; `I never could abide figures!' And with that she began nursing her child again, singing a sort of lullaby to it as she did so, and giving it a violent shake at the end of every line:

`Speak roughly to your little boy, And beat him when he sneezes: He only does it to annoy, Because he knows it teases.'

CHORUS.

(In which the cook and the baby joined):--

`Wow! wow! wow!'

While the Duchess sang the second verse of the song, she kept tossing the baby violently up and down, and the poor little thing howled so, that Alice could hardly hear the words:--

`I speak severely to my boy, I beat him when he sneezes; For he can thoroughly enjoy The pepper when he pleases!'

CHORUS.

`Wow! wow! wow!'

`Here! you may nurse it a bit, if you like!' the Duchess said to Alice, flinging the baby at her as she spoke. `I must go and get ready to play croquet with the Queen,' and she hurried out of the room. The cook threw a frying-pan after her as she went out, but it just missed her.

Alice caught the baby with some difficulty, as it was a queer- shaped little creature, and held out its arms and legs in all directions, `just like a star-fish,' thought Alice. The poor little thing was snorting like a steam-engine when she caught it, and kept doubling itself up and straightening itself out again, so that altogether, for the first minute or two, it was as much as she could do to hold it.

As soon as she had made out the proper way of nursing it, (which was to twist it up into a sort of knot, and then keep tight hold of its right ear and left foot, so as to prevent its undoing itself,) she carried it out into the open air. `IF I don't take this child away with me,' thought Alice, `they're sure to kill it in a day or two: wouldn't it be murder to leave it behind?' She said the last words out loud, and the little thing grunted in reply (it had left off sneezing by this time). `Don't grunt,' said Alice; `that's not at all a proper way of expressing yourself.'

The baby grunted again, and Alice looked very anxiously into its face to see what was the matter with it. There could be no doubt that it had a VERY turn-up nose, much more like a snout than a real nose; also its eyes were getting extremely small for a baby: altogether Alice did not like the look of the thing at all. `But perhaps it was only sobbing,' she thought, and looked into its eyes again, to see if there were any tears.

No, there were no tears. `If you're going to turn into a pig, my dear,' said Alice, seriously, `I'll have nothing more to do with you. Mind now!' The poor little thing sobbed again (or grunted, it was impossible to say which), and they went on for some while in silence.

Alice was just beginning to think to herself, `Now, what am I to do with this creature when I get it home?' when it grunted again, so violently, that she looked down into its face in some alarm. This time there could be NO mistake about it: it was neither more nor less than a pig, and she felt that it would be quite absurd for her to carry it further.

So she set the little creature down, and felt quite relieved to see it trot away quietly into the wood. `If it had grown up,' she said to herself, `it would have made a dreadfully ugly child: but it makes rather a handsome pig, I think.' And she began thinking over other children she knew, who might do very well as pigs, and was just saying to herself, `if one only knew the right way to change them--' when she was a little startled by seeing the Cheshire Cat sitting on a bough of a tree a few yards off.

The Cat only grinned when it saw Alice. It looked good- natured, she thought: still it had VERY long claws and a great many teeth, so she felt that it ought to be treated with respect.

`Cheshire Puss,' she began, rather timidly, as she did not at all know whether it would like the name: however, it only grinned a little wider. `Come, it's pleased so far,' thought Alice, and she went on. `Would you tell me, please, which way I ought to go from here?'

`That depends a good deal on where you want to get to,' said the Cat.

`I don't much care where--' said Alice.

`Then it doesn't matter which way you go,' said the Cat.

`--so long as I get SOMEWHERE,' Alice added as an explanation.

`Oh, you're sure to do that,' said the Cat, `if you only walk long enough.'

Alice felt that this could not be denied, so she tried another question. `What sort of people live about here?'

`In THAT direction,' the Cat said, waving its right paw round, `lives a Hatter: and in THAT direction,' waving the other paw, `lives a March Hare. Visit either you like: they're both mad.'

`But I don't want to go among mad people,' Alice remarked.

`Oh, you can't help that,' said the Cat: `we're all mad here. I'm mad. You're mad.'

`How do you know I'm mad?' said Alice.

`You must be,' said the Cat, `or you wouldn't have come here.'

Alice didn't think that proved it at all; however, she went on `And how do you know that you're mad?'

`To begin with,' said the Cat, `a dog's not mad. You grant that?'

`I suppose so,' said Alice.

`Well, then,' the Cat went on, `you see, a dog growls when it's angry, and wags its tail when it's pleased. Now I growl when I'm pleased, and wag my tail when I'm angry. Therefore I'm mad.'

`I call it purring, not growling,' said Alice.

`Call it what you like,' said the Cat. `Do you play croquet with the Queen to-day?'

`I should like it very much,' said Alice, `but I haven't been invited yet.'

`You'll see me there,' said the Cat, and vanished.

Alice was not much surprised at this, she was getting so used to queer things happening. While she was looking at the place where it had been, it suddenly appeared again.

`By-the-bye, what became of the baby?' said the Cat. `I'd nearly forgotten to ask.'

`It turned into a pig,' Alice quietly said, just as if it had come back in a natural way.

`I thought it would,' said the Cat, and vanished again.

Alice waited a little, half expecting to see it again, but it did not appear, and after a minute or two she walked on in the direction in which the March Hare was said to live. `I've seen hatters before,' she said to herself; `the March Hare will be much the most interesting, and perhaps as this is May it won't be raving mad--at least not so mad as it was in March.' As she said this, she looked up, and there was the Cat again, sitting on a branch of a tree.

`Did you say pig, or fig?' said the Cat.

`I said pig,' replied Alice; `and I wish you wouldn't keep appearing and vanishing so suddenly: you make one quite giddy.'

`All right,' said the Cat; and this time it vanished quite slowly, beginning with the end of the tail, and ending with the grin, which remained some time after the rest of it had gone.

`Well! I've often seen a cat without a grin,' thought Alice; `but a grin without a cat! It's the most curious thing I ever say in my life!'

She had not gone much farther before she came in sight of the house of the March Hare: she thought it must be the right house, because the chimneys were shaped like ears and the roof was thatched with fur. It was so large a house, that she did not like to go nearer till she had nibbled some more of the lefthand bit of mushroom, and raised herself to about two feet high: even then she walked up towards it rather timidly, saying to herself `Suppose it should be raving mad after all! I almost wish I'd gone to see the Hatter instead!'






Chapter 7 - A Mad Tea-Party


There was a table set out under a tree in front of the house, and the March Hare and the Hatter were having tea at it: a Dormouse was sitting between them, fast asleep, and the other two were using it as a cushion, resting their elbows on it, and the talking over its head. `Very uncomfortable for the Dormouse,' thought Alice; `only, as it's asleep, I suppose it doesn't mind.'

The table was a large one, but the three were all crowded together at one corner of it: `No room! No room!' they cried out when they saw Alice coming. `There's PLENTY of room!' said Alice indignantly, and she sat down in a large arm-chair at one end of the table.

`Have some wine,' the March Hare said in an encouraging tone.

Alice looked all round the table, but there was nothing on it but tea. `I don't see any wine,' she remarked.

`There isn't any,' said the March Hare.

`Then it wasn't very civil of you to offer it,' said Alice angrily.

`It wasn't very civil of you to sit down without being invited,' said the March Hare.

`I didn't know it was YOUR table,' said Alice; `it's laid for a great many more than three.'

`Your hair wants cutting,' said the Hatter. He had been looking at Alice for some time with great curiosity, and this was his first speech.

`You should learn not to make personal remarks,' Alice said with some severity; `it's very rude.'

The Hatter opened his eyes very wide on hearing this; but all he SAID was, `Why is a raven like a writing-desk?'

`Come, we shall have some fun now!' thought Alice. `I'm glad they've begun asking riddles.--I believe I can guess that,' she added aloud.

`Do you mean that you think you can find out the answer to it?' said the March Hare.

`Exactly so,' said Alice.

`Then you should say what you mean,' the March Hare went on.

`I do,' Alice hastily replied; `at least--at least I mean what I say--that's the same thing, you know.'

`Not the same thing a bit!' said the Hatter. `You might just as well say that "I see what I eat" is the same thing as "I eat what I see"!'

`You might just as well say,' added the March Hare, `that "I like what I get" is the same thing as "I get what I like"!'

`You might just as well say,' added the Dormouse, who seemed to be talking in his sleep, `that "I breathe when I sleep" is the same thing as "I sleep when I breathe"!'

`It IS the same thing with you,' said the Hatter, and here the conversation dropped, and the party sat silent for a minute, while Alice thought over all she could remember about ravens and writing-desks, which wasn't much.

The Hatter was the first to break the silence. `What day of the month is it?' he said, turning to Alice: he had taken his watch out of his pocket, and was looking at it uneasily, shaking it every now and then, and holding it to his ear.

Alice considered a little, and then said `The fourth.'

`Two days wrong!' sighed the Hatter. `I told you butter wouldn't suit the works!' he added looking angrily at the March Hare.

`It was the BEST butter,' the March Hare meekly replied.

`Yes, but some crumbs must have got in as well,' the Hatter grumbled: `you shouldn't have put it in with the bread-knife.'

The March Hare took the watch and looked at it gloomily: then he dipped it into his cup of tea, and looked at it again: but he could think of nothing better to say than his first remark, `It was the BEST butter, you know.'

Alice had been looking over his shoulder with some curiosity. `What a funny watch!' she remarked. `It tells the day of the month, and doesn't tell what o'clock it is!'

`Why should it?' muttered the Hatter. `Does YOUR watch tell you what year it is?'

`Of course not,' Alice replied very readily: `but that's because it stays the same year for such a long time together.'

`Which is just the case with MINE,' said the Hatter.

Alice felt dreadfully puzzled. The Hatter's remark seemed to have no sort of meaning in it, and yet it was certainly English. `I don't quite understand you,' she said, as politely as she could.

`The Dormouse is asleep again,' said the Hatter, and he poured a little hot tea upon its nose.

The Dormouse shook its head impatiently, and said, without opening its eyes, `Of course, of course; just what I was going to remark myself.'

`Have you guessed the riddle yet?' the Hatter said, turning to Alice again.

`No, I give it up,' Alice replied: `what's the answer?'

`I haven't the slightest idea,' said the Hatter.

`Nor I,' said the March Hare.

Alice sighed wearily. `I think you might do something better with the time,' she said, `than waste it in asking riddles that have no answers.'

`If you knew Time as well as I do,' said the Hatter, `you wouldn't talk about wasting IT. It's HIM.'

`I don't know what you mean,' said Alice.

`Of course you don't!' the Hatter said, tossing his head contemptuously. `I dare say you never even spoke to Time!'

`Perhaps not,' Alice cautiously replied: `but I know I have to beat time when I learn music.'

`Ah! that accounts for it,' said the Hatter. `He won't stand beating. Now, if you only kept on good terms with him, he'd do almost anything you liked with the clock. For instance, suppose it were nine o'clock in the morning, just time to begin lessons: you'd only have to whisper a hint to Time, and round goes the clock in a twinkling! Half-past one, time for dinner!'

(`I only wish it was,' the March Hare said to itself in a whisper.)

`That would be grand, certainly,' said Alice thoughtfully: `but then--I shouldn't be hungry for it, you know.'

`Not at first, perhaps,' said the Hatter: `but you could keep it to half-past one as long as you liked.'

`Is that the way YOU manage?' Alice asked.

The Hatter shook his head mournfully. `Not I!' he replied. `We quarrelled last March--just before HE went mad, you know--' (pointing with his tea spoon at the March Hare,) `--it was at the great concert given by the Queen of Hearts, and I had to sing

"Twinkle, twinkle, little bat! How I wonder what you're at!"

You know the song, perhaps?'

`I've heard something like it,' said Alice.

`It goes on, you know,' the Hatter continued, `in this way:--

"Up above the world you fly, Like a tea-tray in the sky. Twinkle, twinkle--"'

Here the Dormouse shook itself, and began singing in its sleep `Twinkle, twinkle, twinkle, twinkle--' and went on so long that they had to pinch it to make it stop.

`Well, I'd hardly finished the first verse,' said the Hatter, `when the Queen jumped up and bawled out, "He's murdering the time! Off with his head!"'

`How dreadfully savage!' exclaimed Alice.

`And ever since that,' the Hatter went on in a mournful tone, `he won't do a thing I ask! It's always six o'clock now.'

A bright idea came into Alice's head. `Is that the reason so many tea-things are put out here?' she asked.

`Yes, that's it,' said the Hatter with a sigh: `it's always tea-time, and we've no time to wash the things between whiles.'

`Then you keep moving round, I suppose?' said Alice.

`Exactly so,' said the Hatter: `as the things get used up.'

`But what happens when you come to the beginning again?' Alice ventured to ask.

`Suppose we change the subject,' the March Hare interrupted, yawning. `I'm getting tired of this. I vote the young lady tells us a story.'

`I'm afraid I don't know one,' said Alice, rather alarmed at the proposal.

`Then the Dormouse shall!' they both cried. `Wake up, Dormouse!' And they pinched it on both sides at once.

The Dormouse slowly opened his eyes. `I wasn't asleep,' he said in a hoarse, feeble voice: `I heard every word you fellows were saying.'

`Tell us a story!' said the March Hare.

`Yes, please do!' pleaded Alice.

`And be quick about it,' added the Hatter, `or you'll be asleep again before it's done.'

`Once upon a time there were three little sisters,' the Dormouse began in a great hurry; `and their names were Elsie, Lacie, and Tillie; and they lived at the bottom of a well--'

`What did they live on?' said Alice, who always took a great interest in questions of eating and drinking.

`They lived on treacle,' said the Dormouse, after thinking a minute or two.

`They couldn't have done that, you know,' Alice gently remarked; `they'd have been ill.'

`So they were,' said the Dormouse; `VERY ill.'

Alice tried to fancy to herself what such an extraordinary ways of living would be like, but it puzzled her too much, so she went on: `But why did they live at the bottom of a well?'

`Take some more tea,' the March Hare said to Alice, very earnestly.

`I've had nothing yet,' Alice replied in an offended tone, `so I can't take more.'

`You mean you can't take LESS,' said the Hatter: `it's very easy to take MORE than nothing.'

`Nobody asked YOUR opinion,' said Alice.

`Who's making personal remarks now?' the Hatter asked triumphantly.

Alice did not quite know what to say to this: so she helped herself to some tea and bread-and-butter, and then turned to the Dormouse, and repeated her question. `Why did they live at the bottom of a well?'

The Dormouse again took a minute or two to think about it, and then said, `It was a treacle-well.'

`There's no such thing!' Alice was beginning very angrily, but the Hatter and the March Hare went `Sh! sh!' and the Dormouse sulkily remarked, `If you can't be civil, you'd better finish the story for yourself.'

`No, please go on!' Alice said very humbly; `I won't interrupt again. I dare say there may be ONE.'

`One, indeed!' said the Dormouse indignantly. However, he consented to go on. `And so these three little sisters--they were learning to draw, you know--'

`What did they draw?' said Alice, quite forgetting her promise.

`Treacle,' said the Dormouse, without considering at all this time.

`I want a clean cup,' interrupted the Hatter: `let's all move one place on.'

He moved on as he spoke, and the Dormouse followed him: the March Hare moved into the Dormouse's place, and Alice rather unwillingly took the place of the March Hare. The Hatter was the only one who got any advantage from the change: and Alice was a good deal worse off than before, as the March Hare had just upset the milk-jug into his plate.

Alice did not wish to offend the Dormouse again, so she began very cautiously: `But I don't understand. Where did they draw the treacle from?'

`You can draw water out of a water-well,' said the Hatter; `so I should think you could draw treacle out of a treacle-well--eh, stupid?'

`But they were IN the well,' Alice said to the Dormouse, not choosing to notice this last remark.

`Of course they were', said the Dormouse; `--well in.'

This answer so confused poor Alice, that she let the Dormouse go on for some time without interrupting it.

`They were learning to draw,' the Dormouse went on, yawning and rubbing its eyes, for it was getting very sleepy; `and they drew all manner of things--everything that begins with an M--'

`Why with an M?' said Alice.

`Why not?' said the March Hare.

Alice was silent.

The Dormouse had closed its eyes by this time, and was going off into a doze; but, on being pinched by the Hatter, it woke up again with a little shriek, and went on: `--that begins with an M, such as mouse-traps, and the moon, and memory, and muchness-- you know you say things are "much of a muchness"--did you ever see such a thing as a drawing of a muchness?'

`Really, now you ask me,' said Alice, very much confused, `I don't think--'

`Then you shouldn't talk,' said the Hatter.

This piece of rudeness was more than Alice could bear: she got up in great disgust, and walked off; the Dormouse fell asleep instantly, and neither of the others took the least notice of her going, though she looked back once or twice, half hoping that they would call after her: the last time she saw them, they were trying to put the Dormouse into the teapot.

`At any rate I'll never go THERE again!' said Alice as she picked her way through the wood. `It's the stupidest tea-party I ever was at in all my life!'

Just as she said this, she noticed that one of the trees had a door leading right into it. `That's very curious!' she thought. `But everything's curious today. I think I may as well go in at once.' And in she went.

Once more she found herself in the long hall, and close to the little glass table. `Now, I'll manage better this time,' she said to herself, and began by taking the little golden key, and unlocking the door that led into the garden. Then she went to work nibbling at the mushroom (she had kept a piece of it in her pocked) till she was about a foot high: then she walked down the little passage: and THEN--she found herself at last in the beautiful garden, among the bright flower-beds and the cool fountains.





Chapter 8 - The Queen's Croquet-Ground


A large rose-tree stood near the entrance of the garden: the roses growing on it were white, but there were three gardeners at it, busily painting them red. Alice thought this a very curious thing, and she went nearer to watch them, and just as she came up to them she heard one of them say, `Look out now, Five! Don't go splashing paint over me like that!'

`I couldn't help it,' said Five, in a sulky tone; `Seven jogged my elbow.'

On which Seven looked up and said, `That's right, Five! Always lay the blame on others!'

`YOU'D better not talk!' said Five. `I heard the Queen say only yesterday you deserved to be beheaded!'

`What for?' said the one who had spoken first.

`That's none of YOUR business, Two!' said Seven.

`Yes, it IS his business!' said Five, `and I'll tell him--it was for bringing the cook tulip-roots instead of onions.'

Seven flung down his brush, and had just begun `Well, of all the unjust things--' when his eye chanced to fall upon Alice, as she stood watching them, and he checked himself suddenly: the others looked round also, and all of them bowed low.

`Would you tell me,' said Alice, a little timidly, `why you are painting those roses?'

Five and Seven said nothing, but looked at Two. Two began in a low voice, `Why the fact is, you see, Miss, this here ought to have been a RED rose-tree, and we put a white one in by mistake; and if the Queen was to find it out, we should all have our heads cut off, you know. So you see, Miss, we're doing our best, afore she comes, to--' At this moment Five, who had been anxiously looking across the garden, called out `The Queen! The Queen!' and the three gardeners instantly threw themselves flat upon their faces. There was a sound of many footsteps, and Alice looked round, eager to see the Queen.

First came ten soldiers carrying clubs; these were all shaped like the three gardeners, oblong and flat, with their hands and feet at the corners: next the ten courtiers; these were ornamented all over with diamonds, and walked two and two, as the soldiers did. After these came the royal children; there were ten of them, and the little dears came jumping merrily along hand in hand, in couples: they were all ornamented with hearts. Next came the guests, mostly Kings and Queens, and among them Alice recognised the White Rabbit: it was talking in a hurried nervous manner, smiling at everything that was said, and went by without noticing her. Then followed the Knave of Hearts, carrying the King's crown on a crimson velvet cushion; and, last of all this grand procession, came THE KING AND QUEEN OF HEARTS.

Alice was rather doubtful whether she ought not to lie down on her face like the three gardeners, but she could not remember every having heard of such a rule at processions; `and besides, what would be the use of a procession,' thought she, `if people had all to lie down upon their faces, so that they couldn't see it?' So she stood still where she was, and waited.

When the procession came opposite to Alice, they all stopped and looked at her, and the Queen said severely `Who is this?' She said it to the Knave of Hearts, who only bowed and smiled in reply.

`Idiot!' said the Queen, tossing her head impatiently; and, turning to Alice, she went on, `What's your name, child?'

`My name is Alice, so please your Majesty,' said Alice very politely; but she added, to herself, `Why, they're only a pack of cards, after all. I needn't be afraid of them!'

`And who are THESE?' said the Queen, pointing to the three gardeners who were lying round the rosetree; for, you see, as they were lying on their faces, and the pattern on their backs was the same as the rest of the pack, she could not tell whether they were gardeners, or soldiers, or courtiers, or three of her own children.

`How should I know?' said Alice, surprised at her own courage. `It's no business of MINE.'

The Queen turned crimson with fury, and, after glaring at her for a moment like a wild beast, screamed `Off with her head! Off--'

`Nonsense!' said Alice, very loudly and decidedly, and the Queen was silent.

The King laid his hand upon her arm, and timidly said `Consider, my dear: she is only a child!'

The Queen turned angrily away from him, and said to the Knave `Turn them over!'

The Knave did so, very carefully, with one foot.

`Get up!' said the Queen, in a shrill, loud voice, and the three gardeners instantly jumped up, and began bowing to the King, the Queen, the royal children, and everybody else.

`Leave off that!' screamed the Queen. `You make me giddy.' And then, turning to the rose-tree, she went on, `What HAVE you been doing here?'

`May it please your Majesty,' said Two, in a very humble tone, going down on one knee as he spoke, `we were trying--'

`I see!' said the Queen, who had meanwhile been examining the roses. `Off with their heads!' and the procession moved on, three of the soldiers remaining behind to execute the unfortunate gardeners, who ran to Alice for protection.

`You shan't be beheaded!' said Alice, and she put them into a large flower-pot that stood near. The three soldiers wandered about for a minute or two, looking for them, and then quietly marched off after the others.

`Are their heads off?' shouted the Queen.

`Their heads are gone, if it please your Majesty!' the soldiers shouted in reply.

`That's right!' shouted the Queen. `Can you play croquet?'

The soldiers were silent, and looked at Alice, as the question was evidently meant for her.

`Yes!' shouted Alice.

`Come on, then!' roared the Queen, and Alice joined the procession, wondering very much what would happen next.

`It's--it's a very fine day!' said a timid voice at her side. She was walking by the White Rabbit, who was peeping anxiously into her face.

`Very,' said Alice: `--where's the Duchess?'

`Hush! Hush!' said the Rabbit in a low, hurried tone. He looked anxiously over his shoulder as he spoke, and then raised himself upon tiptoe, put his mouth close to her ear, and whispered `She's under sentence of execution.'

`What for?' said Alice.

`Did you say "What a pity!"?' the Rabbit asked.

`No, I didn't,' said Alice: `I don't think it's at all a pity. I said "What for?"'

`She boxed the Queen's ears--' the Rabbit began. Alice gave a little scream of laughter. `Oh, hush!' the Rabbit whispered in a frightened tone. `The Queen will hear you! You see, she came rather late, and the Queen said--'

`Get to your places!' shouted the Queen in a voice of thunder, and people began running about in all directions, tumbling up against each other; however, they got settled down in a minute or two, and the game began. Alice thought she had never seen such a curious croquet-ground in her life; it was all ridges and furrows; the balls were live hedgehogs, the mallets live flamingoes, and the soldiers had to double themselves up and to stand on their hands and feet, to make the arches.

The chief difficulty Alice found at first was in managing her flamingo: she succeeded in getting its body tucked away, comfortably enough, under her arm, with its legs hanging down, but generally, just as she had got its neck nicely straightened out, and was going to give the hedgehog a blow with its head, it WOULD twist itself round and look up in her face, with such a puzzled expression that she could not help bursting out laughing: and when she had got its head down, and was going to begin again, it was very provoking to find that the hedgehog had unrolled itself, and was in the act of crawling away: besides all this, there was generally a ridge or furrow in the way wherever she wanted to send the hedgehog to, and, as the doubled-up soldiers were always getting up and walking off to other parts of the ground, Alice soon came to the conclusion that it was a very difficult game indeed.

The players all played at once without waiting for turns, quarrelling all the while, and fighting for the hedgehogs; and in a very short time the Queen was in a furious passion, and went stamping about, and shouting `Off with his head!' or `Off with her head!' about once in a minute.

Alice began to feel very uneasy: to be sure, she had not as yet had any dispute with the Queen, but she knew that it might happen any minute, `and then,' thought she, `what would become of me? They're dreadfully fond of beheading people here; the great wonder is, that there's any one left alive!'

She was looking about for some way of escape, and wondering whether she could get away without being seen, when she noticed a curious appearance in the air: it puzzled her very much at first, but, after watching it a minute or two, she made it out to be a grin, and she said to herself `It's the Cheshire Cat: now I shall have somebody to talk to.'

`How are you getting on?' said the Cat, as soon as there was mouth enough for it to speak with.

Alice waited till the eyes appeared, and then nodded. `It's no use speaking to it,' she thought, `till its ears have come, or at least one of them.' In another minute the whole head appeared, and then Alice put down her flamingo, and began an account of the game, feeling very glad she had someone to listen to her. The Cat seemed to think that there was enough of it now in sight, and no more of it appeared.

`I don't think they play at all fairly,' Alice began, in rather a complaining tone, `and they all quarrel so dreadfully one can't hear oneself speak--and they don't seem to have any rules in particular; at least, if there are, nobody attends to them--and you've no idea how confusing it is all the things being alive; for instance, there's the arch I've got to go through next walking about at the other end of the ground--and I should have croqueted the Queen's hedgehog just now, only it ran away when it saw mine coming!'

`How do you like the Queen?' said the Cat in a low voice.

`Not at all,' said Alice: `she's so extremely--' Just then she noticed that the Queen was close behind her, listening: so she went on, `--likely to win, that it's hardly worth while finishing the game.'

The Queen smiled and passed on.

`Who ARE you talking to?' said the King, going up to Alice, and looking at the Cat's head with great curiosity.

`It's a friend of mine--a Cheshire Cat,' said Alice: `allow me to introduce it.'

`I don't like the look of it at all,' said the King: `however, it may kiss my hand if it likes.'

`I'd rather not,' the Cat remarked.

`Don't be impertinent,' said the King, `and don't look at me like that!' He got behind Alice as he spoke.

`A cat may look at a king,' said Alice. `I've read that in some book, but I don't remember where.'

`Well, it must be removed,' said the King very decidedly, and he called the Queen, who was passing at the moment, `My dear! I wish you would have this cat removed!'

The Queen had only one way of settling all difficulties, great or small. `Off with his head!' she said, without even looking round.

`I'll fetch the executioner myself,' said the King eagerly, and he hurried off.

Alice thought she might as well go back, and see how the game was going on, as she heard the Queen's voice in the distance, screaming with passion. She had already heard her sentence three of the players to be executed for having missed their turns, and she did not like the look of things at all, as the game was in such confusion that she never knew whether it was her turn or not. So she went in search of her hedgehog.

The hedgehog was engaged in a fight with another hedgehog, which seemed to Alice an excellent opportunity for croqueting one of them with the other: the only difficulty was, that her flamingo was gone across to the other side of the garden, where Alice could see it trying in a helpless sort of way to fly up into a tree.

By the time she had caught the flamingo and brought it back, the fight was over, and both the hedgehogs were out of sight: `but it doesn't matter much,' thought Alice, `as all the arches are gone from this side of the ground.' So she tucked it away under her arm, that it might not escape again, and went back for a little more conversation with her friend.

When she got back to the Cheshire Cat, she was surprised to find quite a large crowd collected round it: there was a dispute going on between the executioner, the King, and the Queen, who were all talking at once, while all the rest were quite silent, and looked very uncomfortable.

The moment Alice appeared, she was appealed to by all three to settle the question, and they repeated their arguments to her, though, as they all spoke at once, she found it very hard indeed to make out exactly what they said.

The executioner's argument was, that you couldn't cut off a head unless there was a body to cut it off from: that he had never had to do such a thing before, and he wasn't going to begin at HIS time of life.

The King's argument was, that anything that had a head could be beheaded, and that you weren't to talk nonsense.

The Queen's argument was, that if something wasn't done about it in less than no time she'd have everybody executed, all round. (It was this last remark that had made the whole party look so grave and anxious.)

Alice could think of nothing else to say but `It belongs to the Duchess: you'd better ask HER about it.'

`She's in prison,' the Queen said to the executioner: `fetch her here.' And the executioner went off like an arrow.

The Cat's head began fading away the moment he was gone, and, by the time he had come back with the Dutchess, it had entirely disappeared; so the King and the executioner ran wildly up and down looking for it, while the rest of the party went back to the game.

설정

트랙백

댓글


그냥 죽죽 읽어 나가세요. 모르는 문장이나 단어가 나와도 그냥 추측하고 지나가시기 바랍니다. 작은 것을 버리고 큰 것을 얻으면 됩니다. 모르는 문장은 그런 상황을 뒤에서 여러번 만나면 저절로 알게 됩니다. 그리고 단어는 미리 혹은 나중에 따로 공부하면 됩니다. 그런 것에 자꾸 걸리면 진도가 안나가고 진도가 안나가면 금방 그만 둡니다. 읽을 때는 오직 줄거리에만 집중하셔야 합니다.

 

독해는 종합적인 공부로서 단어, 숙어, 문법, 회화, 듣기, 작문 실력을 한꺼번에 늘려 줍니다. 모든 영어공부 중에서 가장 종합적인 것이 읽기 입니다. 독해를 많이 하면 소위 영어의 내공이 쌓여 갑니다. 책을 많이 읽는 사람은 도저히 당할 수가 없습니다. 진짜 영어고수들은 모두 독서를 많이 한 사람들입니다.
 

중고등학교에서 영어성적 상위 1%에 드는 학생이라면 대체로 초등학교 때 영어동화책을 많이 읽은 학생입니다. 읽기는 모든 공부의 기초이면서 또한 완성입니다. 이런 동화들을 죽죽 읽어 나가다 보면 영문독해력은 그야말로 가랑비에 옷 젖듯이 자기도 모르게 쑥쑥 향상됩니다. 일단은 공부한다는 생각을 버리고 재미있게 읽는데 촛점을 맞추시기 바랍니다. 욕심을 버리고 재미있게 읽다보면 독해실력은 저절로 따라오죠. 욕심을 버리는 것! 이게 어렵습니다.
 

말이 나온 김에, 단어 이야기도 좀 하겠습니다. 모르는 단어도 여러번 실제 상황 속에서 만나게 되면 대충의 뜻을 저절로 알게 됩니다. 심지어 그 단어의 분위기나 색깔은 사전에서 보다 더 정확히 알 수 있습니다. 또 이렇게 체득된 단어는 아주 오래 갑니다. 단어실력을 유지하는 데도 독해가 최고죠. 최소한의 독서량을 유지만 해도 단어실력은 줄지 않습니다.
 

독서량이 늘면 어휘력이 증가되는 것은 물론, 기존의 어휘력이 유지 되며, 더 나아가 대충 알고 있던 의미가 더 정확해지고 뚜렷해 집니다. 저처럼 평소에 무식하게 단어만 따로 외웠더라도 나중에 독해를 많이 하게 되면, 여러 상황 속에서 그런 단어들을 접하게 되므로 독해를 하면서 외운 단어들처럼 깊이 체화됩니다. 한 마디로, 독해야말로 어휘력을 늘리고 유지하고 정확히 하는 데도 최선의 방법입니다. 그래서 독해는 종합공부인 것이죠.
 

참고로, 상급자라 해도 다 같은 실력은 아닙니다. 하늘과 땅 차이일 수도 있습니다. 그러면 초기 상급자란 무엇인가? 일단 독해에 자신감이 있고 어떤 문장에 대해서도 거부감이 없는 상태이며 모르는 문장들이  나오더라도 실망하기 보다는 의욕과 투지가 불타는 수준을 말합니다. 어떤 상황에서도 포기하지 않고 오히려 모르는 문장들을 발전의 기회로 바라보는 수준이죠. 이 수준까지 가면 일단 그 사람은 영어가 강점이 되었으며 더 이상의 단계로 가는 것은 그냥 시간문제입니다.
 

미안하지만 이런 사람은 다시 중급자나 하급자가 될 수 없습니다. 한 동안 영어를 놓았더라도 약간만 하면 금방 이전 수준으로 회복 됩니다. 영어실력 자체는 변동이 있을 수 있지만 마음 속에 한 번 자리잡은 자신감은 결코 사라지지 않습니다. 마치 자전거를 한 번 배운 사람은 언제라도 다시 자전거를 탈 수 있듯이요.^^



Alice's Adventures in Wonderland

Lewis Carroll


Chapter 9 - The Mock Turtle's Story


`You can't think how glad I am to see you again, you dear old thing!' said the Duchess, as she tucked her arm affectionately into Alice's, and they walked off together.

Alice was very glad to find her in such a pleasant temper, and thought to herself that perhaps it was only the pepper that had made her so savage when they met in the kitchen.

`When I'M a Duchess,' she said to herself, (not in a very hopeful tone though), `I won't have any pepper in my kitchen AT ALL. Soup does very well without--Maybe it's always pepper that makes people hot-tempered,' she went on, very much pleased at having found out a new kind of rule, `and vinegar that makes them sour--and camomile that makes them bitter--and--and barley-sugar and such things that make children sweet-tempered. I only wish people knew that: then they wouldn't be so stingy about it, you know--'

She had quite forgotten the Duchess by this time, and was a little startled when she heard her voice close to her ear. `You're thinking about something, my dear, and that makes you forget to talk. I can't tell you just now what the moral of that is, but I shall remember it in a bit.'

`Perhaps it hasn't one,' Alice ventured to remark.

`Tut, tut, child!' said the Duchess. `Everything's got a moral, if only you can find it.' And she squeezed herself up closer to Alice's side as she spoke.

Alice did not much like keeping so close to her: first, because the Duchess was VERY ugly; and secondly, because she was exactly the right height to rest her chin upon Alice's shoulder, and it was an uncomfortably sharp chin. However, she did not like to be rude, so she bore it as well as she could.

`The game's going on rather better now,' she said, by way of keeping up the conversation a little.

`'Tis so,' said the Duchess: `and the moral of that is--"Oh, 'tis love, 'tis love, that makes the world go round!"'

`Somebody said,' Alice whispered, `that it's done by everybody minding their own business!'

`Ah, well! It means much the same thing,' said the Duchess, digging her sharp little chin into Alice's shoulder as she added, `and the moral of THAT is--"Take care of the sense, and the sounds will take care of themselves."'

`How fond she is of finding morals in things!' Alice thought to herself.

`I dare say you're wondering why I don't put my arm round your waist,' the Duchess said after a pause: `the reason is, that I'm doubtful about the temper of your flamingo. Shall I try the experiment?'

`HE might bite,' Alice cautiously replied, not feeling at all anxious to have the experiment tried.

`Very true,' said the Duchess: `flamingoes and mustard both bite. And the moral of that is--"Birds of a feather flock together."'

`Only mustard isn't a bird,' Alice remarked.

`Right, as usual,' said the Duchess: `what a clear way you have of putting things!'

`It's a mineral, I THINK,' said Alice.

`Of course it is,' said the Duchess, who seemed ready to agree to everything that Alice said; `there's a large mustard-mine near here. And the moral of that is--"The more there is of mine, the less there is of yours."'

`Oh, I know!' exclaimed Alice, who had not attended to this last remark, `it's a vegetable. It doesn't look like one, but it is.'

`I quite agree with you,' said the Duchess; `and the moral of that is--"Be what you would seem to be"--or if you'd like it put more simply--"Never imagine yourself not to be otherwise than what it might appear to others that what you were or might have been was not otherwise than what you had been would have appeared to them to be otherwise."'

`I think I should understand that better,' Alice said very politely, `if I had it written down: but I can't quite follow it as you say it.'

`That's nothing to what I could say if I chose,' the Duchess replied, in a pleased tone.

`Pray don't trouble yourself to say it any longer than that,' said Alice.

`Oh, don't talk about trouble!' said the Duchess. `I make you a present of everything I've said as yet.'

`A cheap sort of present!' thought Alice. `I'm glad they don't give birthday presents like that!' But she did not venture to say it out loud.

`Thinking again?' the Duchess asked, with another dig of her sharp little chin.

`I've a right to think,' said Alice sharply, for she was beginning to feel a little worried.

`Just about as much right,' said the Duchess, `as pigs have to fly; and the m--'

But here, to Alice's great surprise, the Duchess's voice died away, even in the middle of her favourite word `moral,' and the arm that was linked into hers began to tremble. Alice looked up, and there stood the Queen in front of them, with her arms folded, frowning like a thunderstorm.

`A fine day, your Majesty!' the Duchess began in a low, weak voice.

`Now, I give you fair warning,' shouted the Queen, stamping on the ground as she spoke; `either you or your head must be off, and that in about half no time! Take your choice!'

The Duchess took her choice, and was gone in a moment.

`Let's go on with the game,' the Queen said to Alice; and Alice was too much frightened to say a word, but slowly followed her back to the croquet-ground.

The other guests had taken advantage of the Queen's absence, and were resting in the shade: however, the moment they saw her, they hurried back to the game, the Queen merely remarking that a moment's delay would cost them their lives.

All the time they were playing the Queen never left off quarrelling with the other players, and shouting `Off with his head!' or `Off with her head!' Those whom she sentenced were taken into custody by the soldiers, who of course had to leave off being arches to do this, so that by the end of half an hour or so there were no arches left, and all the players, except the King, the Queen, and Alice, were in custody and under sentence of execution.

Then the Queen left off, quite out of breath, and said to Alice, `Have you seen the Mock Turtle yet?'

`No,' said Alice. `I don't even know what a Mock Turtle is.'

`It's the thing Mock Turtle Soup is made from,' said the Queen.

`I never saw one, or heard of one,' said Alice.

`Come on, then,' said the Queen, `and he shall tell you his history,'

As they walked off together, Alice heard the King say in a low voice, to the company generally, `You are all pardoned.' `Come, THAT'S a good thing!' she said to herself, for she had felt quite unhappy at the number of executions the Queen had ordered.

They very soon came upon a Gryphon, lying fast asleep in the sun. (IF you don't know what a Gryphon is, look at the picture.) `Up, lazy thing!' said the Queen, `and take this young lady to see the Mock Turtle, and to hear his history. I must go back and see after some executions I have ordered'; and she walked off, leaving Alice alone with the Gryphon. Alice did not quite like the look of the creature, but on the whole she thought it would be quite as safe to stay with it as to go after that savage Queen: so she waited.

The Gryphon sat up and rubbed its eyes: then it watched the Queen till she was out of sight: then it chuckled. `What fun!' said the Gryphon, half to itself, half to Alice.

`What IS the fun?' said Alice.

`Why, SHE,' said the Gryphon. `It's all her fancy, that: they never executes nobody, you know. Come on!'

`Everybody says "come on!" here,' thought Alice, as she went slowly after it: `I never was so ordered about in all my life, never!'

They had not gone far before they saw the Mock Turtle in the distance, sitting sad and lonely on a little ledge of rock, and, as they came nearer, Alice could hear him sighing as if his heart would break. She pitied him deeply. `What is his sorrow?' she asked the Gryphon, and the Gryphon answered, very nearly in the same words as before, `It's all his fancy, that: he hasn't got no sorrow, you know. Come on!'

So they went up to the Mock Turtle, who looked at them with large eyes full of tears, but said nothing.

`This here young lady,' said the Gryphon, `she wants for to know your history, she do.'

`I'll tell it her,' said the Mock Turtle in a deep, hollow tone: `sit down, both of you, and don't speak a word till I've finished.'

So they sat down, and nobody spoke for some minutes. Alice thought to herself, `I don't see how he can EVEN finish, if he doesn't begin.' But she waited patiently.

`Once,' said the Mock Turtle at last, with a deep sigh, `I was a real Turtle.'

These words were followed by a very long silence, broken only by an occasional exclamation of `Hjckrrh!' from the Gryphon, and the constant heavy sobbing of the Mock Turtle. Alice was very nearly getting up and saying, `Thank you, sir, for your interesting story,' but she could not help thinking there MUST be more to come, so she sat still and said nothing.

`When we were little,' the Mock Turtle went on at last, more calmly, though still sobbing a little now and then, `we went to school in the sea. The master was an old Turtle--we used to call him Tortoise--'

`Why did you call him Tortoise, if he wasn't one?' Alice asked.

`We called him Tortoise because he taught us,' said the Mock Turtle angrily: `really you are very dull!'

`You ought to be ashamed of yourself for asking such a simple question,' added the Gryphon; and then they both sat silent and looked at poor Alice, who felt ready to sink into the earth. At last the Gryphon said to the Mock Turtle, `Drive on, old fellow! Don't be all day about it!' and he went on in these words:

`Yes, we went to school in the sea, though you mayn't believe it--'

`I never said I didn't!' interrupted Alice.

`You did,' said the Mock Turtle.

`Hold your tongue!' added the Gryphon, before Alice could speak again. The Mock Turtle went on.

`We had the best of educations--in fact, we went to school every day--'

`I'VE been to a day-school, too,' said Alice; `you needn't be so proud as all that.'

`With extras?' asked the Mock Turtle a little anxiously.

`Yes,' said Alice, `we learned French and music.'

`And washing?' said the Mock Turtle.

`Certainly not!' said Alice indignantly.

`Ah! then yours wasn't a really good school,' said the Mock Turtle in a tone of great relief. `Now at OURS they had at the end of the bill, "French, music, AND WASHING--extra."'

`You couldn't have wanted it much,' said Alice; `living at the bottom of the sea.'

`I couldn't afford to learn it.' said the Mock Turtle with a sigh. `I only took the regular course.'

`What was that?' inquired Alice.

`Reeling and Writhing, of course, to begin with,' the Mock Turtle replied; `and then the different branches of Arithmetic-- Ambition, Distraction, Uglification, and Derision.'

`I never heard of "Uglification,"' Alice ventured to say. `What is it?'

The Gryphon lifted up both its paws in surprise. `What! Never heard of uglifying!' it exclaimed. `You know what to beautify is, I suppose?'

`Yes,' said Alice doubtfully: `it means--to--make--anything-- prettier.'

`Well, then,' the Gryphon went on, `if you don't know what to uglify is, you ARE a simpleton.'

Alice did not feel encouraged to ask any more questions about it, so she turned to the Mock Turtle, and said `What else had you to learn?'

`Well, there was Mystery,' the Mock Turtle replied, counting off the subjects on his flappers, `--Mystery, ancient and modern, with Seaography: then Drawling--the Drawling-master was an old conger-eel, that used to come once a week: HE taught us Drawling, Stretching, and Fainting in Coils.'

`What was THAT like?' said Alice.

`Well, I can't show it you myself,' the Mock Turtle said: `I'm too stiff. And the Gryphon never learnt it.'

`Hadn't time,' said the Gryphon: `I went to the Classics master, though. He was an old crab, HE was.'

`I never went to him,' the Mock Turtle said with a sigh: `he taught Laughing and Grief, they used to say.'

`So he did, so he did,' said the Gryphon, sighing in his turn; and both creatures hid their faces in their paws.

`And how many hours a day did you do lessons?' said Alice, in a hurry to change the subject.

`Ten hours the first day,' said the Mock Turtle: `nine the next, and so on.'

`What a curious plan!' exclaimed Alice.

`That's the reason they're called lessons,' the Gryphon remarked: `because they lessen from day to day.'

This was quite a new idea to Alice, and she thought it over a little before she made her next remark. `Then the eleventh day must have been a holiday?'

`Of course it was,' said the Mock Turtle.

`And how did you manage on the twelfth?' Alice went on eagerly.

`That's enough about lessons,' the Gryphon interrupted in a very decided tone: `tell her something about the games now.'








Chapter 10 - The Lobster Quadrille


The Mock Turtle sighed deeply, and drew the back of one flapper across his eyes. He looked at Alice, and tried to speak, but for a minute or two sobs choked his voice. `Same as if he had a bone in his throat,' said the Gryphon: and it set to work shaking him and punching him in the back. At last the Mock Turtle recovered his voice, and, with tears running down his cheeks, he went on again:--

`You may not have lived much under the sea--' (`I haven't,' said Alice)--`and perhaps you were never even introduced to a lobster--' (Alice began to say `I once tasted--' but checked herself hastily, and said `No, never') `--so you can have no idea what a delightful thing a Lobster Quadrille is!'

`No, indeed,' said Alice. `What sort of a dance is it?'

`Why,' said the Gryphon, `you first form into a line along the sea-shore--'

`Two lines!' cried the Mock Turtle. `Seals, turtles, salmon, and so on; then, when you've cleared all the jelly-fish out of the way--'

`THAT generally takes some time,' interrupted the Gryphon.

`--you advance twice--'

`Each with a lobster as a partner!' cried the Gryphon.

`Of course,' the Mock Turtle said: `advance twice, set to partners--'

`--change lobsters, and retire in same order,' continued the Gryphon.

`Then, you know,' the Mock Turtle went on, `you throw the--'

`The lobsters!' shouted the Gryphon, with a bound into the air.

`--as far out to sea as you can--'

`Swim after them!' screamed the Gryphon.

`Turn a somersault in the sea!' cried the Mock Turtle, capering wildly about.

`Back to land again, and that's all the first figure,' said the Mock Turtle, suddenly dropping his voice; and the two creatures, who had been jumping about like mad things all this time, sat down again very sadly and quietly, and looked at Alice.

`It must be a very pretty dance,' said Alice timidly.

`Would you like to see a little of it?' said the Mock Turtle.

`Very much indeed,' said Alice.

`Come, let's try the first figure!' said the Mock Turtle to the Gryphon. `We can do without lobsters, you know. Which shall sing?'

`Oh, YOU sing,' said the Gryphon. `I've forgotten the words.'

So they began solemnly dancing round and round Alice, every now and then treading on her toes when they passed too close, and waving their forepaws to mark the time, while the Mock Turtle sang this, very slowly and sadly:--

`"Will you walk a little faster?" said a whiting to a snail. "There's a porpoise close behind us, and he's treading on my tail. See how eagerly the lobsters and the turtles all advance! They are waiting on the shingle--will you come and join the dance?

Will you, won't you, will you, won't you, will you join the dance? Will you, won't you, will you, won't you, won't you join the dance?

"You can really have no notion how delightful it will be When they take us up and throw us, with the lobsters, out to sea!" But the snail replied "Too far, too far!" and gave a look askance-- Said he thanked the whiting kindly, but he would not join the dance. Would not, could not, would not, could not, would not join the dance. Would not, could not, would not, could not, could not join the dance.

`"What matters it how far we go?" his scaly friend replied. "There is another shore, you know, upon the other side. The further off from England the nearer is to France-- Then turn not pale, beloved snail, but come and join the dance.

Will you, won't you, will you, won't you, will you join the dance? Will you, won't you, will you, won't you, won't you join the dance?"'

`Thank you, it's a very interesting dance to watch,' said Alice, feeling very glad that it was over at last: `and I do so like that curious song about the whiting!'

`Oh, as to the whiting,' said the Mock Turtle, `they--you've seen them, of course?'

`Yes,' said Alice, `I've often seen them at dinn--' she checked herself hastily.

`I don't know where Dinn may be,' said the Mock Turtle, `but if you've seen them so often, of course you know what they're like.'

`I believe so,' Alice replied thoughtfully. `They have their tails in their mouths--and they're all over crumbs.'

`You're wrong about the crumbs,' said the Mock Turtle: `crumbs would all wash off in the sea. But they HAVE their tails in their mouths; and the reason is--' here the Mock Turtle yawned and shut his eyes.--`Tell her about the reason and all that,' he said to the Gryphon.

`The reason is,' said the Gryphon, `that they WOULD go with the lobsters to the dance. So they got thrown out to sea. So they had to fall a long way. So they got their tails fast in their mouths. So they couldn't get them out again. That's all.'

`Thank you,' said Alice, `it's very interesting. I never knew so much about a whiting before.'

`I can tell you more than that, if you like,' said the Gryphon. `Do you know why it's called a whiting?'

`I never thought about it,' said Alice. `Why?'

`IT DOES THE BOOTS AND SHOES.' the Gryphon replied very solemnly.

Alice was thoroughly puzzled. `Does the boots and shoes!' she repeated in a wondering tone.

`Why, what are YOUR shoes done with?' said the Gryphon. `I mean, what makes them so shiny?'

Alice looked down at them, and considered a little before she gave her answer. `They're done with blacking, I believe.'

`Boots and shoes under the sea,' the Gryphon went on in a deep voice, `are done with a whiting. Now you know.'

`And what are they made of?' Alice asked in a tone of great curiosity.

`Soles and eels, of course,' the Gryphon replied rather impatiently: `any shrimp could have told you that.'

`If I'd been the whiting,' said Alice, whose thoughts were still running on the song, `I'd have said to the porpoise, "Keep back, please: we don't want YOU with us!"'

`They were obliged to have him with them,' the Mock Turtle said: `no wise fish would go anywhere without a porpoise.'

`Wouldn't it really?' said Alice in a tone of great surprise.

`Of course not,' said the Mock Turtle: `why, if a fish came to ME, and told me he was going a journey, I should say "With what porpoise?"'

`Don't you mean "purpose"?' said Alice.

`I mean what I say,' the Mock Turtle replied in an offended tone. And the Gryphon added `Come, let's hear some of YOUR adventures.'

`I could tell you my adventures--beginning from this morning,' said Alice a little timidly: `but it's no use going back to yesterday, because I was a different person then.'

`Explain all that,' said the Mock Turtle.

`No, no! The adventures first,' said the Gryphon in an impatient tone: `explanations take such a dreadful time.'

So Alice began telling them her adventures from the time when she first saw the White Rabbit. She was a little nervous about it just at first, the two creatures got so close to her, one on each side, and opened their eyes and mouths so VERY wide, but she gained courage as she went on. Her listeners were perfectly quiet till she got to the part about her repeating `YOU ARE OLD, FATHER WILLIAM,' to the Caterpillar, and the words all coming different, and then the Mock Turtle drew a long breath, and said `That's very curious.'

`It's all about as curious as it can be,' said the Gryphon.

`It all came different!' the Mock Turtle repeated thoughtfully. `I should like to hear her try and repeat something now. Tell her to begin.' He looked at the Gryphon as if he thought it had some kind of authority over Alice.

`Stand up and repeat "'TIS THE VOICE OF THE SLUGGARD,"' said the Gryphon.

`How the creatures order one about, and make one repeat lessons!' thought Alice; `I might as well be at school at once.' However, she got up, and began to repeat it, but her head was so full of the Lobster Quadrille, that she hardly knew what she was saying, and the words came very queer indeed:--

`'Tis the voice of the Lobster; I heard him declare, "You have baked me too brown, I must sugar my hair." As a duck with its eyelids, so he with his nose Trims his belt and his buttons, and turns out his toes.'

[later editions continued as follows When the sands are all dry, he is gay as a lark, And will talk in contemptuous tones of the Shark, But, when the tide rises and sharks are around, His voice has a timid and tremulous sound.]

`That's different from what I used to say when I was a child,' said the Gryphon.

`Well, I never heard it before,' said the Mock Turtle; `but it sounds uncommon nonsense.'

Alice said nothing; she had sat down with her face in her hands, wondering if anything would EVER happen in a natural way again.

`I should like to have it explained,' said the Mock Turtle.

`She can't explain it,' said the Gryphon hastily. `Go on with the next verse.'

`But about his toes?' the Mock Turtle persisted. `How COULD he turn them out with his nose, you know?'

`It's the first position in dancing.' Alice said; but was dreadfully puzzled by the whole thing, and longed to change the subject.

`Go on with the next verse,' the Gryphon repeated impatiently: `it begins "I passed by his garden."'

Alice did not dare to disobey, though she felt sure it would all come wrong, and she went on in a trembling voice:--

`I passed by his garden, and marked, with one eye, How the Owl and the Panther were sharing a pie--'

[later editions continued as follows The Panther took pie-crust, and gravy, and meat, While the Owl had the dish as its share of the treat. When the pie was all finished, the Owl, as a boon, Was kindly permitted to pocket the spoon: While the Panther received knife and fork with a growl, And concluded the banquet--]

`What IS the use of repeating all that stuff,' the Mock Turtle interrupted, `if you don't explain it as you go on? It's by far the most confusing thing I ever heard!'

`Yes, I think you'd better leave off,' said the Gryphon: and Alice was only too glad to do so.

`Shall we try another figure of the Lobster Quadrille?' the Gryphon went on. `Or would you like the Mock Turtle to sing you a song?'

`Oh, a song, please, if the Mock Turtle would be so kind,' Alice replied, so eagerly that the Gryphon said, in a rather offended tone, `Hm! No accounting for tastes! Sing her "Turtle Soup," will you, old fellow?'

The Mock Turtle sighed deeply, and began, in a voice sometimes choked with sobs, to sing this:--

`Beautiful Soup, so rich and green, Waiting in a hot tureen! Who for such dainties would not stoop? Soup of the evening, beautiful Soup! Soup of the evening, beautiful Soup! Beau--ootiful Soo--oop! Beau--ootiful Soo--oop! Soo--oop of the e--e--evening, Beautiful, beautiful Soup!

`Beautiful Soup! Who cares for fish, Game, or any other dish? Who would not give all else for two p ennyworth only of beautiful Soup? Pennyworth only of beautiful Soup? Beau--ootiful Soo--oop! Beau--ootiful Soo--oop! Soo--oop of the e--e--evening, Beautiful, beauti--FUL SOUP!'

`Chorus again!' cried the Gryphon, and the Mock Turtle had just begun to repeat it, when a cry of `The trial's beginning!' was heard in the distance.

`Come on!' cried the Gryphon, and, taking Alice by the hand, it hurried off, without waiting for the end of the song.

`What trial is it?' Alice panted as she ran; but the Gryphon only answered `Come on!' and ran the faster, while more and more faintly came, carried on the breeze that followed them, the melancholy words:--

`Soo--oop of the e--e--evening, Beautiful, beautiful Soup!'






Chapter 11 - Who Stole the Tarts?


The King and Queen of Hearts were seated on their throne when they arrived, with a great crowd assembled about them--all sorts of little birds and beasts, as well as the whole pack of cards: the Knave was standing before them, in chains, with a soldier on each side to guard him; and near the King was the White Rabbit, with a trumpet in one hand, and a scroll of parchment in the other. In the very middle of the court was a table, with a large dish of tarts upon it: they looked so good, that it made Alice quite hungry to look at them--`I wish they'd get the trial done,' she thought, `and hand round the refreshments!' But there seemed to be no chance of this, so she began looking at everything about her, to pass away the time.

Alice had never been in a court of justice before, but she had read about them in books, and she was quite pleased to find that she knew the name of nearly everything there. `That's the judge,' she said to herself, `because of his great wig.'

The judge, by the way, was the King; and as he wore his crown over the wig, (look at the frontispiece if you want to see how he did it,) he did not look at all comfortable, and it was certainly not becoming.

`And that's the jury-box,' thought Alice, `and those twelve creatures,' (she was obliged to say `creatures,' you see, because some of them were animals, and some were birds,) `I suppose they are the jurors.' She said this last word two or three times over to herself, being rather proud of it: for she thought, and rightly too, that very few little girls of her age knew the meaning of it at all. However, `jury-men' would have done just as well.

The twelve jurors were all writing very busily on slates. `What are they doing?' Alice whispered to the Gryphon. `They can't have anything to put down yet, before the trial's begun.'

`They're putting down their names,' the Gryphon whispered in reply, `for fear they should forget them before the end of the trial.'

`Stupid things!' Alice began in a loud, indignant voice, but she stopped hastily, for the White Rabbit cried out, `Silence in the court!' and the King put on his spectacles and looked anxiously round, to make out who was talking.

Alice could see, as well as if she were looking over their shoulders, that all the jurors were writing down `stupid things!' on their slates, and she could even make out that one of them didn't know how to spell `stupid,' and that he had to ask his neighbour to tell him. `A nice muddle their slates'll be in before the trial's over!' thought Alice.

One of the jurors had a pencil that squeaked. This of course, Alice could not stand, and she went round the court and got behind him, and very soon found an opportunity of taking it away. She did it so quickly that the poor little juror (it was Bill, the Lizard) could not make out at all what had become of it; so, after hunting all about for it, he was obliged to write with one finger for the rest of the day; and this was of very little use, as it left no mark on the slate.

`Herald, read the accusation!' said the King.

On this the White Rabbit blew three blasts on the trumpet, and then unrolled the parchment scroll, and read as follows:--

`The Queen of Hearts, she made some tarts, All on a summer day: The Knave of Hearts, he stole those tarts, And took them quite away!'

`Consider your verdict,' the King said to the jury.

`Not yet, not yet!' the Rabbit hastily interrupted. `There's a great deal to come before that!'

`Call the first witness,' said the King; and the White Rabbit blew three blasts on the trumpet, and called out, `First witness!'

The first witness was the Hatter. He came in with a teacup in one hand and a piece of bread-and-butter in the other. `I beg pardon, your Majesty,' he began, `for bringing these in: but I hadn't quite finished my tea when I was sent for.'

`You ought to have finished,' said the King. `When did you begin?'

The Hatter looked at the March Hare, who had followed him into the court, arm-in-arm with the Dormouse. `Fourteenth of March, I think it was,' he said.

`Fifteenth,' said the March Hare.

`Sixteenth,' added the Dormouse.

`Write that down,' the King said to the jury, and the jury eagerly wrote down all three dates on their slates, and then added them up, and reduced the answer to shillings and pence.

`Take off your hat,' the King said to the Hatter.

`It isn't mine,' said the Hatter.

`Stolen!' the King exclaimed, turning to the jury, who instantly made a memorandum of the fact.

`I keep them to sell,' the Hatter added as an explanation; `I've none of my own. I'm a hatter.'

Here the Queen put on her spectacles, and began staring at the Hatter, who turned pale and fidgeted.

`Give your evidence,' said the King; `and don't be nervous, or I'll have you executed on the spot.'

This did not seem to encourage the witness at all: he kept shifting from one foot to the other, looking uneasily at the Queen, and in his confusion he bit a large piece out of his teacup instead of the bread-and-butter.

Just at this moment Alice felt a very curious sensation, which puzzled her a good deal until she made out what it was: she was beginning to grow larger again, and she thought at first she would get up and leave the court; but on second thoughts she decided to remain where she was as long as there was room for her.

`I wish you wouldn't squeeze so.' said the Dormouse, who was sitting next to her. `I can hardly breathe.'

`I can't help it,' said Alice very meekly: `I'm growing.'

`You've no right to grow here,' said the Dormouse.

`Don't talk nonsense,' said Alice more boldly: `you know you're growing too.'

`Yes, but I grow at a reasonable pace,' said the Dormouse: `not in that ridiculous fashion.' And he got up very sulkily and crossed over to the other side of the court.

All this time the Queen had never left off staring at the Hatter, and, just as the Dormouse crossed the court, she said to one of the officers of the court, `Bring me the list of the singers in the last concert!' on which the wretched Hatter trembled so, that he shook both his shoes off.

`Give your evidence,' the King repeated angrily, `or I'll have you executed, whether you're nervous or not.'

`I'm a poor man, your Majesty,' the Hatter began, in a trembling voice, `--and I hadn't begun my tea--not above a week or so--and what with the bread-and-butter getting so thin--and the twinkling of the tea--'

`The twinkling of the what?' said the King.

`It began with the tea,' the Hatter replied.

`Of course twinkling begins with a T!' said the King sharply. `Do you take me for a dunce? Go on!'

`I'm a poor man,' the Hatter went on, `and most things twinkled after that--only the March Hare said--'

`I didn't!' the March Hare interrupted in a great hurry.

`You did!' said the Hatter.

`I deny it!' said the March Hare.

`He denies it,' said the King: `leave out that part.'

`Well, at any rate, the Dormouse said--' the Hatter went on, looking anxiously round to see if he would deny it too: but the Dormouse denied nothing, being fast asleep.

`After that,' continued the Hatter, `I cut some more bread- and-butter--'

`But what did the Dormouse say?' one of the jury asked.

`That I can't remember,' said the Hatter.

`You MUST remember,' remarked the King, `or I'll have you executed.'

The miserable Hatter dropped his teacup and bread-and-butter, and went down on one knee. `I'm a poor man, your Majesty,' he began.

`You're a very poor speaker,' said the King.

Here one of the guinea-pigs cheered, and was immediately suppressed by the officers of the court. (As that is rather a hard word, I will just explain to you how it was done. They had a large canvas bag, which tied up at the mouth with strings: into this they slipped the guinea-pig, head first, and then sat upon it.)

`I'm glad I've seen that done,' thought Alice. `I've so often read in the newspapers, at the end of trials, "There was some attempts at applause, which was immediately suppressed by the officers of the court," and I never understood what it meant till now.'

`If that's all you know about it, you may stand down,' continued the King.

`I can't go no lower,' said the Hatter: `I'm on the floor, as it is.'

`Then you may SIT down,' the King replied.

Here the other guinea-pig cheered, and was suppressed.

`Come, that finished the guinea-pigs!' thought Alice. `Now we shall get on better.'

`I'd rather finish my tea,' said the Hatter, with an anxious look at the Queen, who was reading the list of singers.

`You may go,' said the King, and the Hatter hurriedly left the court, without even waiting to put his shoes on.

`--and just take his head off outside,' the Queen added to one of the officers: but the Hatter was out of sight before the officer could get to the door.

`Call the next witness!' said the King.

The next witness was the Duchess's cook. She carried the pepper-box in her hand, and Alice guessed who it was, even before she got into the court, by the way the people near the door began sneezing all at once.

`Give your evidence,' said the King.

`Shan't,' said the cook.

The King looked anxiously at the White Rabbit, who said in a low voice, `Your Majesty must cross-examine THIS witness.'

`Well, if I must, I must,' the King said, with a melancholy air, and, after folding his arms and frowning at the cook till his eyes were nearly out of sight, he said in a deep voice, `What are tarts made of?'

`Pepper, mostly,' said the cook.

`Treacle,' said a sleepy voice behind her.

`Collar that Dormouse,' the Queen shrieked out. `Behead that Dormouse! Turn that Dormouse out of court! Suppress him! Pinch him! Off with his whiskers!'

For some minutes the whole court was in confusion, getting the Dormouse turned out, and, by the time they had settled down again, the cook had disappeared.

`Never mind!' said the King, with an air of great relief. `Call the next witness.' And he added in an undertone to the Queen, `Really, my dear, YOU must cross-examine the next witness. It quite makes my forehead ache!'

Alice watched the White Rabbit as he fumbled over the list, feeling very curious to see what the next witness would be like, `--for they haven't got much evidence YET,' she said to herself. Imagine her surprise, when the White Rabbit read out, at the top of his shrill little voice, the name `Alice!'






Chapter 12 - Alice's Evidence


`Here!' cried Alice, quite forgetting in the flurry of the moment how large she had grown in the last few minutes, and she jumped up in such a hurry that she tipped over the jury-box with the edge of her skirt, upsetting all the jurymen on to the heads of the crowd below, and there they lay sprawling about, reminding her very much of a globe of goldfish she had accidentally upset the week before.

`Oh, I BEG your pardon!' she exclaimed in a tone of great dismay, and began picking them up again as quickly as she could, for the accident of the goldfish kept running in her head, and she had a vague sort of idea that they must be collected at once and put back into the jury-box, or they would die.

`The trial cannot proceed,' said the King in a very grave voice, `until all the jurymen are back in their proper places-- ALL,' he repeated with great emphasis, looking hard at Alice as he said do.

Alice looked at the jury-box, and saw that, in her haste, she had put the Lizard in head downwards, and the poor little thing was waving its tail about in a melancholy way, being quite unable to move. She soon got it out again, and put it right; `not that it signifies much,' she said to herself; `I should think it would be QUITE as much use in the trial one way up as the other.'

As soon as the jury had a little recovered from the shock of being upset, and their slates and pencils had been found and handed back to them, they set to work very diligently to write out a history of the accident, all except the Lizard, who seemed too much overcome to do anything but sit with its mouth open, gazing up into the roof of the court.

`What do you know about this business?' the King said to Alice.

`Nothing,' said Alice.

`Nothing WHATEVER?' persisted the King.

`Nothing whatever,' said Alice.

`That's very important,' the King said, turning to the jury. They were just beginning to write this down on their slates, when the White Rabbit interrupted: `UNimportant, your Majesty means, of course,' he said in a very respectful tone, but frowning and making faces at him as he spoke.

`UNimportant, of course, I meant,' the King hastily said, and went on to himself in an undertone, `important--unimportant-- unimportant--important--' as if he were trying which word sounded best.

Some of the jury wrote it down `important,' and some `unimportant.' Alice could see this, as she was near enough to look over their slates; `but it doesn't matter a bit,' she thought to herself.

At this moment the King, who had been for some time busily writing in his note-book, cackled out `Silence!' and read out from his book, `Rule Forty-two. ALL PERSONS MORE THAN A MILE HIGH TO LEAVE THE COURT.'

Everybody looked at Alice.

`I'M not a mile high,' said Alice.

`You are,' said the King.

`Nearly two miles high,' added the Queen.

`Well, I shan't go, at any rate,' said Alice: `besides, that's not a regular rule: you invented it just now.'

`It's the oldest rule in the book,' said the King.

`Then it ought to be Number One,' said Alice.

The King turned pale, and shut his note-book hastily. `Consider your verdict,' he said to the jury, in a low, trembling voice.

`There's more evidence to come yet, please your Majesty,' said the White Rabbit, jumping up in a great hurry; `this paper has just been picked up.'

`What's in it?' said the Queen.

`I haven't opened it yet,' said the White Rabbit, `but it seems to be a letter, written by the prisoner to--to somebody.'

`It must have been that,' said the King, `unless it was written to nobody, which isn't usual, you know.'

`Who is it directed to?' said one of the jurymen.

`It isn't directed at all,' said the White Rabbit; `in fact, there's nothing written on the OUTSIDE.' He unfolded the paper as he spoke, and added `It isn't a letter, after all: it's a set of verses.'

`Are they in the prisoner's handwriting?' asked another of they jurymen.

`No, they're not,' said the White Rabbit, `and that's the queerest thing about it.' (The jury all looked puzzled.)

`He must have imitated somebody else's hand,' said the King. (The jury all brightened up again.)

`Please your Majesty,' said the Knave, `I didn't write it, and they can't prove I did: there's no name signed at the end.'

`If you didn't sign it,' said the King, `that only makes the matter worse. You MUST have meant some mischief, or else you'd have signed your name like an honest man.'

There was a general clapping of hands at this: it was the first really clever thing the King had said that day.

`That PROVES his guilt,' said the Queen.

`It proves nothing of the sort!' said Alice. `Why, you don't even know what they're about!'

`Read them,' said the King.

The White Rabbit put on his spectacles. `Where shall I begin, please your Majesty?' he asked.

`Begin at the beginning,' the King said gravely, `and go on till you come to the end: then stop.'

These were the verses the White Rabbit read:--

`They told me you had been to her,
And mentioned me to him:
She gave me a good character,
But said I could not swim.

He sent them word I had not gone
(We know it to be true):
If she should push the matter on,
What would become of you?

I gave her one, they gave him two,
You gave us three or more;
They all returned from him to you,
Though they were mine before.

If I or she should chance to be
Involved in this affair,
He trusts to you to set them free,
Exactly as we were.

My notion was that you had been
(Before she had this fit)
An obstacle that came between
Him, and ourselves, and it.

Don't let him know she liked them best,
For this must ever be
A secret, kept from all the rest,
Between yourself and me.'

`That's the most important piece of evidence we've heard yet,' said the King, rubbing his hands; `so now let the jury--'

`If any one of them can explain it,' said Alice, (she had grown so large in the last few minutes that she wasn't a bit afraid of interrupting him,) `I'll give him sixpence. _I_ don't believe there's an atom of meaning in it.'

The jury all wrote down on their slates, `She doesn't believe there's an atom of meaning in it,' but none of them attempted to explain the paper.

`If there's no meaning in it,' said the King, `that saves a world of trouble, you know, as we needn't try to find any. And yet I don't know,' he went on, spreading out the verses on his knee, and looking at them with one eye; `I seem to see some meaning in them, after all. "--said i could not swim--" you can't swim, can you?' he added, turning to the Knave.

The Knave shook his head sadly. `Do I look like it?' he said. (Which he certainly did not, being made entirely of cardboard.)

`All right, so far,' said the King, and he went on muttering over the verses to himself: `"We know it to be true--" that's the jury, of course-- "I gave her one, they gave him two--" why, that must be what he did with the tarts, you know--'

`But, it goes on "They all returned from him to you,"' said Alice.

`Why, there they are!' said the King triumphantly, pointing to the tarts on the table. `Nothing can be clearer than that. Then again--"Before she had this fit--" you never had fits, my dear, I think?' he said to the Queen.

`Never!' said the Queen furiously, throwing an inkstand at the Lizard as she spoke. (The unfortunate little Bill had left off writing on his slate with one finger, as he found it made no mark; but he now hastily began again, using the ink, that was trickling down his face, as long as it lasted.)

`Then the words don't fit you,' said the King, looking round the court with a smile. There was a dead silence.

`It's a pun!' the King added in an offended tone, and everybody laughed, `Let the jury consider their verdict,' the King said, for about the twentieth time that day.

`No, no!' said the Queen. `Sentence first--verdict afterwards.'

`Stuff and nonsense!' said Alice loudly. `The idea of having the sentence first!'

`Hold your tongue!' said the Queen, turning purple.

`I won't!' said Alice.

`Off with her head!' the Queen shouted at the top of her voice. Nobody moved.

`Who cares for you?' said Alice, (she had grown to her full size by this time.) `You're nothing but a pack of cards!'

At this the whole pack rose up into the air, and came flying down upon her: she gave a little scream, half of fright and half of anger, and tried to beat them off, and found herself lying on the bank, with her head in the lap of her sister, who was gently brushing away some dead leaves that had fluttered down from the trees upon her face.

`Wake up, Alice dear!' said her sister; `Why, what a long sleep you've had!'

`Oh, I've had such a curious dream!' said Alice, and she told her sister, as well as she could remember them, all these strange Adventures of hers that you have just been reading about; and when she had finished, her sister kissed her, and said, `It WAS a curious dream, dear, certainly: but now run in to your tea; it's getting late.' So Alice got up and ran off, thinking while she ran, as well she might, what a wonderful dream it had been.

But her sister sat still just as she left her, leaning her head on her hand, watching the setting sun, and thinking of little Alice and all her wonderful Adventures, till she too began dreaming after a fashion, and this was her dream:--

First, she dreamed of little Alice herself, and once again the tiny hands were clasped upon her knee, and the bright eager eyes were looking up into hers--she could hear the very tones of her voice, and see that queer little toss of her head to keep back the wandering hair that WOULD always get into her eyes--and still as she listened, or seemed to listen, the whole place around her became alive the strange creatures of her little sister's dream.

The long grass rustled at her feet as the White Rabbit hurried by--the frightened Mouse splashed his way through the neighbouring pool--she could hear the rattle of the teacups as the March Hare and his friends shared their never-ending meal, and the shrill voice of the Queen ordering off her unfortunate guests to execution--once more the pig-baby was sneezing on the Duchess's knee, while plates and dishes crashed around it--once more the shriek of the Gryphon, the squeaking of the Lizard's slate-pencil, and the choking of the suppressed guinea-pigs, filled the air, mixed up with the distant sobs of the miserable Mock Turtle.

So she sat on, with closed eyes, and half believed herself in Wonderland, though she knew she had but to open them again, and all would change to dull reality--the grass would be only rustling in the wind, and the pool rippling to the waving of the reeds--the rattling teacups would change to tinkling sheep- bells, and the Queen's shrill cries to the voice of the shepherd boy--and the sneeze of the baby, the shriek of the Gryphon, and all thy other queer noises, would change (she knew) to the confused clamour of the busy farm-yard--while the lowing of the cattle in the distance would take the place of the Mock Turtle's heavy sobs.

Lastly, she pictured to herself how this same little sister of hers would, in the after-time, be herself a grown woman; and how she would keep, through all her riper years, the simple and loving heart of her childhood: and how she would gather about her other little children, and make their eyes bright and eager with many a strange tale, perhaps even with the dream of Wonderland of long ago: and how she would feel with all their simple sorrows, and find a pleasure in all their simple joys, remembering her own child-life, and the happy summer days.

The End

설정

트랙백

댓글